Computer Science and Engineering
Transcription
Computer Science and Engineering
B.E. (Computer Science and Engineering) 2011 Regulations (Revision 2013), Curriculum & Syllabi BANNARI AMMAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY (An Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai Approved by AICTE - Accredited by NBA New Delhi, NAAC with ‗A‘ Grade and ISO 9001:2008 Certified) SATHYAMANGALAM – 638 401 Erode District Tamil Nadu Phone : 04295 226000 Fax : 04295 226666 Web:www.bitsathy.ac.in E-mail : [email protected] CONTENTS Page No. Regulations I PEOs XI POs XI Mapping of PEOs and POs XII Curriculum 2011 XIII Syllabi (I- VIII semester) 1 Electives 165 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting I RULES AND REGULATIONS B. E. /B. Tech. Programmes (for the batches of candidates admitted in Academic year 2011-2012 and subsequently) NOTE: The regulations hereunder are subject to amendments as may be decided by the Academic Council of the Institute from time to time. Any or all such amendments will be effective from such date and to such batches of students (including those already in the middle of the programme) as may be decided by the Academic Council. 1. Conditions for Admission Candidates for admission to the B.E. / B.Tech. degree programmes will be required to satisfy the conditions of admission thereto prescribed by the Anna University of Technology, Coimbatore and the Government of Tamil Nadu. 2. Duration of the Programme (i) For purposes of these regulations, the academic year will be normally spanning from June to May. Each academic year will be divided into Two semesters, the odd semester normally spanning from June to November and the even semester from December to May. (ii) Minimum Duration: The Programme will extend over a period of Four years with Eight semesters (3 years with six semesters for lateral entry) leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (B.E.) / Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) of the Anna University of Technology, Coimbatore. (iii) Maximum Duration: The candidate shall be required to successfully complete all the requirements to qualify for the award of B.E./B.Tech. degree programme within a maximum period of 7 years (6 years for lateral entry), these periods reckoned from the commencement of the semester to which the candidate was first admitted to the programme. 3. Branches of Study B. E. Programmes I Aeronautical Engineering II Civil Engineering III Computer Science and Engineering IV Electrical and Electronics Engineering V Electronics and Communication Engineering VI Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering VII Mechanical Engineering B. Tech. Programmes I II III IV 4. Biotechnology Information Technology Textile Technology Textile Technology (Fashion Technology) Structure of Programmes i. The curriculum will consist of courses of study (Theory, Practical, Project) and Personality Development Programme and syllabi as prescribed by the respective Boards of Studies from time to time. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting III ii. Based on the language proficiency in the first semester, the students will be divided into two categories. The students who show good proficiency in English can opt for German / Japanese / French / Hindi and the remaining students will study Advanced Communicative English in II Semester. iii. Every student will be required to opt for six electives from the list of electives. Under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS), students can opt for any course as elective in consultation with respective HoDs during VIth & VIIth Semesters from any branches of B.E / B.Tech. Programme including electives pertaining to Physical Sciences. (not more than two from Physical Sciences) iv. Candidates can also opt for one credit courses of 20 hours duration which will be offered at our institution from industry / other institution / our institution on specialised topics. Candidates can complete such one credit courses during the semesters III to VI as and when these courses are offered by different departments. A candidate will also be permitted to register for the one credit courses of other departments provided the candidate has fulfilled the necessary pre-requisites of the course being offered subject to approval by both the Heads of Departments. Credits will be indicated for these courses in the grade sheet, but it will not be considered for computing CGPA. However, if a candidate wishes to avail exemption of electives V or elective VI of the VIII Semester, he/she can do so by exercising his/her option in writing to the respective Head of the Department during the beginning of the VIII Semester by following the equivalence norm that one elective in the VIII Semester is equivalent to three one credit courses completed by the candidate during the previous semesters. v. Every student will be required to undertake a suitable project work in Industry / Department during VII semester in consultation with the Head of the Department and the faculty guide and submit the project report Phase I and thereon submit the project report Phase II at the end of the VIII Semester on dates announced by the Institute/Department. vi. A candidate can register for Self-Study Elective(s) over and above the electives from any branch of Engineering / Technology one per semester starting from V semester onwards provided he/she maintains a Cumulative Grade Point Average(CGPA) of 7.5 or above till the previous semesters with no standing arrears. Credits will be indicated for these courses in the grade sheet, but it will not be considered for computing CGPA. 5. Special Courses: Students can opt for any one of the special courses as self-study in addition to the courses specified in the curriculum in V, VI and VII semesters to get exposure in the recent research areas, under the guidance of the faculty provided he/she maintenance a minimum CGPA of 7.5 till the previous semester with no standing arrears. The credits obtained will be indicated in the grade sheet, but will not be considered for CGPA. 6. Certificate Courses: Students can opt for any one of the certificate courses offered in the various departments in IV, V, VI and VII semesters. A separate certificate will be issued on successful completion of the course. 7. Requirements of Attendance and Progress (I) Minimum Attendance: A candidate will be deemed to have completed the requirements of study of any semester only if: a) He / she has kept not less than 70% of attendance in each course and at least 80% of attendance on an average in all the courses in that semester put together. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting IV [However, a candidate who secures less than 70% of attendance in any subject(s) will not be permitted to appear for the examinations in those subject(s).He / she will be allowed to makeup the shortage of the attendance immediately after that particular semester examinations, as prescribed by the subject faculty, HoD and Principal. The candidate will be allowed to appear for the examination in the respective subjects(s) at the next opportunity and such an appearance will be considered as second attempt a candidate who has secured attendance between 70% & 79% in the current semester due to medical reasons (hospitalization / accident/ specific illness) or due to participation in Institute/ University/ State/ National/ International level sports events with prior permission from the Principal shall be given exemption from the prescribed attendance requirements and he/she shall be permitted to appear for the current semester examinations.] b) His / her academic progress and conduct have been satisfactory (II) Personality Development : Every candidate shall be required to undergo a minimum of 40 hours of Personality Development Programme viz, NSS / NCC / YRC / YOGA / Sports and Games activities during the first year failing which he/she will not be permitted to appear for the Semester - End examinations of semester III onwards. Such candidates are permitted to appear for the Semester End examinations of semester III onwards only after completing the above mentioned requirement. The record of attendance for Personality Development Programmes shall be maintained and sent to the Academic Section at the end of 1st and 2nd Semesters. National Cadet Corps (NCC) will have parades. National Service Scheme (NSS) will have social service activities in the community and camps. Youth Red Cross (YRC) society activities will include peace time activities like health and hygiene, international friendship, awareness camps, etc. Yoga will be practiced through Yoga master Sports and Games will include preparation for Intra Institute and inter-collegiate sports events. 8. Procedure for Completing Programme (i) A candidate will be permitted to proceed to the courses of study of any semester only, if he / she has satisfied the requirements of attendance and progress in respect of the preceding semester and had registered for the highest semester examination for which he / she was eligible to register. vide Clause 7. In the case of project work, no candidate will be permitted to appear for the project work examination unless he /she had submitted the project report not later than the prescribed date. (ii) A candidate who is required to repeat the study of any semester for want of attendance / unsatisfactory progress and conduct or who desires to rejoin the course after a period of discontinuance or who upon his / her own request is permitted by the authorities to repeat the study of any semester, may join the semester for which he / she is eligible or permitted to rejoin, only at the time of its normal commencement for a regular batch of candidates and after obtaining the approval from the Director of Technical Education and Anna University of Technology, Coimbatore. No candidate will however be enrolled in more than one semester at any time. In the case of repeaters, the earlier assessment in the repeated courses will be disregarded. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 9. V Assessment (i) The assessment will be based on the performance in the Semester - End examinations and / or continuous assessment, carrying marks as specified in Clause 12. (ii) At the end of each semester, final examinations will normally be conducted during October/November and during April / May of each year. Supplementary examinations may also be conducted at such times as may be decided by the Institute. (iii) (a) Continuous Assessment Marks will be awarded on the basis of Continuous Evaluation made during the semester as per the scheme given in Clause 12. (Credit assignment: Each course is normally assigned with certain number of credits @ 1 credit per one hour of lecture, 0.5 credit per one hour of tutorial/practical per week.) (b) The letter grade and the grade point are awarded based on the percentage of marks secured by a candidate in individual course as detailed below: Range of Percentage of Total Marks 90 to 100 80 to 89 70 to 79 60 to 69 55 to 59 50 to 54 0 to 49 Incomplete Withdrawal Absent Letter grade S A B C D E RA I W AB Grade Point (g) 10 9 8 7 6 5 0 0 0 0 RA − Reappearance in the course. (A candidate who fails in the Semester - End Examination in any course(s) including Project Work after having registered for the same, shall be awarded grade RA.) I − Incomplete (as per clause 7 (I) & (II)) and hence prevented from writing Semester – End Examination. W − Withdrawal from the Semester - End Examination vide clause 11 AB − Absent (A candidate who is eligible but fails to register and also fails to appear after registration for the Semester - End examination will be awarded the grade AB.) (c) After completion of the programme, the Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) from the I Semester to VIII Semester (from III to VIII semester for lateral entry)is calculated using the formula: g *C C n CGPA = 1 i n 1 where i i g i : Grade Point secured corresponding to the course. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting VI Ci : Credit allotted to the course. n : Total number of courses for the entire programme. 10. (a). Passing Requirements and Provisions i. The minimum number of total credits to be earned by a candidate to qualify for the award of degree in the various branches of study as prescribed by the respective Boards of Studies is given below: Branch of Study BE Programmes Aeronautical Engineering Civil Engineering Computer Science and Engineering Electrical and Electronics Engineering Electronics and Communication Engineering Electronics and Instrumentation Engineering Mechanical Engineering B Tech Programmes B.Tech. Biotechnology B.Tech. Information Technology B.Tech. Textile Technology B.Tech. Textile Technology (Fashion Technology) Minimum Credits entry at lateral entry first at third semester semester 193 193 192 193 193 192 193 141 141 142 143 141 142 143 192 193 192 193 143 143 143 141 (Students Migration- Credit Accounting) Normalisation of the credits will be carried out in consultation with the BoS chairman of the concerned branch & approval by the chairman of Governing Council to the students migrating from other institutions to Bannari Amman Institute of Technology ii. A candidate who secures a minimum of 50% marks in the Semester - End Examinations of a course and a minimum Grade point 5 with internal assessment and Semester - End Examination put together will be declared to have passed that course. iii. A candidate, who absents or withdraws or is disqualified to appear (as per clause 7 (I) and (II)) or secures a letter grade RA (Grade Point 0) or less than 50% in the Semester - End Examination in any course carrying Internal Assessment and Semester - End Examination Marks, will retain the already earned Internal Assessment Marks for two subsequent attempts only of that course and thereafter he / she will be solely assessed by Semester - End examination marks.. iv. A candidate shall be declared to have qualified for award of B.E/B.Tech. degree if (i) He/she successfully completed the courses requirement (vide clause 7 ) and has passed all the prescribed courses of study of the respective programme listed in clause 13 within the duration specified in clause 2 and (ii) No disciplinary action is pending against him/her. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting VII (b). Classification of degree i. First Class with Distinction : A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree (vide clause 10 a (iv) ) having passed all the courses of study of all the eight semesters (six semesters for lateral entry candidates) at the first opportunity, within eight consecutive semesters (six consecutive semesters for lateral entry candidates) after the commencement of his /her study and securing a CGPA of 8.5 and above (vide clause 9c) shall be declared to have passed in First Class with Distinction. For this purpose the withdrawal from examination (vide clause 11) will not be construed as an opportunity for appearance in the examination. ii. First Class : A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree (vide clause 10 a (iv)) having passed all the courses of study of all the eight semesters (six semesters for lateral entry candidates) within maximum period of ten consecutive semesters (eight consecutive semesters for lateral entry candidates) after the commencement of his /her study and securing a CGPA of 6.50 and above shall be declared to have passed in First Class. iii. Second Class : All other candidates who qualify for the award of the degree shall be declared to have passed in Second Class. 11. Withdrawal from the Examination (i) A candidate may, for valid reasons, be granted permission by Principal to withdraw from appearing for the examination in any course or courses of only one semester examination during the entire duration of the degree programme. Also, only ONE application for withdrawal is permitted for that semester examination in which withdrawal is sought. (ii) Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the candidate is otherwise eligible to write the examination and if it is made prior to the commencement of the examination in that course or courses and also recommended by the Head of the Department. (iii) Withdrawal shall not be construed as an opportunity for appearance in the examination for the eligibility of a candidate for First Class with Distinction. 12. Scheme of Assessment (a) (i) THEORY Semester - End Examination Internal Assessment : 50 Marks : 50 Marks Distribution of marks for Internal Assessment: Assignments Test 1 Test 2 Model Examination 10 10 10 20 ---50 ---An optional test will be conducted in the respective test portion after the second test, to the students who opt, on valid reasons Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting (ii) THEORY - ONE CREDIT COURSE TOTAL 100 Marks Semester - End Examination Internal Assessment : 50 Marks : 50 Marks Distribution of Marks for Internal Assessment: Assignment (Two Assignments) 10 Test I 15 Test II 15 Viva voce 10 ---50 ---(b) (i) PRACTICAL (Without Mini Project) Semester - End Examination : 50 Marks Internal Assessment : 50 Marks Distribution of Marks for Internal Assessment Preparation 10 Observation & Results 15 Record 10 Model Examination & Viva-Voce 15 ---50 ---(ii) Practical (With Mini Project) Semester - End Examination Internal Assessment : 50 Marks : 50 Marks Distribution of Marks for Internal Assessment Preparation 05 Observation & Results 10 Record 10 Mini Project Report 10 Model Examination & Viva-Voce 15 ---50 ---(c) THEORY WITH LABORATORY COMPONENT Semester - End Theory Examination Internal Assessment Theory Test I Test II Model (Theory) Practical Observation & Results Model Practical : 50 Marks : 50 Marks 10.0 10.0 15.0 5.0 10.0 ----50.0 ----- VIII Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting (d) SPECIAL COURSES Internal Assessment: 100 Marks State of Art Preparation Presentation Discussion & Conclusion Viva - voce (e) SELF STUDY ELECTIVES Semester - End Examination Internal Assessment Assignments (minimum 2 Nos) Test I Test II Model 20 15 10 15 40 ---100 ---: 50 Marks : 50 Marks 15 10 10 15 ---50 ---- (f) LANGUAGE ELECTIVES Test 1 Test 2 Listening Test Speaking Test Final Examination (g) PROJECT WORK i) PHASE – I Semester - End Examination Internal Assessment : 15 Marks : 15 Marks : 10 Marks : 10 Marks : 50 Marks -------: 100 Marks -------- : 50 Marks : 50 Marks Distribution of Marks for Internal assessment Literature survey (one seminar) 10 Problem formulation 10 Approach (one seminar) 15 Progress (one seminar) 15 -----Total 50 ------ IX Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting X Distribution of Marks for Semester - End Examination Report Preparation & Presentation 25 Viva-Voce 25 ----50 ----ii) PHASE – II Semester - End Examination Internal Assessment : 100 Marks : 100 Marks Distribution of Marks for Internal assessment Continuation of Approach & Progress (Two seminars – 2x20) Findings, Discussion & Conclusion (Two seminars - 2x30) Total 40 60 ----100 ----- Distribution of Marks for Semester - End Examination Report Preparation & Presentation Viva Voce 50 50 ----100 ----- (h) TECHNICAL SEMINAR Internal Assessment: 100 Marks Two Seminars (2 X 50) Distribution of Marks Each Seminar Report Evaluation Presentation Viva – voce 100 10 20 20 ---50 ---(A team of 2 members and HOD constituted by the Principal, will evaluate the seminar report and conduct the viva-voce for assessment.) Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting XI PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVE(S) (PEOs) I. Provide engineering insight to problem solving to succeed in Technical Profession through precise education and to prepare students to excel in postgraduate programs. II. To provide students with fundamental knowledge and ability to expertise in Computer Science and Engineering. III. Prepare students with good scientific and engineering breadth so as to analyze, design and create products, solutions to problems in the area of Computer Science and Engineering. IV. To inculcate in students professional, effective communication skills, team work, multidisciplinary approach and an ability to relate engineering issues to broader social context. V. Prepare students to be aware of excellence, leadership, written ethical codes and guidelines and lifelong learning needed for successful professional career by providing them with an excellent academic environment. PROGRAM OUTCOME(S) (POs) Graduating student of computer science and engineering programme will be able to a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques, understanding of contemporary trends in research and technology, and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhance the educational experience. i) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. j) Function ethically and responsibly, and to remain informed and involved as full participants in our profession and our society. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting XII MAPPING OF PEOs AND POs Programme Educational Objective(s) Program Outcome(s) Provide engineering insight to problem solving to succeed in PEO : I Technical Profession through precise education and to (a) and (b) prepare students to excel in postgraduate programs. PEO : II To provide students with fundamental knowledge and ability to expertise in Computer Science and Engineering (c) and (d) Prepare students with good scientific and engineering breadth PEO : III so as to analyze, design and create products, solutions to (e) and (f) problems in the area of Computer Science and Engineering. To PEO : IV inculcate in students professional, effective communication skills, team work, multidisciplinary approach and an ability to relate engineering issues to broader social (g) and (h) context. Prepare students to be aware of excellence, leadership, written ethical codes and guidelines and lifelong learning PEO : V needed for successful professional career by providing them with an excellent academic environment. (i) and (j) Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting XIII B. E. COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING (Minimum credits to be earned: 192) First Semester Code No. 11O101 11O102 11O103 Course Engineering Mathematics I* Engineering Physics* * Engineering Chemistry 11O105 11Z106 11Z107 Language Elective-I Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering+ Computational Problem Solving Computational Problem Solving Laboratory 11O108 Engineering Physics Laboratory# 11O109 Engineering Chemistry Laboratory# PEOs I POs a, b L 3 T 1 P 0 C 3.5 I a, b 3 0 0 3.0 I a, b 3 0 0 3.0 IV g, h 3 0 0 3.0 III I,II,III I,II,III e, f a, b, c, d a, b, c, d 4 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 4.0 3.5 1.5 I I a, b a, b 0 0 0 0 2 2 1.0 1.0 19 2 7 23.5 Total Second Semester Code No. Course 11O201 Engineering Mathematics II 11O202 Environmental Science * 11Z204 Language Elective-II Materials Science1 * ** PEOs I POs a, b L 3 T 1 P 0 C 3.5 III e, f 3 0 0 3.0 IV,V g, h, i 3 1 0 3.5 III e, f 3 0 0 3.0 f, g c, d c, d f, g 4 4 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 4.0 4.0 1.5 3.0 f, g 0 0 2 1.0 Total 22 2 7 26.5 11O205 11Z206 11Z207 Basics of Civil and Mechanical Engineering Structured Programming Structured Programming Laboratory 11O208 Engineering Graphics$ III,IV II II III,IV 11Z209 Workshop Practice III,IV * + # 1 ** $ Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech (continuous assessment) Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except ECE,EEE & EIE Common for AE, CSE, FT & IT (I Semester); CE, ME, BT & TT (II Semester) Common for AE, CE, CSE, ECE & EIE (I Semester); EEE, ME, BT, FT, IT & TT (II Semester) Common to CSE EEE,ECE,E&I and IT Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech except AE & CE , ECE, EIE, ME, BT & TT (I Semester);CSE, EEE, FT, IT & TT (II Semester) Common for EEE, ME, BT, FT, IT & TT (I Semester); AE, CE, CSE, ECE & EIE (II Semester) Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting XIV Third Semester Code No. 11Z301 Course Numerical and Statistical methods PEOs POs L T P C I,III a, b, e, f 3 1 0 3.5 c, d 3 1 0 3.5 11Z302 System Software II 11Z303 Object Oriented Programming II c, d 3 0 0 3.0 11Z304 Data Structures II c, d 3 1 0 3.5 c, d, e, f 3 1 0 3.5 11Z305 Digital System Design II,III 11Z306 Software Engineering II,IV c, d, f 3 1 0 3.5 11Z307 Object Oriented Programming Laboratory II c, d 0 0 3 1.5 11Z308 Data Structures Laboratory II c, d 0 0 3 1.5 11Z309 Digital System Design Laboratory II,III c, d, e, f 0 0 3 1.5 18 5 9 25.0 Total Fourth Semester Code No. Course PEOs POs L T P C a, b, c, d 3 1 0 3.5 11Z401 Discrete Mathematics I,II 11Z402 Computer Architecture III e, f 3 1 0 3.5 11Z403 Concurrent Programming II c, d 3 0 0 3.0 11Z404 Operating Systems II a, c, d 3 1 0 3.5 11Z405 Database Management System II,III c, d, e, f 3 0 0 3.0 c, d 3 1 0 3.5 0 0 3 1.5 11Z406 Design and Analysis of Algorithms II 11Z407 System Software and Operating System Laboratory II c, d 11Z408 Concurrent Programming Laboratory II c, d 0 0 3 1.5 11Z409 Database Management System Laboratory II,III c, d, e, f 0 0 3 1.5 18 4 9 24.5 Total Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting XV 2 Fifth Semester Code No. Course PEOs POs L T P C 11Z501 Mobile Communications III e, f 3 1 0 3.5 11Z502 Graphics and Multimedia II c, d 3 0 0 3.0 11Z503 Microprocessors and Microcontroller III e, f 3 0 0 3.0 I,II,III a, c, d 3 1 0 3.5 II c, d 3 0 0 3.0 - - - 3.0 11Z504 Theory of Computation 11Z505 Computer Networks Elective I II, III c, d 0 0 3 1.5 Microprocessors and Microcontroller Laboratory III e, f 0 0 3 1.5 11Z509 Computer Networks Laboratory II c, d 0 0 3 1.5 11Z510 Technical Seminar - I IV,V g, h, i, j - - - 1.0 - - - 24.52 11Z507 Graphics and Multimedia Laboratory 11Z508 Total Sixth Semester Code No. Course PEOs POs L T P C 11Z601 Web Technology II c, d 3 0 0 3.0 11Z602 Compiler Design II,III a,b,c,d 3 1 0 3.5 11Z603 Digital Image Processing III b, c 3 0 0 3.0 c, d, e 3 0 1 3.5 3 1 0 3.5 11Z604 .NET Technologies II,III 11Z605 Cryptography and Network Security II,III c, d, e - - - 3.0 c, d 0 0 3 1.5 Elective II 11Z607 Web Technology Laboratory II 11Z608 Compiler Design Laboratory II,III c, d, e, f 0 0 3 1.5 11Z609 Technical Seminar - II IV.V g, h, i, j - - - 1.0 - - - 23.52 Total Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of L T P hours may vary depending upon the electives offered. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting XVI Seventh Semester Code No. Course * PEOs POs L T P C V i, j 3 0 0 3.0 11O701 Engineering Economics 11Z702 Distributed Computing Systems II,III c, d, e, f 3 1 0 3.5 11Z703 Object Oriented Analysis and Design II,III c, d, e, f 3 0 0 3.0 11Z704 Business Component Technology II,III c, d, e, h 3 0 0 3.0 Elective III - - - 3.0 Elective IV - - - 3.0 11Z707 Case tools Laboratory II,III c, d, e, f 0 0 3 1.5 11Z708 Business Component Technology Laboratory II,III c, d, e, h 0 0 3 1.5 11Z709 Project Work Phase I II,III,IV c, d, e, f, g, h - - - 3.0 Total - - - 24.5 Eighth Semester PEOs POs L T P C IV,V g, h, i, j 2 0 0 2.0 Elective V - - - 3.0 Elective VI - - - 3.0 c, d, e, f, g, h - - - 12.0 Total - - - 20.02 Code No. 11O801 11Z804 Course Professional Ethics* Project Work Phase II II,III,IV Minimum credits to be earned. The maximum number of credits as well as the total number of L T P hours may vary depending upon the elective courses opted. * Common for all branches of B.E./B.Tech Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting ELECTIVES LANGUAGE ELECTIVES Language Elective I L T P C 11O10B Basic English I 3 0 0 3.0 11O10C Communicative English 3 0 0 3.0 Language Elective II 11O20B Basic English II 3 1 0 3.5 11O20C Advanced Communicative English 3 1 0 3.5 11O20G German 3 1 0 3.5 11O20J Japanese 3 1 0 3.5 11O20F French 3 1 0 3.5 11O20H Hindi 3 1 0 3.5 DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES 11Z001 Advanced Computer Architecture 3 0 0 3.0 11Z002 Parallel Processing 3 0 0 3.0 11Z003 Grid and utility computing 3 0 0 3.0 11Z004 Embedded Systems 3 0 0 3.0 11Z005 Real Time Operating Systems 3 0 0 3.0 11Z006 Human Computer Interaction 3 0 0 3.0 11Z007 Machine learning techniques 3 0 0 3.0 11Z008 XML and Web Services 3 0 0 3.0 11Z009 TCP/IP 3 0 0 3.0 11Z010 Visual Programming Using VC++ 3 0 0 3.0 11Z011 Unix Internals 3 0 0 3.0 11Z012 Internet Security 3 0 0 3.0 XVII Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 11Z013 Free and Open Source Software 3 0 0 3.0 11Z014 Management Information Systems 3 0 0 3.0 11Z015 Software Project Management 3 0 0 3.0 11Z016 Software testing and Quality Assurance 3 0 0 3.0 11Z017 E - Commerce 3 0 0 3.0 11Z018 Enterprise Computing 3 0 0 3.0 11Z019 Soft Computing 3 0 0 3.0 11Z020 Artificial Intelligence 3 0 0 3.0 11Z021 Data warehousing and Data mining 3 0 0 3.0 11Z022 Probability and Queuing Theory 3 0 0 3.0 11Z023 Cloud Architectures and Services 3 0 0 3.0 11Z024 Information Storage Management 3 0 0 3.0 11Z025 Web Services and Service Oriented Architecture 3 0 0 3.0 PHYSICS ELECTIVES 11O0PA Nano Science and Technology 3 0 0 3.0 11O0PB Laser Technology 3 0 0 3.0 11O0PC Electro-Optic Materials 3 0 0 3.0 11O0PD Vacuum Science and Technology 3 0 0 3.0 11O0PE Semi Conducting Materials and Devices 3 0 0 3.0 CHEMISTRY ELECTIVES 11O0YA Polymer Chemistry and Processing 3 0 0 3.0 11O0YB Energy Storing Devices and Fuel Cells 3 0 0 3.0 11O0YC Chemistry of Nano Materials 3 0 0 3.0 11O0YD Corrosion Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3.0 3 0 0 3.0 ENTREPRENEURSHIP ELECTIVES$ 11O001 Entrepreneurship Development I $ Entrepreneurship Development electives will be offered only during V and VI semesters. XVIII Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 11O002 Entrepreneurship Development II€ 3 0 0 3.0 ONE CREDIT COURSES 11Z0XA Cloud Computing - - - 1.0 11Z0XB Quantum Computing - - - 1.0 11Z0XC Extreme Programming - - - 1.0 11Z0XD Mobile Operating Systems - - - 1.0 11Z0XE Green Computing - - - 1.0 11Z0XF Internet Marketing - - - 1.0 11Z0XG Advanced Big data Analytics - - - 1.0 11Z0XH Matlab for Engineers - - - 1.0 11Z0XI ASP .NET - - - 1.0 11Z0XJ PYTHON Programming - - - 1.0 SPECIAL COURSES € 11Z0RA Semantic Web - - - 3.0 11Z0RB Search Engine Optimization - - - 3.0 11Z0RC J2ME - - - 3.0 Prerequisite for this course is Entrepreneurship Development I. Classes to be conducted for 20 hours duration. XIX Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 1 11O101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-I (Common to all Branches) 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) Acquire knowledge in matrix theory a part of linear algebra which has wider application in engineering problems. To make the student knowledgeable in the area of infinite series and their convergence so that the students will be familiar with infinite series approximations for solutions arising in mathematical modelling and to solve first and higher order differential equations and to use Laplace transform to solve differential equations using only algebraic operations. Programme Outcome(s) k) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. i. An ability to apply the basic concepts of mathematics to solve the engineering problems ii. An ability to demonstrate their ability to solve technical problems via technical approaches, self study, team work and life long learning approaches. iii. An ability to become equipped with the knowledge and analytical skills necessary for entry-level placement. Course Outcome(s) 1. Acquire more knowledge in basic concept of engineering mathematics. 2. Improvement in problem evaluation technique. 3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem. Assessment pattern 1 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember 2 3 4 5 Understand Apply Analyze/ Evaluate Create S. No Total Test I3 Test II3 Model Examination3 20 40 20 40 20 40 End Semester Examination Examination 20 40 30 10 00 30 10 00 30 10 00 30 10 00 100 100 100 100 Remember 1 State Cayley Hamilton theorem. 2 Define Eigen value and Eigen vectors of the matrix. 3. Write the definition of Convergence & Divergence of the sequence. 4. State the necessary & sufficient condition for the differential equation to be exact. 5. Write the Radius of curvature in cartesian coordinates. 6. Define Evolute,Centre of curvature & Circle of curvature. 7. Write the Leibneitz‘s form of linear equation in y and in x. 3 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 8. Write the general form of Euler‘s & Legendre linear differential equation. 9. Define Convolution of two functions. 10. State the existence conditions for Laplace transforms. Understand 2 2 0 1. Find the eigen values and eigen vectors of A = 3 5 1 8 1 3 2. Find the radius of Curvature at ( a,0) on the curve xy2 = a3 – x3 3. Find the Circle of Curvature of the parabola Y2 = 12x at the point ( 3.6) 4. Solve cos2 x dy + y = tanx dx 5 Solve y (2xy + ex ) dx = ex dy. 6. Find evolute of the parabola x2 =4ay 7. Solve ( D2 + .4 ) y = x2 8 Solve ( D – 3 )2 y = x e-2x 9. Find the Laplace transform of e2t sin3t 10. Find the laplace transform of e2t cos4t Apply 3 1 1 1. Diagonalise the matrix A= 1 3 1 by means of an orthogonal transformation 1 1 3 1 3 7 2.Use Cayley Hamilton theorem find inverse of A = 4 2 3 . 1 2 1 3 3.4 3.4.5 3. Test the convergence of the series + + + ..... 4 4.6 4.6.8 1 4. Use Convolution theorem find inverse Laplace transform of ( s 1)( s 2) 5. Use method of variation of parameters ,solve (D2+4)y = tan 2x 6. Use Laplace transform solve ( D2 + 4D + 13) = e-t sint Y = 0 and DY = 0 at t = 0 7. Test for convergence of the series x 1 x 8. Use Bernoulli1 s equation solve xy ( 1 + xy2 ) dy =1 dx dy y e 2 x ( x 1) 2 dx t e (sin 3t ) dt 10. Use Laplace Transform to evaluate, t 0 9. UseLeibnitz‘s linear equation ( x 1) 2 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 3 Analyze / Evaluate 2 2 2 1. Reduce the quadratic form 8x 1 +7x 2 +3x 3 -12x 1 x 2 -8x 2 x 3 +4x 3 x 1 to canonical form by orthogonal transformation and find the rank, signature, index and the nature. 2 2 2 2.Reduce 3x +5y +3z -2yz+2zx-2xy to its canonical form through an orthogononal transformation and find the rank, signature, index and the nature 3.Find the evolute of the cycloid : x = a( +sin ) ; y = a(1 - cos ) 4.Find the circle of curvature of a a x y at , 4 4 5. Discuss the convergence of the series 1 / 3.4.5 + 2 / 4.5.6 + 3 / 5.6.7 +…... 2 1 1 6.Verify Cayley-Hamilton theorem for A= 1 2 1 . Hence find its inverse. 1 1 2 7.Using the method of variation of parameters, solve (D 2 + a 2)y = tan ax. 8. Solve [x2D2 + 4xD + 2]y = x2 + 1 . x2 9. Find the envelope of the straight line x y 1 , here a and b are connected by the relation a2 + b2 = c2 a b 10. Find the Laplace transform of the following functions (1). (t + 2t2)2 (2) sin2 2t (3). sin 3t cos 2t (4). Cos (at+b) Unit I Matrices Characteristic equation - eigen values and eigen vectors of a real matrix - properties of eigen values - Cayley– Hamilton theorem- Reduction of a real matrix to a diagonal form- Orthogonal matrices- Quadratic form -Reduction of a quadratic form to a canonical form by orthogonal transformation-application to engineering problems. 9 Hours Unit II Series and Differential Calculus Series- Convergences and divergence- Comparison test– Ratio test - Curvature in Cartesian Coordinates- Centre and radius of curvature - Circle of curvature – Evolutes –Envelopes – application to engineering problems. 9 Hours Unit III Differential Equation of First Order Linear differential equation of first order-exact-integrating factor- Euler‘s equation-Bernoulli‘s-modeling-application to engineering problems. 9 Hours Unit IV Differential Equations of Higher Order Linear differential equations of second and higher order with constant and variablecoefficients - Cauchy‘s and Legendre‘s linear differential equations - method of variation of parameters –application of engineering problems. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 4 Unit V Laplace Transforms : Laplace Transform- conditions for existence(statement only) -Transforms of standard functions – properties(statement only) - Transforms of derivatives and integrals - Initial and Final value theorems(statement only) - Periodic functions - Inverse transforms - Convolution theorems(statement only) Applications of Laplace transforms for solving the ordinary differential equations up to second order with constant coefficients-application to engineering problems. 9 Hours Total: 45+15=60 Hours Textbook(s): 1. B S Grewal ., Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi 2000 . 2. K A Lakshminarayanan ,K.Megalai, P.Geetha and D.Jayanthi ,Mathematics for Engineers, Volume I, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008. Reference Books: 1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics , Volume I , S. Chand & Co., New Delhi-2009. 2.. T. Veerarajan , Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi 2008. 3. E. Kreyszig, .Advanced Engineering Mathematics , 8th Edition , John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore 2008. 4. C. RayWylie and C. Louis . Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2003. 11O102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS (Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3.0 Course Objective(s) To impart fundamental knowledge in the areas of acoustics, crystallography and new engineering materials. To apply fundamental knowledge in the area of LASERS and fiber optics To use the principles of quantum physics in the respective fields At the end of the course the students are familiar with the basic principles and applications of physics in various fields. Program Outcome(s) a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to learn the basic concepts of acoustics and ultrasonics. develop applications for real world problems such as designing acoustic buildings and study the basics and applications of crystal physics. analyze the construction, working and applications of laser. gain knowledge in practical applications of fiber optics. expand their knowledge towards new engineering materials such as metallic glasses, ceramics, shape memory alloys and nanomaterials. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 5 Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test 1 Test 2 Model Examination 25 25 20 20 10 100 25 25 20 20 10 100 20 25 20 20 15 100 End Semester Examination Examination 20 25 20 20 15 100 Remember 1. Give the classifications of sound. 2. Write a note on loudness. 3. Define decibel. 4. What is meant by reverberation time? 5. Define magnetostriction effect. 6. Give the classification of crystals. 7. Define Miller indices. 8. Define lattice and unit cells. 9. Mention the applications of X-ray diffraction. 10. Write a short note on air wedge. 11. List the applications of air wedge method. 12. Give the applications of LASER. 13. Give the classification of laser based on refractive index. 14. Write a note on holography. 15. Draw the block diagram of fiber optic communication system. 16. Define the term Compton effect. 17. What is the physical significance of wave function? 18. What are metallic glasses? 19. Write a note on shape memory alloys. 20. Mention the merits of nano materials. 21. List the advantages of ceramic materials. Understand 1. How Weber-Fechner law is formulated? 2. Explain the characteristics of loudness. 3. Elucidate the significance of timber. 4. How the magnetostriction effect is utilized in the production of ultrasonic waves? 5. What is the importance of reverberation time in the construction of building? 6. Give the importance of lattice and lattice planes in a crystal. 7. How do you measure the d-spacing? 8. How do you calculate the packing factor of BCC structure? 9. How air wedge is used in determining the flatness of a thin plate? 10. Give the importance of optical pumping in the production of LASER. 11. What are the various steps involved in holography? The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 6 How can you derive the acceptance angle in fiber? Why the wave function is called as probability density? Why the wave function is finite inside the potential well? Why the particle is not escaping through the walls of the well? How ceramic materials are prepared by slip casting technique? What are the advantages of nano materials? Discuss the factors affecting the acoustics of buildings. Ultrasonic waves are electromagnetic waves. Justify. Sketch the circuit diagram for piezo electric oscillator. How can you determine the velocity of ultrasonic by acoustic grating? Explain how Miller indices are used in crystal structures? How do you calculate the packing factor for FCC structure? Draw the crystal lattice for (110) plane. Why does air wedge occur only in the flat glass plates? Explain the various steps involved in holography techniques. Discuss the particle in a one dimensional box by considering infinite length of well. Explain how shape memory alloy change its shape? How can you prepare the nano materials synthesized by sol gel technique? Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Compare magnetostriction and piezo-electric method in the production of ultrasonic waves. 2. Differentiate musical sound and noises. 3. Compare the packing factor of BCC, FCC and HCP structures. 4. Distinguish between photography and holography. 5. Compare slip casting and isostatic pressing. Unit I Acoustics and Ultrasonics Acoustics: Classification of sound – characteristics of musical sound – loudness – Weber – Fechner law – decibel – absorption coefficient – reverberation – reverberation time – Sabine‘s formula (growth & decay). Factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their remedies. Ultrasonics: Ultrasonic production – magnetostriction - piezo electric methods. Applications: Determination of velocity of ultrasonic waves (acoustic grating) - SONAR. 9 Hours The phenomenon of cavitation. Unit II Crystallography Crystal Physics: Lattice – unit cell – Bravais lattices – lattice planes – Miller indices – ‗d‘ spacing in cubic lattice – calculation of number of atoms per unit cell – atomic radius – coordination number – packing factor for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures - X-ray Diffraction: Laue‘s method – powder crystal method. 9 Hours Crystal defects. Unit III Waveoptics Interference: Air wedge – theory – uses – testing of flat surfaces – thickness of a thin wire. LASER: Types of lasers – Nd – YAG laser – CO2 laser – semiconductor laser (homojunction). Applications: Holography – construction – reconstruction – uses. Fiber Optics: Principle of light transmission through fiber - expression for acceptance angle and numerical aperture - types of optical fibers (refractive Index profile, mode) fiber optic communication system (block diagram only) 9 Hours Laser gas sensors . Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 7 Unit IV Modern Physics Quantum Physics: Development of quantum theory – de Broglie wavelength – Schrödinger‘s wave equation – time dependent – time independent wave equations – physical significance – applications – particle in a box (1d). X-rays: Scattering of X-rays – Compton Effect – theory and experimental verification. 9 Hours Degenerate and non degenerate. Unit V New Engineering Materials Metallic glasses: Manufacturing – properties – uses. Shape Memory Alloys: Working principle – shape memory effect – applications. Nanomaterials: Preparation method – sol gel technique – mechanical – magnetic characteristics – uses. Ceramics: Manufacturing methods – slip casting – isostatic pressing – thermal and electrical properties - uses. 9 Hours Carbon nano tubes and applications. Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. V. Rajendran, Engineering Physics, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2011. 2. P. K. Palanisami, Physics for Engineers, Vol. 1, Scitech Pub. (India) Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2002. Reference(s) 1. M. N. Avadhanulu and P. G. Kshirsagar, A Textbook(s) of Engineering Physics, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005 2. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publication, New Delhi, 2006. 3. V. Rajendran and A. Marikani, Physics I, TMH, New Delhi, 2004. 4. Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, TMH, 2008. 5. R. K. Gaur and S. L. Gupta, Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, New Delhi, 2006 11O103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY (Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3.0 Course Objective(s): Imparting knowledge on the principles of water characterization, treatment methods and industrial applications. Understanding the principles and application of electrochemistry and corrosion science. Basic information and application of polymer chemistry, nanotechnology and analytical techniques. Program Outcome(s) a) An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) differentiate hard and soft water, understand the disadvantages of using hard water domestically and industrially, select and apply suitable treatments. gain an understanding of oxidation and reduction reactions as they relate to engineering applications such as batteries and electroplating. comment on design of a metallic part which shows resistance to corrosion and analyze losses incurred due to corrosion. select a polymer by considering their engineering requirement and identify the importance of nanomaterials. carry out chemical analysis using various analytical instruments. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 8 Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 20 20 30 20 10 100 20 20 30 20 10 100 Model Examinatio n 10 20 30 20 20 100 End Semester Examination Examination 10 20 30 20 20 100 Remember 1. Distinguish between alkaline and non alkaline hardness. 2. What is meant by priming? How it is prevented? 3. What is meant by caustic embrittlement? 4. What is the role of calgon conditioning in water treatment? 5. What is break point chlorination? 6. Write the significances of EMF series. 7. Define single electrode potential of an electrode. 8. Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells. 9. What are the advantages of H2-O2 fuel cell? 10. What are reference electrodes? 11. Mention the various factors influencing the rate of corrosion. 12. State Pilling-Bedworth rule. 13. What are the constituents of water repellant paints? 14. What is pitting corrosion? 15. Write any four applications of galvanic series. 16. Differentiate between nanocluster and nanocrystal. 17. List the monomers of nylon -6 and nylon-11. 18. Define functionality of a monomer. 19. What are the monomers of epoxy resin? 20. Differentiate between addition and condensation polymers. 21. What are auxochromes? Give examples. 22. Give any two applications of IR spectroscopy. 23. State Beer-Lambert‘s law. 24. Write any two applications of flame photometry. 25. What are the limitations of Beer-Lambert‘s law? Understand 1. Soft water is not demineralized water whereas demineralized water is soft water- Justify. 2. Why sodium carbonate conditioning is not advisable for high pressure boilers? 3. Boiling cannot give protection to water for all time – Reason out. The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 9 What are the significances of RO method of water treatment? Compare reversible and irreversible cells? Reason out why do the properties of materials change at nanoscale? Why calomel electrode is called as secondary reference electrode? A steel screw in a brass marine hardware corrodes. Why? What is the action of brine solution on iron rod? Why magnesium element is coupled with underground pipe line? Which is the easier way to control corrosion? Lithium battery is the cell of future- Justify. Iron corrodes at a faster rate than aluminium- Give reason. Differentiate between electro and elctroless platting. How thermoplastics differ from thermosetting plastics? TEFLON is superior to other addition polymers-Justify. Write any two advantages of free radical polymerization. Calculate the degree of freedom of water molecule. Differentiate between AAS and flame photometry. What is the role of thiocyanide solution in the estimation of iron by colorimetry? A water sample contains 204 mgs of CaSO4 and 73 mgs of Mg(HCO3)2 per litre. Calculate the total hardness in terms of CaCO3 equivalence. 100 ml of sample water has hardness equivalent to 12.5ml of 0.08N MgSO4. Calculate hardness in ppm. What is the single electrode potential of a half cell of zinc electrode dipped in a 0.01M ZnSO4 solution at 250C? E0Zn/Zn2+ = 0.763 V, R=8.314 JK-1Mol-1, F= 96500 Coulombs. Calculate the reduction potential of Cu2+/Cu=0.5M at 250C. E0Cu2+/ Cu= +0.337V. Mention the type of corrosion that takes place when a metal area is covered with water. Bolt and nut made of the same metal is preferred in practice. Why? Caustic embrittlement is stress corrosion- Justify. Metals which are nearer in electrochemical series is preferred in practice. Why? What are the disadvantages of NICAD battery? What are the requirements of a good paint? What information can you get from DP? What is degree of polymerization? Calculate the degree of polymerization of polypropylene having molecular weight of 25200. How the functionality of monomer influences the structure of polymer? Mention the commercial applications of epoxy resins. On what basis polyamide is named as NYLON? Why UV spectroscopy is called as electronic spectra? IR spectrum is called as vibrational spectrum- Justify. How absorption spectrum is differing from emission spectrum? Analyze/Evaluate 1. Distinguish between hardness and alkalinity. 2. Distinguish between battery and cell. 3. Corrosion phenomenon is known as thousand dollar thief - reason out. 4. What is the basic difference between polymers and oligomers? 5. How do you identify an organic molecule using IR spectrum? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 10 Unit I Chemistry of Water and its Industrial Applications Hardness of water: Equivalents of calcium carbonate - Units of hardness - Degree of hardness and its estimation (EDTA method) - Numerical problems on degree of hardness - pH value of water. Use of water for industrial purposes: Boiler feed water-scale-sludge - caustic embrittlement. Softening of hard water: External conditioning – zeolite - ion exchange methods - internal conditioning – calgon - phosphate methods. Desalination: Reverse osmosis electrodialysis. Use of water for domestic purposes: Domestic water treatment - Disinfection of water - break point chlorination. Characterization of your campus water. 9 Hours Unit II Electrochemistry for Materials Processing Introduction – emf - Single electrode potential - Hydrogen electrode - Calomel electrode - Glass electrode - pH measurement using glass electrode - Electrochemical series. Cells: Electrochemical cells – Cell reactions- Daniel cell – Reversible cells and irreversible cells - Difference between electrolytic cells and electrochemical cells. Concept of electroplating: Electroplating of gold - electroless plating (Nickel). Batteries: Secondary batteries - lead acid, nickel cadmium and lithium batteries. Fuel cell: Hydrogen - oxygen fuel cell. Electricity assisted painting. 9 Hours Unit III Chemistry of Corrosion and its Control Corrosion: Mechanism of corrosion- – Chemical and electrochemical - Pilling-Bedworth rule - Oxygen absorption – Hydrogen evolution - Galvanic series. Types of corrosion: Galvanic corrosion - Differential aeration corrosion Examples - Factors influencing corrosion. Methods of corrosion control: Sacrificial anodic protection - Impressed current method. Protective coatings: Paints - Constituents and Functions. Special paints: Fire retardant - Water repellant paints. Applications of vapour phase inhibitors. 9 Hours Unit IV Introduction to Polymer and Nanotechnology Polymers: Monomer - functionality - Degree of polymerization - Classification based on source - applications. Types of polymerization: Addition, condensation and copolymerization. Mechanism of free radical polymerization. Thermoplastic and thermosetting plastics - Preparation, properties and applications: Epoxy resins, TEFLON, nylon and bakelite. Compounding of plastics. Moulding methods: Injection and extrusion. Nanomaterials: Introduction – Nanoelectrodes - Carbon nanotubes - Nanopolymers - Application. A detailed survey on application of polymer in day to day life. 9 Hours Unit V Instrumental Techniques of Chemical Analysis Beer – Lambert‘s law - Problems. UV visible and IR spectroscopy: Principle- Instrumentation (block diagram only) Applications. Colorimetry: Principle – Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of iron by colorimetry. Flame photometry: Principle - Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of sodium by flame photometry. Atomic absorption spectroscopy: Principle - Instrumentation (block diagram only) - Estimation of nickel by atomic absorption spectroscopy. Applications of analytical instruments in medical field. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 11 Textbook(s) 1. P. C. Jain and M. Jain, Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications., New Delhi, 2009. 2. R. Sivakumar and N. Sivakumar, Engineering Chemistry, TMH, New Delhi, 2009. 3. B. R. Puri, L. R. Sharma and Madan S. Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, Shoban Lal Nagin Chand & Co., 2005. Reference(s) 1. Sashi Chawla, Textbook(s)of Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai Publications, New Delhi, 2003. 2. B. S. Bahl, G. D. Tuli and Arun Bahl, Essentials of Physical Chemistry, S. Chand & Company, 2008. 3. J. C. Kuriacose and J. Rajaram, Chemistry in Engineering & Technology, Vol. 1&2, TMH, 2009. 4. C. P. Poole Jr., J. F. Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley India Private Limited, 2007. 5. Andre Arsenault and Geoffrey A. Ozin, Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials, Royal Society of Chemistry, London, 2005. 6. D. A. Skoog, D. M. West, F. James Holler &S. R. Crouch, Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry, Wiley, 2004. LANGUAGE ELECTIVE-I (Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3.0 Vide page number 159 11O105 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING (Common to all branches except EEE, ECE, EIE) 4 0 0 4.0 Objective(s) To understand the basics concepts of electric circuits & magnetic circuits To learn the operations of electrical machines To impart knowledge in the concepts of Communication systems Program Outcome(s) e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) 1. Analyze the power in single phase AC systems 2. Derive an equation for self and mutual inductance 3. Determine the characteristics of Bipolar junction transistors 4. Diagnose the operation of half wave and full wave rectifier 5. Design of an operational amplifier Assessment Pattern S. Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) No. 1 Remember 2 Understand 3 Apply 4 Analyze / Evaluate 5 Create Total Remember 1. What is an inductor? 2. State Ohm‘s law. † Test I† Test II† 10 20 30 40 100 10 20 30 40 100 Model Examination† 10 20 30 40 100 End Semester Examination 10 20 30 40 100 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 12 State the operating principle of a transformer. Draw the circuit symbols of i] step up transformer ii] step down transformer. What is resistor? Give its symbol. What are impurities? Draw the neat-labelled I-V characteristics of zener diode. Draw circuit symbol of diode and zener diode, Which process is used to convert the material into extrinsic? What is junction barrier? Define the term rectification and efficiency What is done in the base region of a transistor to improve its operation. What is BJT? List the needs for modulation. Draw symbol of 2-input NOR gate & write its truth table. Understand 1. Explain Ohm‘s law relating to (V), (I) and (R). 2. Explain the working principle of a transformer. 3. Explain the working principle of an induction motor. 4. Discuss intrinsic semiconductor are pure semiconductors. 5. Explain pentavalent impurities with example. 6. Explain trivalent impurities with example. 7. Explain in brief, knee voltage of diode. 8. Explain in brief, breakdown voltage of diode. 9. Explain the operation of P-N Junction diode when forward and reverse bias. 10. Explain the formation of depletion region in P-N Junction. 11. Explain Zener diode as voltage regulator. 12. With a neat circuit diagram explain the working of a half wave rectifier. 13. Derive an expression for the efficiency of a half wave rectifier. 14. With a neat circuit diagram, explain the working of full wave rectifier. 15. What is Ex-OR gate? Explain its working & tabulate the truth table. Apply 1. Why opamp is called as linear amplifier? 2. Why impurities are used? 3. Calculate the value of resistance having co lour code sequence Red , Yellow, orange and Gold. 4. Why do we use transformer in rectifier circuit? 5. Which impurity play important role in formation of P type semiconductor? 6. Calculate the % ripple factior, if the dc output voltage 20 V and ac voltage 2V. 7. Three resistors are connected in series across a 12V battery. The first resistance has a value of 2 Ω, second has a voltage drop of 4V and third has power dissipation of 12 W. Calculate the value of the circuit current. 8. A 25 Ω resistor is connected in parallel with a 50 Ω resistor. The current in 50 Ω resistor is 8A. What is the value of third resistance to be added in parallel to make the total line current as 15A. 9. A toroidal air cored coil with 2000 turns has a mean radius of 25cm, diameter of each turn being 6cm. If the current in the coil is 10A, find mmf, flux, reluctance, flux density and magnetizing force. 10. The self inductance of a coil of 500turns is 0.25H.If 60% of the flux is linked with a second coil of 10500 turns. Calculate a) the mutual inductance between the two coils and b) emf induced in the second coil when current in the first coil changes at the rate of 100A/sec. 11. 2.An air cored toroidal coil has 480 turns, a mean length of 30cm and a cross-sectional area of 5 cm2.Calculate a)the inductance i\of the coil and b) the average induced emf, if a current of 4 A is reversed in 60 milliseconds Analyze / Evaluate 1. Why inductor is referred as a choke? 2. Why single phase induction motor are not self starting? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 13 3. How the barrier potential is developed across the P-N Junction, what are the approximate values this potential for Germenium and Silicon? 4. Trivallent impurity is called as donor impurity, comment. 5. Distinguish with diagram, then solid material on the basis of band diagram. 6. How a zener diode can be used for voltage regulation in power supply? 7. How voltage source is converted into current source and vice versa? 8. Differentiate P type and N type semiconductor 9. Distinguish between metal, semiconductor and insulator. Give examples of each. 10. Distinguish between half wave and full wave rectifier Create 1. Design a half wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the ripple factor. 2. Design a full wave uncontrolled rectifier and calculate the efficiency. Unit I Electric Circuits Definition of Voltage, Current, Power & Energy, Ohm‘s law, Kirchoff‘s Law & its applications – simple problems, division of current in series & parallel circuits, generation of alternating EMF, definition of RMS value, average value, peak factor, form factor. Power in single phase AC – three phase system. Star to delta and delta to star transformations, R-L and R-C series circuit 12 Hours Unit II Magnetic Circuits Definition of MMF, Flux, Reluctance, Properties of Flux lines, Self & Mutual Inductance, Ampere Turns, Series & parallel magnetic circuits, Comparison between Electric & magnetic circuits, Law of Electromagnetic induction, Fleming‘s Right & Left hand rule. Magnetic impedance, Effective resistance, Magnetic capacitivity 12 Hours Unit III Electrical Machines Construction, Type, Principle of Operation & Working Principle of DC Generator, DC Motor, Transformer, Induction Motor, Induction type single phase energy meter, Domestic wiring practice, Tube light circuit, Earthing & earthing methods. Characteristics of DC generators and DC motors, 12 Hours Unit IV Electronics Engineering PN Junction diode & Zener diode – Characteristics – Half wave and full wave rectifier – Bipolar junction transistors – CB,CE, CC Configurations and characteristics – basic concepts of amplifiers and oscillators – Logic gates – Inverting, Non inverting amplifiers and Operational amplifiers- Basic Computer organization – Block diagram of Microprocessors (8085). Semiconductor theory, Diode clippers, op-amp parameters and applications 12 Hours Unit V Communication Engineering Introduction to communication systems – Need for modulation – Types- Block Diagram representation only – Block diagram of TV system – Introduction to cellular & mobile telephony- Block diagram of Optical and Satellite communication systems. Analog and digital signals, Transmission medium, Digital communication 12 Hours Total: 60 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Textbook(s)(s) 1. T. K. Nagsarkar and M. S. Sukhija, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Oxford Press, 2005 2. R. Muthusubramaninan, S. Salivahanan and K. A. Muraleedharan, Basic Electrical, Computer Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004 14 Electronics and Reference(s) 1. J. A. Edminister, Electric Circuits, Schaum‘s Series, McGraw Hill, 2005 2. Van Valkenbergm, Electric Circuits and Network Analysis, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005 3. Smarjith Ghosh, Fundamentals of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2005 11Z106 COMPUTATIONAL PROBLEM SOLVING 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To develop the problem solving ability for real life problems To learn the basic concepts of developing an algorithm To understand the concept of pseudo-code Program Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects. b) Apply the knowledge and skills acquired to succeed in a computer science career and to pursue higher studies. c) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate the functional behavior of flow charts Determine the relationship between the mathematical modeling and algorithms Develop flow charts using Raptor Tool Assessment Pattern S. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I† (New Version) Remember 30 Understand 20 Apply 20 Analyze 10 Evaluate 10 Create 10 Total 100 Test II† 20 20 20 20 10 10 100 Model Examination† 20 20 20 20 10 10 100 End Semester Examination 20 10 20 20 10 20 100 Remember 1. List the requirements of problem solving. 2. What is top down design? 3. What is program testing? † The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 15 List the steps involved in improving the efficiency of algorithms. What are the applications of exchanging the values? List the application area of factorial computation. Mention the application areas of reversing a number. Define base conversion List the applications of character to number conversion. What is oscillating convergence? List the steps involved in computing the prime factors. List the applications of pseudorandom numbers. Define an array Understand 1. 2. 3. 4. Describe the steps involved in implementation of algorithms Explain the concepts of analysis of algorithms Write an algorithm for exchanging two values Write an algorithm for reversing a number Apply 1. 2. 3. Develop an algorithm to find the summation of a set of numbers. Construct a flow chart to generate pseudo random numbers. Illustrate the pseudo code for generation of Fibonacci sequence. Analyze 1. 2. Analyze the algorithm for reversing the numbers in a set. Analyze the pseudo code for finding the nth Fibonacci number. Evaluate 1. Defend the steps involved in sorting. 2. Evaluate the guidelines for finding average of n numbers. 3. Evaluate the need for flow charts. Create 1. Demonstrate an algorithm for text line length adjustment with an example. 2. Generate the pseudo code for text line editing. 3. Depict the purpose and necessities of linear pattern search. Unit I Introduction to Computer Program Introduction – Algorithm – Flowchart - Pseudo code - Program Control Structures - Programming Paradigms Programming Languages - Generations of Programming Languages – Computer Software – Software Definition – Categories of Software – Installing and Uninstalling Software – Software Piracy 9 Hours Software Terminologies Unit II Computer Problem Solving The Problem-solving Aspect - Top-down Design-implementation of Algorithms- Program Verification - The Efficiency of Algorithms. Fundamental Algorithms - Exchanging the values of Two Variables - Counting Summation of a set of Numbers - Factorial Computation-Sine function computation - Generation of the Fibonacci sequence - Reversing the Digits of an Integer 9 Hours Base Conversion-Character to Number Conversion Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 16 Unit III Factoring Methods Finding the square Root of a number - The Smallest Divisor of an Integer - The Greatest Common Divisor of Two Integers - Generating Prime Numbers - Computing the Prime Factors of an Integer Raising a Number to a Large Power - Computing the nth Fibonacci Number. 9 Hours Generation of Pseudo - random Numbers Unit IV Array Techniques Array Order Reversal-Array Counting or Histogramming - Finding the Maximum Number in a Set - Partitioning an Array – Finding the kth Smallest Element - Longest Monotone Subsequence. 9 Hours Removal of Duplicates from an Ordered Array Unit V Text Processing and Pattern Searching Text Line Length Adjustment - Left and Right Justification of Text -Text Line editing - Linear Pattern Search - Sub linear Pattern Search. 9 Hours Keyword Searching in Text Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s)(s) 1. R.G.Dromey, ―How to Solve it by Computer”, Pearson Education, India, 2009. 2. ITL Educational Solutions Limited, ―Introduction to Information Technology”, Pearson Education, India, 2006. Reference 1. Seymour Lipschutz, ―Essentials computer Mathematics”, Schaums‘ outlines series, Tata McGrawHill Edition, 2004. 2. Ellis Horowitz, ―Fundamentals of Programming languages‖ Galgotia publications, 1984 3. G. Polya, ―How to Solve It: A New Aspect of Mathematical Method‖ Princeton University Press, 2008 11Z107 COMPUTATIONAL PROBLEM SOLVING LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To learn the text processing using word processor. To calculate the different values using spread sheets To prepare a slideshow using power point. To generate the flow charts for different problems. Program Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 17 Skill Set Demonstrate text formatting. Prepare presentations using slides Demonstrate the application of spread sheet Draw flowcharts using Raptor tool Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Observation and Results Record Mini- Project / Model Examination / Viva Voce Total Remember 1. What is a flowchart? 2. What is text processing? 3. What is presentation? 4. What is font and font size? 5. What is searching? 6. List the buttons available in text formatting Internal Assessment 10 15 10 End Semester Examination 15 20 - 15 15 50 50 Understand 1. Classify different formula available in Excel. 2. Discuss the steps involved in drawing graphs using Excel 3. How to fill a series in a particular column? Apply 1. 2. 3. Sort the given values using both in ascending and descending order in Excel. 65 70 75 80 85 60 55 50 45 Demonstrate the steps involved in finding the sum and average of the following list. 12 14 16 19 91 99 81 36 42 Illustrate various text alignment techniques with an example. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Differentiate the steps involved in finding the sum in MS Word & Excel. 2. Experiment the flow chart for finding the factorial of given number using the step evaluation method. 3. Test the flowchart for finding the greatest among three numbers with different combination of values. Create 1. Design the flow chart for finding the average of n numbers 2. Develop an algorithm for decimal to binary conversion. List of Experiments 1. Create documents using MS_WORD and convert it into PDF 2. Apply different formatting options in a MS word Document 3. Create a presentation using MS_POWERPOINT by importing data from MS Excel 4. Create a consolidate report using MS EXCEL by getting data from different spread sheets. 5. Draw different types of charts for analyzing the performance of any system using MS EXCEL 6. Create simple flowcharts using Raptor tool 7. Construct flowcharts using decision making in Raptor tool 8. Construct flowcharts using pretest loop in Raptor tool 9. Draw the flow chart for a post test loop using Raptor tool Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 18 Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments S.No Experiment Hours 3 3 3 6. Create documents using MS_WORD and convert it into PDF Apply different formatting options in a MS word Document Create a presentation using MS_POWERPOINT by importing data from MS Excel Create a consolidate report using MS EXCEL by getting data from different spread sheets. Draw different types of charts for analyzing the performance of any system using MS EXCEL Create simple flowcharts using Raptor tool 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Construct flowcharts using decision making in Raptor tool Construct flowcharts using pretest loop in Raptor tool Draw the flow chart for a post test loop using Raptor tool Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments 3 3 3 3 3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 3 6 3 11O108 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LABORATORY (Common to all branches) 0 0 2 1.0 Course Objective(s) To know how to execute experiments properly, presentation of observations and arrival of conclusions. It is an integral part of any science and technology program. To view and realize the theoretical knowledge acquired by the students through experiments At the end of the course, the students able to realize the theoretical knowledge acquired through experiments. Course Outcome(s) 1. Observation and analytical skills are developed 2. Various properties of matter can be known. 3. Different optical properties can be analyzed. Program Outcome(s) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Internal Assessment Semester End Examination Preparation 10 15 Execution 10 15 Observation & Results Record Model Examination Viva Voce 10 5 10 5 15 5 Total 50 50 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 19 List of Experiments 1. Determination of moment of inertia and rigidity modulus of wire using torsion pendulum (symmetrical masses method). 2. Comparison of Young‘s moduli of two different materials subjected to non-uniform bending. 3. Determination of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor using Lee‘s disc. 4. Determination of frequency of a vibrating rod subjected to a.c voltage by longitudinal and transverse modes of vibration. 5. Determination of viscosity of a liquid - Poiseulle‘s method. 6. Determination of thickness of a thin wire - air wedge method. 7. Determination of wavelength of mercury spectrum – grating. 8. Determination of refractive index of a liquid and solid using traveling microscope. 9. Determination of energy band gap of a semiconductor diode. 10. Determination of wavelength of LASER and particle size of a given powder. Total: 30 Hours 11O109 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LABORATORY (Common to all branches) 0 0 2 1.0 Course Objective(s) Imparting knowledge on basic concepts and its applications of chemical analysis. Training in chemical and instrumental methods. Develop skills in estimation of a given sample by chemical and instrumental methods. Course Outcome(s) Students will able to identify and estimate quantitatively the certain impurities present in water, which will be useful in industry. Basic knowledge about the conductance, rate of corrosion, pH, molecular weight of polymer and potential which will find application in industry. Program Outcome(s) (a) an ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Internal Assessment Semester End Examination Preparation 10 15 Execution 10 15 Observation & Results Record Model Examination Viva Voce 10 5 10 5 15 5 Total 50 50 List of Experiments 1. Preparation of molar and normal solutions of the following substances – oxalic acid, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid. 2. Water quality of BIT campus – River/Bore well water with respect to Hardness, TDS and pH. 3. Comparison of alkalinities of the given water samples. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 20 Conductometric titration of mixture of acids. Determination of strength of iron by potentiometric method using potassium dichromate. Determination of molecular weight of a polymer by viscometry method. Estimation of iron (thiocyanate method) in the given solution by spectrophotometric method. Determination of strength of hydrochloric acid by sodium hydroxide using pH meter. Determination of sodium and potassium ions in water sample by flame photometric method. Determination of corrosion rate and inhibition efficiency by weight loss measurements. Total: 30 Hours 11O102 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II (Common to all branches) 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) • • Acquire knowledge to use multiple integrals to find area and volume of surface and solids respectively. Have a good grasp of analytic functions, complex integration and their interesting properties and its applications. Programme Outcome(s) l) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. i) The graduates will become familiar with fundamental concepts of mathematics such as differentiation and integration. ii) The graduates will be able to apply the basic concepts of mathematics to solve the engineering problems iii) The graduates will demonstrate their ability to solve technical problems via technical approaches, self study, team work and life long learning approaches. iv) Graduates will become equipped with the knowledge and analytical skills necessary for entry-level placement. Course Outcome(s) 1. Acquire more knowledge in basic concept of engineering mathematics. 2. Improvement in problem evaluation technique. 3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem. Assessment pattern S. No Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Test II1 Model Examinatio n1 End Semester Examination 1 Remember 20 20 20 20 2 Understand 40 40 40 20 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze/ Evaluate 10 10 10 20 5 Create - - - - 100 100 100 100 Total 4 Test I4 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 21 Remember 1. Define Jacobian in two dimensions. 2. State Green‘s theorem. 3. Define directional derivative of a vector point function. 4. Define analytic function. 5. What is the formula for finding the residue of a double pole? 6. State Cauchy‘s integral formula. 7. Write the necessary condition for a function f (z) to be analytic. 8. Write the formula for unit normal vector? 9. Write all the types of singularities. 10. State the sufficient conditions for a function of two variables to have an extremum at a point. Understand (u, v) . ( x, y) yx zx u u u 2. If u f ( , ) showthat x 2 y2 z2 0. xy xz x y z 1. If u 2 xy, v x 2 y 2 , x r cos , y r sin compute y 3. Transform the integral f ( x, y)dxdy to polar coordinates. 0 0 2 x f x, y dydx . 4. Change the order of integration in 5. Find a, such that (3x-2y+z)i+(4x+ay-z)j+(x-y+2z)k is solenoidal. 6. 7. What is the greatest rate of increase of xyz at (1,0,3)? Test the analyticity of the function w = sin z. 0 0 2 dw given w = tan z. dz dz 9. Evaluate where c is the circle z 1 2 ( z 3 ) c 4 10. Find the residues of the function f ( z ) 3 at its simple pole. z ( z 2) 8. Find Apply u x 4 y 4 2 x 2 4 xy 2 y 2 for extreme values. x y xy ,v 2. Check if u are functionally dependent. If so find the relationship between them. x y x y 2 1. Examine the function 3. By transforming into cylindrical polar coordinates evaluate x 2 y 2 z 2 dxdydz taken over the y 2 1 and 0 x 1 . 2 4. Using Gauss divergence theorem evaluate F nˆds where F 4 xz i y j yzk and S is the surface region of space defined by x 2 s of the cube bounded by x=0,y=0,z=0,x=1,y=1,z=1. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 22 5. When the function f(z) = u + iv is analytic, show that U = constant and V = constant are orthogonal. 6. Determine the image of 1<x<2 under the mapping w 1 . z 7. Find the area of the cardiod r = 4 ( 1+ cos ) using double integral. 8. Apply Green‘s theorem in the plane to evaluate (3x 2 8 y 2 )dx (4 y 6 xy )dy c Where c is the boundary of the region defined by x=0, y=0 and x+y=1. 9. If u log( x 2 y 2 ) , find v and f (z) such that f (z) =u+iv is analytic. 10. Using Cauchy‘s integral formula evaluate C e z dz where C is the Circle z 3 . ( z 2 ) ( z 1) 2 Analyze / Evaluate x 1. Prove that 2. If u v w ,y ,z vw wu u v are functionally dependent. g ( x, y) (u, v) where u x y , v 2 xy prove that 2 2 2 2g 2g 2 2 2 4 ( x y ) u 2 v 2 x 2 y 2 3. Evaluate the integration xyzdxdydz . taken throughout the volume for which x, y, z 0 and x2 y 2 z 2 9 . 4. Evaluate the following integral by changing to spherical coordinates 1 1 x 2 1 x 2 y 2 0 0 0 dxdydz 1 x2 y 2 z 2 F x 2i y 2 j z 2 k 5. Verify Gauss divergence theorem for where S is the surface of the cuboid formed by the planes x=0, x=a, y=0, y=b, z=0 and z=c. 6. Determine the bilinear transformation that maps the points -1, 0, 1 in the z-plane onto the points 0, i, 3i in the w-plane. 2 cos 2 0 5 4 cos d 7. Evaluate . 8. Using contour integration, evaluate 0 9. Expand f ( z) z z 1z 3 x2 dx x2 9 x2 4 as Laurent‘s series valid in the regions: 1 z 3 and 0 z 1 2 10. Show that F (6 xy z 3 )i (3x 2 z ) j (3xz 2 y)k is irrotational vector and find the scalar potential function such that F Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 23 Unit I Functions of Several Variables Functions of two variables - Partial derivatives - Total differential - Derivative of implicit functions - Maxima and minima - Constrained Maxima and Minima by Lagrangian Multiplier method - Jacobians-application to engineering problems. 9 Hours Unit II Multiple Integrals Double integration in cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change of order of integration - change of variables- Area and volume by multiple integral- application to engineering problems. 9 Hours Unit III Vector Calculus Gradient - divergence - curl- line - surface and volume integrals - Green‘s - Gauss divergence and Stokes‘ theorems(statement only) - applications to engineering problems. 9 Hours Unit IV Analytic Functions Analytic functions- Necessary condition of analytic function-Sufficient condition of analytic function(statement only)- properties - Determination of analytic function using Milne Thomson‘s method, conformal mappings Mappings of w= z + a, az, 1/z, ez- bilinear transformation -- application to engineering problems. 9 Hours Unit V Complex Integration Cauchy‘s fundamental theorem (statement only)- and application of Cauchy‘s integral formula(statement only) – Taylor‘s and Laurent‘s series- classification of singularities – Cauchy‘s residue theorem (statement only)- Contour integration - circular and semi circular contours ( excluding poles on the real axis )- application to engineering problems 9 Hours Total:45+15=60 Hours Textbook(s)(s) 1. B. S. Grewal , Higher Engineering Mathematics , Khanna Publications , New Delhi, 2000. 2. K .A . Lakshminarayanan ,K. Megalai, P. Geetha and D. Jayanthi , Mathematics for Engineers, Volume II, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi. 2008. Reference(s) 1. P. Kandasamy, K. Gunavathy and K. Thilagavathy, Engineering Mathematics , Volume II, S. Chand & 2. Co., New Delhi, 2009. 3. T. Veerarajan, Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw Hill Publications , New Delhi, 2008. 4. E. Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics , John Wiley & Sons, Inc, Singapore, 2008. 5. C. RayWylie and Louis .C. Barrett, Advanced Engineering Mathematics , Tata McGraw Hill 6. Publications, 2003. 11O202 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3.0 Course Objective(s) Imparting knowledge on principles of environmental science and engineering. Understanding the concepts of ecosystem, biodiversity and impact of environmental pollution. Awareness on value education, population and social issues. Program Outcome(s) a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 24 Course Outcome(s) comprehend the importance of environment, its purpose, design, exploitation of natural resources and perspectives. understand fundamental physical and biological principles that govern natural processes and role of professionals in protecting the environment from degradation. understand current environmental challenges like pollution and its management. design and evaluate strategies, technologies and methods for sustainable management of environmental systems. classify and understand the relation between human population and environment. Assessment Pattern S.N o 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 25 25 20 20 10 100 25 25 20 20 10 100 Model Examination 15 25 20 20 20 100 End Semester Examination 15 25 20 20 20 100 Remember 1. Give the scope and importance of environmental studies. 2. Distinguish between renewable and non- renewable resources. 3. Explain the impacts of mining on forests. 4. Explain why fresh water is a precious resource and classification of different water pollutants? 5. What are the Impacts of modern agriculture? 6. State the two energy laws and give examples that demonstrate each law. 7. List the physical, chemical, and biological factors responsible for soil formation. 8. Give examples of point and nonpoint sources of pollution. 9. Draw a food web that includes ten or more aquatic organisms. 10. Distinguish between primary and secondary pollutants. 11. Identify the four parts of the atmosphere. 12. Describe secondary and primary succession with suitable examples. 13. Define the term extinction. 14. Relate the concept of food web and food chain to trophic levels. 15. Describe energy flow in a ecosystem. 16. Define the roles of producers, herbivore, carnivore, omnivore, scavenger, parasite and decomposer. 17. List some of the components of an ecosystem. 18. Distinguish between the biotic and abiotic factors in an ecosystem. The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. Give some impacts of water pollution. Explain the source and effects of e waste. What is the loudest sound possible? What are the laws regarding noise pollution? What is rainwater harvesting? Discuss the concept and reactions of acid rain. Describe the salient features of Wildlife (protection) Act, 1972. What is 3R approach? Give the effects of nuclear fallout. Differentiate between mortality and natality. What is exponential growth and zero population growth? What are the Objective(s) and elements of value education? Understand 1. Explain why providing adequate food for all of the world's people is so difficult? 2. Rank the five major sources of energy used to produce electricity and classify the energy sources as renewable or nonrenewable. 3. Describe the causes of desertification and its preventive measures. 4. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of the green revolution. 5. Explain the relationship between technology and global warming. 6. Describe any three health effects of air pollution. 7. Identify "greenhouse gases" and explain how they cause the "greenhouse effect". 8. Identify a few plants and animals with the various biomes. 9. Explain the importance of primary species. 10. Explain the five major types of species interactions and give examples of each. 11. Environmental problems involve social, political, and economic issues—Justify. 12. What problems does noise pollution cause to animals? 13. What type of pollution threatens wetlands? 14. What are the major measures to attain sustainability? 15. Why is urban energy requirement more than rural requirement? 16. What are the major limitations to successful implementation of our environmental legislation? 17. Explain the concept of Malthusian theory. 18. How age-structure pyramids serve as useful tools for predicting population growth trends of a nation? 19. Discuss various issues and measures for women and child welfare at international and national level. Apply 1. 2. 3. Compare the energy efficiencies of any two inventions. Name some alternatives to pesticides. Identify four different habitats found in bodies of water and give examples of organisms that live in each habitat. 4. Explain how we could reduce air pollution? 5. What are the measures to be taken to reduce your own noise pollution? 6. List the top ten polluted countries in the world? 7. Identify the grants available for rain water harvesting in buildings? 8. What are the major implications of enhanced global warming? 9. Discuss the methods implemented by government to control HIV/AIDS. 10. What is the role of an individual in prevention of pollution? 25 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 26 Analyze/ Evaluate 1. List reasons why it is important that we seek alternatives to fossil fuels. 2. Explain why fresh water is often in short supply? 3. Give examples of human-made sources of radiation and explain how human-made sources differ from natural sources of radiation. Unit I Introduction to Environmental Studies and Natural Resources Environment: Definition- scope - importance – need for public awareness. Forest resources: Use –over exploitationdeforestation - case studies- mining - effects on forests and tribal people. Water resources: Use – over utilization of surface and ground water- floods – drought - conflicts over water. Mineral resources: Use – exploitation environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources - case studies. Food resources: World food problems - changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing - effects of modern agriculture- fertilizer-pesticide problems - water logging - salinity -case studies. Energy resources: Growing energy needs - renewable and non renewable energy sources. Land resources: Land as a resource - land degradation - soil erosion. Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources. Documentation of the effect of degradation of forest resource. 9 Hours Unit II Ecosystems and Biodiversity Concept of an ecosystem: Structure and function of an ecosystem – producers - consumers -decomposers – energy flow in the ecosystem – ecological succession – food chains - food webs and ecological pyramids. Types of ecosystem: Introduction - characteristic features - forest ecosystem - grassland ecosystem - desert ecosystem aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries). Biodiversity: Introduction– definition (genetic species –ecosystem) diversity. Value of biodiversity: Consumptive use - productive use – social values – ethical values - aesthetic values. Biodiversity level: Global - national - local levels- India as a mega diversity nation- hotspots of biodiversity. Threats to biodiversity: Habitat loss - poaching of wildlife – man wildlife conflicts – endangered and endemic species of India. Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity - field study. Documentation of the endangered flora and fauna in your native place. 9 Hours Unit III Environmental Pollution Pollution: Definition –air pollution - water pollution - soil pollution - marine pollution - noise pollution - thermal pollution - nuclear hazards. Solid waste management: Causes - effects - control measures of urban and industrial wastes. Role of an individual in prevention of pollution - pollution case studies. Disaster management: Floods – earthquake - cyclone - landslides. Electronic wastes. Investigation on the pollution status of Bhavani river. 9 Hours Unit IV Social Issues and Environment Sustainable development : Unsustainable to sustainable development – urban problems related to energy. Water conservation - rain water harvesting - watershed management. Resettlement and rehabilitation of people. Environmental ethics: Issues - possible solutions – climate change - global warming and its effects on flora and fauna - acid rain - ozone layer depletion - nuclear accidents - nuclear holocaust - wasteland reclamation - consumerism and waste products. Environment protection act: Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) act – water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act – wildlife protection act – forest conservation act – issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation. Analyze the recent steps taken by government of India to prevent pollution. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 27 Unit V Human Population and Environment Human population: Population growth - variation among nations – population explosion – family welfare programme and family planning – environment and human health – Human rights – value education – HIV / AIDS, Swine flu – women and child welfare . Role of information technology in environment and human health. Population explosion in India, China – the present and future scenario. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. T. G. Jr. Miller, Environmental Science, Wadsworth Publishing Co., 2004. 2. Raman Sivakumar, Introduction to Environmental Science and Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2010. Reference(s) 1. Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad India, 2010 . 2. S. Divan, Environmental Law and Policy in India, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2001. 3. K. D. Wager, Environmental Management, W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, USA, 1998. 4. W. P. Cunningham, Environmental Encyclopedia, Jaico Publising House, Mumbai, 2004. 5. S. K. Garg, R. Garg, R. Garg, Ecological & Environmental Studies, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2006. 6. http://www.ipcc.ch/index.html 7. http://unfccc.int/2860.php LANGUAGE ELECTIVE-II (Common to all branches) 3 1 0 3.5 Vide page number 163 11Z204 MATERIALS SCIENCE (Common to CSE, EEE, ECE, EIE and IT) Course Objective(s) To explain the properties of conducting, semiconducting and dielectric materials. To impart fundamental knowledge in optical materials. To enable the students to understand the magnetic materials. Program Outcome(s) a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering Course Outcome(s) understand how conducting materials are influencing engineering design. demonstrate magnetic and electrical properties of materials. gain the fundamentals of polarizable solids. familiarize with the basics of optoelectronic materials and their applications. identify the suitability of magnetic materials for its specific application. 3 0 0 3.0 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 28 Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test 1 Test 2 Model Examination End Semester Examination 25 25 20 20 10 - 25 25 20 20 10 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define relaxation time and collision time. 2. Give the postulates of free electron theory. 3. Give the drawbacks of classical free electron theory. 4. Define drift velocity. 5. State Drude-Lorentz theory. 6. What is the probability function f(E) of an electron occupying an energy level E? 7. What are intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors? 8. Give the broad classification of semiconductors based on carriers. 9. State Hall effect. 10. Define photovoltaic effect. 11. Mention the applications of pin photo diode. 12. Write a short note on dipole and dipole moment. 13. List the properties of dielectrics. 14. Write the expressions for electronic and ionic polarization. 15. What is meant by local field in solid dielectrics? 16. Write the Clausius-Mosotti equation for a solid dielectric. 17. Define dielectric breakdown. 18. Define the term fluorescence. 19. What is the sufficient condition for the phosphorescence? 20. What is the principle of LED? 21. Define plastic encapsulation. 22. Write a note on liquid crystal state. 23. Write the drawbacks of LCD. 24. List the advantages of CD-ROM. 25. What is meant by magnetic flux density? 26. Write notes on (i) retentivity (ii) coercivity 27. What is meant by domain? 28. Mention the applications of soft magnetic materials. 29. Mention some materials used for magnetic recording. The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 29 Understand 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. How the free electron theory proved to be wrong in terms of thermal conductivity by Wiedemann-Franz law? Explain the variation of Fermi-Dirac distribution function with temperature. Elucidate the significance of probability function when (i) f(E)=1 (ii) f(E)=0 (ii)f(E)=0.5 Calculate the density of electron at 0K. What are the importances of Fermi energy? Why the extrinsic semiconductors are preferred over intrinsic semiconductors? Prove that the Fermi level lies at the middle of the energy gap in intrinsic semiconductor. Give the importance of band gap energy. What are the differences between donor ad acceptor energy level? Is it possible to measure the magnetic field using Hall Effect? Explain. How the photo voltaic effect is utilized in solar cells? All the dielectrics are insulators, but why all the insulators are not dielectrics? Why the orientation polarization occurs only in polar molecules? Prove that the internal field of the atoms is larger than the applied field. Why the chemical and electrochemical breakdowns have close relationship with thermal breakdown? What are the changes observed in BaTiO3 with change in temperature? How can you increase the emission time in luminescence? How the electroluminescence is used in LED? Why the wavelength of the emitted photons in LED depends on energy gap in the semiconductor? Why LCD comes under passive display device? How the data in CD-ROM is read out? What are the advantages of CD-ROM? Give the origin of magnetic moment in magnetic materials. Why the susceptibility of diamagnetic material is negative? What is the reason for the magnetic lines of forces are highly attracted towards the centre of the ferromagnetic material? Why hard magnetic materials cannot be easily magnetized? Give the reason for using soft magnetic materials in transformers. How the soft magnetic materials are used in magnetic bubbles? Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Discuss the reasons for the failure of classical free electron theory. What is the reason for low contribution of electrons to the heat capacity of metals? Sketch the variation of Fermi level with temperature. Explain how phosphorous atoms donate electrons to the conduction band? Where are the donor and acceptor levels located in an impurity semiconductor? Why? Explain how photo pin diodes are used in fiber optical communication? Graphically explain frequency dependence of dielectrics. Why at low temperature the total polarization is maximum? Deduce Clausius-Mosotti relation and explain its use in predicting the dielectric constant of the solids. Why phosphorescence is called delayed fluorescence? Explain the reason for the formation of domain in ferromagnetism and how the hysteresis curve is explained on the basis of the domain theory? 12. Discuss the bearing of domain theory in soft and hard magnetic materials. 13. Give an account of the origin of atomic magnetization and which source is important in the ferromagnetic materials? 14. Explain the spontaneous magnetization possessed by ferromagnetic material below Curie point. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 30 Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Compare intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors. 2. Differentiate p-type and n-type semiconductors. 3. Compare dia, para and ferromagnetic materials. 4. Differentiate soft and hard magnetic materials. 5. Compare LED and LCD. Unit I Electrical properties of Metals Introduction - Derivation of microscopic form of Ohm‘s law- postulates of classical free electron theory- derivation of electrical conductivity of metals (Drude- Lorentz theory)- merits and demerits. Derivation of thermal conductivity – Wiedemann-Franz law- verification. Electron energies in metal and Fermi energy- Fermi-Dirac distribution function and its variation with temperature- density of energy states- calculation of density of electron and fermi energy at 0K- average energy of free electron at 0K- Importance of fermi energy- problems. 9 Hours Quantum free electron theory and Band theory of solids. Unit II Semiconducting Materials & Devices Introduction - elemental and compound semiconductors - Intrinsic semiconductors: density of electrons - density of holes- determination of carrier concentration and position of Fermi energy- band gap energy determination (quantitative treatment). Extrinsic semiconductors: carrier concentration in p-type and n-type semiconductors. Hall effect- theory of Hall effect- experimental determination of Hall voltage- applications. Semi conducting devices: solar cells (Photovoltaic effect) – uses. Photo detectors: pin photo diodes – applications. 9 Hours Variation of Fermi level with temperature and doping concentration in extrinsic semiconductors. Unit III Dielectrics Introduction- fundamental definitions in dielectrics- expressions for electronic, ionic and orientation polarization mechanisms- space charge polarization- Langevin- Debye equation- frequency and temperature effects on polarization- dielectric loss- internal field- expression for internal field (cubic structure)- derivation of ClausiusMosotti equation – importance. Dielectric breakdown- various breakdown mechanisms with characteristicsapplications of dielectric materials and insulating materials- problems. 9 Hours Charging and discharging of capacitors. Unit IV Optical Materials Introduction-fluorescence and phosphorescence- technique of increasing the emission time. Light Emitting Diode: principle, construction and working-applications. Liquid crystal display: general properties- dynamic scattering display- twisted nematic display- applications- comparison between LED and LCD. Disk data storage recording and read out of data in CD-ROM- principle - magneto optic disk. 9 Hours Various data storage and retrieval techniques. Unit V Magnetic Materials Introduction-orbital magnetic moment and spin magnetic moment-Bohr magneton-basic definitions –properties of dia, para and ferro magnetic materials-domain theory of ferro magnetism-process of domain magnetization-reversible and irreversible domains-explanation of hysteresis curve based on domain theory-hard and soft magnetic materials- Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 31 recording and read out process in floppy disk and magnetic bubble memory-comparison between floppy disk and bubble memory-problems. Magnetic shift register. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. V. Rajendran, Materials Science, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers Company Ltd, New Delhi, 2011. 2. M. Arumugam, Physics II, Anuradha Publications, Kumbakonam, 2005. Reference(s) 1. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age International Publications, New Delhi, 2006. 2. M.N. Avadhanulu and P.G. Kshirsagar, A Textbook(s)of Engineering Physics, S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2005. 3. P.K. Palanisami, Physics For Engineers, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd, Chennai, 200 4. V. Raghavan, Materials Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009. 5. M. R. Srinivasan, Physics for Engineers, Reprint, New Age International Publications, New Delhi, 2002. 11O205 BASICS OF CIVIL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 4 0 0 4.0 Objective(s) To impart basic knowledge in the field of Civil Engineering focusing building materials, surveying, foundation and transportation Engineering To impart basic knowledge in the field of Mechanical Engineering focusing on generation of power from various natural resources and to know about various types of Boilers and Turbines used for power generation and to understand the working of IC engines and basic manufacturing processes Program Outcome(s) f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. Course Outcome(s) 1. Able to understand the fundamental philosophy of Civil engineering and enable them to work together in a multidisciplinary technical team. 2. Able to identify the nature of building components, functions, construction practices and material qualities 3. Able to demonstrate the manufacturing processes like casting, welding, machining operations 4. Able to demonstrate the construction and working of IC engines and refrigerators 5. Able to demonstrate the working principle of boilers, turbines and various power plants utilizing conventional and non-conventional sources of energy Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy S. No. (New Version) 1 Remember 2 Understand 3 Apply 4 Analyze / Evaluate 5 Create Total † Test I Test II† 40 30 20 100 40 30 20 100 † Model Examination† 40 30 20 100 End Semester Examination 40 30 20 100 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated by giving equal weightage (50%) for both Civil and Mechanical Engineering Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Remember 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. What are the classifications of stones? What is the frog in a brick? What is quarrying? What do you mean by dressing of stones? What are the systems of bearing? How the surveying is classified based on purpose? Define Benchmark and state its effects. What are the accessories used in chain surveying? Define bearing of a line. Define leveling & state its Objective(s). State the Objective(s) and requirement of good foundation. Mention the site improvement techniques. Define bearing capacity of soil. How stone masonry is classified? Define Beam, Column and Lintel. What are the basic forms of roof? How floors are classified based on floor finish? List the materials used for damp proofing. How roads are classified? What do you mean by W.B. M. road? Define Gauge. What is a permanent way? How bridges are classified? What are the advantages of railways? What are docks? Classify sleepers. What are the requirements of a sleeper? What are the types of traffic signs? What are the advantages of road signs? What are the prohibitory signs? What is the main function of hangars? What are the sources of Energy Generation? What are the accessories used in a boiler? Define Turbine. Compare and contrast fire tube and water tube boiler? List the types of steam Turbines? Classify the I.C engine. List out the Part of the I.C. Engine. Define the terms: Top Dead Center, Bottom Dead Center. Define the term: Compression Ratio. What are the different sources of energy? Name four non-renewable sources of energy. Name some renewable sources of energy. Name four solid/liquid/gaseous/ fuels. Name two nuclear fuels. What are the advantages of wind energy? State some of the applications of steam boilers. Classify different steam boilers. What do you understand by Scavenging What do you understand by the term IC engine? What are the operations performed on a Lathe? What is impulse turbine? Give example. What is Reaction turbine? Give example. 32 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. Define Boiler. Classify Boilers. List out the Boiler Mountings and Accessories. Define Refrigeration. Define refrigerant. Give some examples of refrigerant. Define C.O.P. Understand 1. What are the qualities of good building stone? 2. What are the various stages of manufacturing brick? 3. What is mean by concrete? 4. State the properties of cement concrete. 5. What is curing of concrete? 6. What is water – cement ratio? 7. What is the difference between a plan and a map? 8. Differentiate between plane surveying and geodetic surveying. 9. State the principles of surveying. 10. What is the use of cross – staff? 11. What are the functions of foundation? 12. Differentiate between shallow foundation & deep foundation 13. What are the causes of failure of foundation? 14. Compare stone masonry and brick masonry. 15. Why bonding in brick wall is necessary? 16. State the special features of English and Flemish bond. 17. Define super elevation. 18. What are the uses of fish plates? 19. What are the necessities of highway drainage? 20. What are the three stages of construction of a new railway track? 21. Define the term visibility. 22. Define passenger flow. 23. Differentiate between wharf and jetty. 24. What are the requirements of a good harbour? 25. What are the requirements of a good naval port? 26. How Solar Energy is generated? 27. How Energy is Generated using steam Turbines? 28. How power plants are classified? 29. Compare and contrast reaction and impulse turbines. 30. How energy is generated from Diesel Power Plants? 31. What is the difference between renewable and non-renewable sources of energy? 32. Mention the applications of solar energy. 33. What is the function of a hydraulic turbine? 34. What is the function of a surge tank? 35. What is the function of a moderator? 36. What are the functions of a control rod? 37. Name of the important components of diesel power plant. 38. Name the important parts of gas turbine. 39. State the function of condenser in steam power plant. 40. What are the requirements of a good boiler? 41. What are the specific advantages of water-tube boilers? 42. What are the aims of pre-heating of air in a boiler? 43. State the function of economizer. 44. How does a fusible plug function as a safety device? 45. What is the function of a steam nozzle? 46. What is the function of flywheel? 47. What is the function of a spark plug? 33 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 34 What is the function of a fuel injector in diesel engine? Why is cooling necessary in an IC engine? Define compression ratio of an IC engine. List the ports used in a 2-stroke engine What are the requirements of a good boiler? What is the difference between impulse and reaction turbine? How energy is generated from Nuclear Power Plants? How energy is generated from Hydro Power Plants? Compare and contrast 4 stroke and 2 stroke engine. What is the Purpose of a fusible Plug? Differentiate petrol & diesel engines. How Taper Turning is carried out in Lathes? Various Mechanical properties of Cast Iron, Steel and HSS. Apply/Evaluate 1. What is Hardness? 2. What are the operations to be performed while setting up a plane table at a station? 3. Explain the steps involved in measuring vertical angle of an object using theodolite 4. Explain the methods to improve bearing capacity of soil 5. What are the points to be observed in the construction of brick masonry? 6. Explain the method of construction of cement concrete flooring. 7. What are the methods of applying surface dressing in bituminous roads? 8. Explain the construction steps in bituminous macadam road. 9. How can you express the hardness number of stones? 10. Apply the concept of power generation and saving from other energy sources 11. Apply the concept of Refrigeration in Heat removal and Heat addition 12. Draw the pressure-velocity diagram for a single stage impulse turbine. Unit I Introduction to Civil Engineering History, development and scope of Civil Engineering - Functions of Civil Engineers. Construction Materials: Characteristics of good building materials such as stones - Bricks, A.C. sheets - G.I. sheets and Ceramic tiles Timber, cement - Aggregates and concrete. Surveying: Definition and purpose – Classification – Basic principles – Measurement of length by chains and tapes – Calculation of area of a plot – Measurement of bearings and angles using a prismatic compass – Leveling – Contours 10 Hours Application of contours Unit II General Concepts Relating to Buildings Selection of site – Basic functions of buildings – Major components of buildings. Foundations: Purpose of foundation – Bearing capacity of soils – Types of foundations. Proper methods of construction of: Brick masonry – Stone masonry – Hollow Block masonry. Beams – Lintels – Columns – Flooring – Doors and windows – Roofing 10 Hours Damp proof course – Surface finishes Unit III Transportation Engineering Classification of Highways – Cross sections of water bound macadam - Bituminous and cement concrete roads – Traffic signs and signals. Importance of railways - Gauges – Components of a permanent way – Classification of bridges – Components of Airport Examples of Marvelous Structures 10 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 35 Unit IV Engineering Materials and Manufacturing Processes Classification of Engineering materials, Mechanical properties and uses of cast iron, steel, and High Speed Steel. Introduction to casting process, Green sand moulding - Pattern, Melting furnaces - Cupola and Electric Furnace. Metal Forming - Forging Process. Introduction to Arc and Gas Welding. Centre Lathe - Specifications - Principal parts - Operations - Straight turning, Step turning, Taper turning methods, Knurling, Thread cutting methods, Facing, Boring, and Chamfering - Lathe tools and Materials. Drilling – Radial drilling machine - Specification and Operation 10 Hours Milling operation Unit V Internal Combustion Engines and Refrigeration Classification of IC engines, Main components of IC engines, working of a 4 stroke & 2 stroke petrol & diesel engine, differences between 4 stroke and 2 stroke engine, Lubrication and Cooling systems in IC Engines. Refrigeration: Working Principle of Vapour Compression & Vapour Absorption System, Domestic refrigerator 10 Hours Domestic air conditioning Unit VI Alternate Sources of Energy, Power Plants and Boilers Solar, Wind, Tidal, Geothermal and Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC). Power Plant: Classification of Power Plants- Steam - Nuclear, Diesel, and Hydro Power Plants. Types of Boilers – Simple Vertical, Babcock and Wilcox and La-Mont Boiler, Differences between fire tube and water tube boiler. Types of steam turbines- working of a single stage impulse and reaction turbines 10 Hours Biomass and Biofuels in power generation Total: 60 Hours Textbook(s) 1. M. S. Palanichamy, Basic Civil Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2009 2. G. Shanmugam & S. Ravindran, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2010 Reference(s) 1. N. Arunachalam, Bascis of Civil Engineering, Pratheeba Publishers, 2000 2. B. K. Sarkar, Thermal Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008 3. P. N. Rao, Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and Welding, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2003. 4. S. R. J. Shantha Kumar, Basic Mechanical Engineering, Hi-tech Publications, Mayiladuthurai, 2000 5. http://www.tutorvista.co.in/content/science/science-ii/sources-energy/sources-energyindex.php 6. http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses/Webcourse-contents/IIT-ROORKEE/MANUFACTURING-PROCESSES/ index.htm 11Z206 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING (Common to CSE and IT) 4 0 0 4.0 Objective(s) To develop the programming skills of students To understand the basic concepts of pointers To implement file concepts and operations Program Outcome(s) a) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. b) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 36 Course Outcome(s) Programming ability. Developing applications for real world problems. Assessment Pattern S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/ Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II† 20 30 30 20 0 100 20 20 30 20 10 100 † Model Examination† 15 15 30 20 20 100 End Semester Examination 20 10 30 20 20 100 Remember 1. What is a Computer? 2. List five programming languages commonly used. 3. Define Algorithm and Flowchart. 4. What is structured programming? 5. What is the general structure of a C program? 6. List the rules for defining a variable. 7. What are the I/O functions in C? 8. What is a header file? 9. State the associativity property of an operator. 10. Define a ternary operator. Give example 11. What is an array and a pointer? 12. What is the significance of function? Understand 1. Compare while loop with do – while Loop. 2. What are the advantages of using Macro? 3. Explain how recursive functions affect the run time efficiency. 4. Differentiate between Structure and Union in C. 5. How is memory managed in C? 6. How garbage collection is done in C? Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. † Write a recursive function to calculate the factorial of number. Write a C program to check whether the given number is palindrome or not Write a program to check whether the given number is prime or not. Write a C program to find the roots of quadratic equation ax 2+bx+c=0. Write a C program to find average of „n‟ numbers. Write a program to generate the pay slip of an employee using Structure. Write a C program to search for a specified element in an array. Write a program to compute Matrix Multiplication. Write a program to perform swapping of two numbers using pointers. Write a program to read the content of the file and copy it to another file. The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated by giving equal weightage (50%) for both Civil and Mechanical Engineering Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 37 Analysis 1. Explain the difference between while and do-while statements 2. Why are pointers so powerful? Analyze their efficiency giving an example? 3. Is there any advantage of using recursion over looping control structures? Give a suitable example. 4. Illustrate the Limitation of array of pointers to strings using a sample example. Evaluate 1. Differentiate the keywords BREAK and CONTINUE. 2. Justify the need for Type Casting over Type Conversion. 3. Compare and contrast I/O mapped I/O with Memory mapped I/O. 4. Summarize the various built in String functions. Create 1. Create a structure to store the following details: Rollno, Name, Mark1, Mark2, Mark3, Total, Average, Result and Class. Write a program to read Rollno, name and 3 subject marks. Find out the total, result and class as follows: a) Total is the addition of 3 subject marks. b) Result is "Pass" if all subject marks are greater than or equal to 50 else "Fail". c) Class will be awarded for students who have cleared 3 subjects i. Class "Distinction" if average >=75 ii. Class "First" if average lies between 60 to 74 (both inclusive) iii. Class "Second" if average lies between 50 & 59 (both inclusive) d) Repeat the above program to manipulate 10 students' details and sort the structures as per rank obtained by them. Unit I Introduction Computer languages - Creating and Running Programs-System Development - Flowcharting - Introduction to C language – background - C Programs - Identifiers-Types-Variables-Constants - Input/Output - Structure of C Program-Expressions- Operator Precedence and Associatively -Type Conversion-Statements. 12 Hours Study of various header files. Unit II Control Structures Selection-Making Decisions-Logical data and Operators-Two Way Selection- Multiway Selection-More Standard Functions-Incremental Development –Repetition –Concept of Loop-pretest and Post Test loops- Initialization and Updating. 12 Hours Evaluation of expression Unit III Arrays and Strings Arrays-Concepts-Using arrays in C -array Applications-Sorting and Searching of Arrays-Two Dimensional ArraysMulti Dimensional Arrays-Strings-String Concepts -String Input/output Functions-Arrays of Strings-String Manipulation Functions - Data Conversion. 12 Hours Applications of array in real world problems Unit IV Functions and Pointers Functions-Designing structured Programs- Functions in C- User Defined Functions-Standard Functions -Storage classes and Type Qualifier-Pointers- Introduction- Pointers to Pointers- compatibility-Lvalue and Rvalue. 12 Hours Dynamic memory allocation Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 38 Unit V Structures, Union and Files Structure and Union - Programming Application.-Text Input/Output-Files-streams-Standard Library Input/Output Functions- Formatting Input/Output functions- Character Input/Output functions. 12 Hours Manipulation of array and structures using pointers Total: 60 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Behrouz A.Forouzan and Richard F. Gilberg, Computer Science: A Structure program approach using C, Cengage learning–2008. Reference(s) 1. Byron S. Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, McGraw Hill, 1996. 2. D.M.Ritchie and B.W.Kernighan, C Programming Language, PHI, 2000. 3. Deitel & Deitel, C How to program, PHI, 2001. 4. Herbert Schildt, C- The complete Reference, McGraw Hill, 2010. 5. Gary J Bronson, First book of ANSI C, Thomson Learning, 2001. 11Z207 STRUCTURED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY (Common to CSE and IT) 0 0 3 1.5 Course Objective(s) To understand the ways to write a C program effectively To impart the fundamental knowledge of C Programming methodologies to the students Make the students to understand the concepts of pointers Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Skill Set Design the flowchart and write efficient code for problems like recursive and iterative programs. Comprehend the following terms in the context of problem solving by a computer: Problem specification, input-output analysis, algorithm, flowchart, pseudo-program, programming language, assembly language, machine language, compiler, assembler, program correctness. Create examples where arrays are better than pointers and examples where pointers are better than arrays. Create examples where iteration is better than recursion and recursion is better than iteration. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Observation and Results Record Mini-Project/Model Examination/Viva-Voce Total Internal Assessment 10 15 10 15 End Semester Examination 15 20 15 50 50 Remember 1. What is a Computer? 2. List five programming languages commonly used. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 39 Define Algorithm and Flowchart. What is structured programming? What is the general structure of a C program? List the rules for defining a variable. What are the I/O functions in C? What is a header file? State the associativity property of an operator. Define a ternary operator. Give example Understand 1. Compare while loop with do – while Loop. 2. What are the advantages of using Macro? 3. Explain how recursive functions affect the run time efficiency. 4. Differentiate between Structure and Union in C. 5. How is memory managed in C? 6. What are the advantages of using Command line Arguments? 7. How garbage collection is done in C? Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Write a recursive function to calculate the factorial of number. Write a C program to check whether the given number is palindrome or not Write a program to check whether the given number is prime or not. Write a C program to find the roots of quadratic equation ax 2+bx+c=0. Write a C program to find average of „n‟ numbers. Write a program to generate the pay slip of an employee using Structure. Write a C program to search for a specified element in an array. Write a program to compute Matrix Multiplication. Write a program to perform swapping of two numbers using pointers. Write a program to read the content of the file and copy it to another file. Analysis 1. Explain the difference between while and do-while statements 2. Why are pointers so powerful? Analyze their efficiency giving an example? 3. Is there any advantage of using recursion over looping control structures? Give a suitable example. 4. Illustrate the limitation of array of pointers to strings using a sample example. Evaluate 1. Differentiate the keywords BREAK and CONTINUE. 2. Justify the need for Type Casting over Type Conversion. 3. Compare and contrast I/O mapped I/O with Memory mapped I/O. 4. Summarize the various built in String functions. Create 1. The Electricity Production company has to print up the bills for its customers at the following rate: For the 1st 50 KWH rate is Rs.2 For the next 100 KWH rate is Rs.6 For the next 200 KWH rate is Rs.7 For more than 350 KWH rate is Rs.8 Write a program to do the above and the output should be in the following order Customer name, Number of Units and the Total Bill. 2. Define a structure that can describe the employees with the fields Eno, Ename. Basic. Write a program to calculate DA = 32% of Basic. HRA = 15% of Basic. CCA = 10% of BASIC, PF = 150,0 of Basic and print all details with Net pay All processing should be using pointer notation. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 40 List of Experiments Operators and Expressions 1. a) Read two integers from the user and perform all arithmetic operations on them and display the result 1. b) Find the greatest of three numbers using ternary operator Conditional statements 2. a) Find the greatest of three numbers using if-else statement 2. b) Given the values for the coefficients of quadratic equation, find and display the type of its roots (Use switch statement) Looping statements 3. a) Find the sum of digits of the given number 3. b) Generate the following output 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 One dimensional arrays 4. Read a list of ‗n‘ numbers and find their sum and average Two-dimensional arrays 5. Read the elements of two matrices and perform matrix multiplication Strings 6.a) Count the number of vowels in the given line of text 6.b) Check whether the given string is palindrome or not Functions 7.a) Find the factorial of given number 7.b) Do the same by defining recursive function Structures 8. Design a structure to hold the following details of a student. Read the details of a student and display them in the following format Student details: rollno, name, branch, year, section, cgpa *************************************** NAME: ROLL NO: BRANCH: YEAR: SECTION: CGPA: **************************************** File Manipulation 9. Write a C program to read the content of the file and copy it to another file. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 41 Command line arguments/Pointer 10.a) Read two integers as command line arguments and perform arithmetic operations on them. Display the result 10. b) Swap the values of two variables using pointers Application Oriented Experiments Mini Project Total: 45 Hours 11O208 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS (Common to ME, EE, BT, IT, TT & FT – [I Semester], CE, AE, CSE, ECE & EIE – [II Semester]) 2 0 2 3.0 Objective(s) Understand and appreciate the importance of Engineering Graphics in Engineering Understand the basic principles of Technical/Engineering Drawing Understand the different steps in producing drawings according to BIS conventions Program Outcome(s) f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. Course Outcome(s) Projection of various components according to BIS specifications. Assembly of datas and information of various components in visualized way Interpretation of technical graphics assemblies 2D modeling by AutoCAD Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Remember Understand Apply Observation and Results Analyze Evaluate Record Mini-project/ Model examination/ Viva-voce Total Remember 1. Define Graphic communication or Drawing. 2. List the different drawing instruments. Internal Assessment End Semester Examination 15 15 10 25 10 - 15 10 50 50 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 42 3. What is blueprint? 4. What are the applications of engineering graphics? 5. What are the two types of drawings? 6. What are the different types of projections? 7. Define Orthographic projection. 8. What do you mean by I angle projection? 9. What is III angle projection? 10. Define Plan. 11. What is Elevation? 12. List the various types of lines. 13. What do you mean by a Plane? 14. Name the five standard sizes of drawing sheets that are specified by BIS. 15. Give the BIS codes for Lettering, Dimensioning and lines. 16. State few important dimensioning rules. 17. What are the two types of Solids? 18. What is Representative Fraction (RF)? 19. What is a Frustum? 20. Define Truncation. 21. Define Section Plane and give its types. 22. What do you mean by development of surfaces? 23. State the principle of Isometric projection. 24. What is Isometric View? 25. Define Isometric scale. Understand 1. When an object is said to be in III quadrant? 2. Why are the projectors perpendicular to the Projection Plane in the Orthographic projection? 3. What is the Shape of the section obtained when a cone is cut by a plane passing through the apex and center of the base of the cone? 4. Why II and IV angle projections are not used in industries? 5. What are the differences between I angle and III angle projections? 6. Which method is suitable for developing a truncated prism? 7. Why is a hexagonal headed bolt and nut more common in use as compared to square headed bolt and nut? 8. Which is the most suitable method for drawing the Perspective Projection? 9. What are the prerequisites for Free hand sketching? 10. What are the two methods used to obtain the Isometric view of a circle? 11. Why CAD is preferred over Conventional drafting? Apply/Evaluate 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. How will you project a point which is above HP and in front of VP? How will you project a point which is below HP and behind VP? What is the method used to determine the True length and inclination of a line inclined to both the planes? How will you project a prism whose axis is inclined to HP and parallel to VP by Change of Position method? How will you project a cylinder when the axis is inclined to VP and parallel to HP by change of position method? How will you project a pyramid whose axis is inclined to HP and parallel to VP by Change of Position method? How will you project a cone when the axis is inclined to VP and parallel to HP by change of position method? How will you obtain the Sectional view of solids in simple vertical position cut by planes inclined to any one reference plane? 9. How will you develop the lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids? 10. How will you develop the complete surfaces of Frustums? Create 1. Construct an isometric scale. 2. A cricket ball thrown from the ground level reaches the wicket keeper‘s gloves. Maximum height reached by the ball is 5m. The ball travels a horizontal distance of 11m from the point of projection. Trace the path of the ball. 3. The Pictorial view of an object is shown below. Draw the following views to full size scale. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 43 a) Elevation in the direction of arrow b) Left end elevation c) Plan 4. Read the dimensioned drawing shown below. Redraw the figure to full size and dimension it as per Indian Standards. Unit I Concepts and Conventions Use of drafting instruments – BIS conventions and specifications – Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets – Lettering and dimensioning. General principles of orthographic projection – First angle projection – Layout of views Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 44 – Projection of points, located in all quadrant and straight lines located in the first quadrant – Determination of true lengths and true inclinations. 6 Hours Conics: Different types and applications – Construction by Eccentricity method. Unit II Projections of Solids Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one reference plane by change of position method. 6 Hours Projection of Planes inclined to any one reference plane. Unit III Sections of Solids and Development of Surfaces Sectioning of solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one Reference: plane – Obtaining the true shape of section. Development of lateral surfaces of simple solids – prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones. 6 Hours Intersection of Solids. Unit IV Isometric Projection and Perspective Projection Principles of isometric projection – isometric scale – isometric projections of simple solids, pyramids, cylinders and cones. Orthographic projection - Systems of orthographic projection - First angle orthographic projection Conversion of pictorial to orthographic views (Free hand). 6 Hours Perspective projections: Perspective projection of solids by vanishing point method. Unit V Introduction to AutoCAD and 2D Modelling Starting AutoCAD – Interfaces – Menus – Tool bars – Coordinates – Limits – Units – 2D commands – Drawing Commands - Creating a Point, Construction of Lines, Polyline, Multiline, Circles, Arcs, Rectangle, Polygon, Ellipse, Hatch, Text, Mtext, Linetypes – Edit and Modify commands - Copy, Move, Erase, Mirror, Zoom, Pan, Arrays, Trim, Break, Fillet, Chamfer, Redraw, Regen, Dimensioning, Colors, Layers – Exercises. 6 Hours Introduction to 3D modeling. Total: 30 Hours Textbook(s) K. V. Natarajan, A Textbook(s): of Engineering Graphics, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2006. Reference(s) 1. S. Julyes Jaisingh, Engineering Graphics, Tri Sea Publishers, 2010 2. V. Rameshbabu, Engineering Graphics, VRB Publishers Pvt Ltd., 2009. 3. K. Venugopal, Engineering Graphics, New Age International (P) Limited, 2002. 4. N. D. Bhatt, Engineering Drawing, Charotar publishing House 2003. 5. K. L. Narayana and P. Kannaiah, Engineering Graphics, Scitech Publications (Pvt) Limited-2002 List of Experiments 1. Projection of points located in all quadrants. 2. Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the planes. 3. Determination of true lengths and true inclinations of Straight lines. 4. Projection of Solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone when the axis is inclined to one reference plane by change of position method. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 45 5. Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one reference plane and obtaining true shape of section. 6. Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids like prisms, pyramids cylinder and cone. 7. Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders. 8. Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views. 9. Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using AutoCAD. 10. Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD. Practical Schedule Sl. No Experiment Hours 1 2 Projection of points located in all quadrants 3 Projection of straight lines located in the first quadrant inclined to both the planes. 3 3 4 Determination of true lengths and true inclinations of Straight lines 3 Projection of Solids when the axis is inclined to one reference plane by change of position method. 3 5 Sectioning of solids in simple vertical position by cutting planes inclined to one reference plane and obtaining true shape of section 3 6 7 8 9 Development of lateral surfaces of simple and truncated solids. Isometric Projections / Views of Solids like prisms, pyramids and Cylinders. Orthographic Projection of various components from pictorial views. 3 3 3 Drawing of front, top and side views from given pictorial views using AutoCAD. 3 10 Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid and cylinder using AutoCAD. 3 11Z209 WORKSHOP PRACTICE 0 0 2 1.0 Objective(s) To learn the use of basic hand tools and To know the need for safety in work place To gain hands on experience on Carpentry, Fitting, Sheet metal, Plumbing, Arc welding, Foundry and Basic electrical circuits To have the basic knowledge on working of domestic appliances. Program Outcome(s) f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. Course Outcome(s) Perform basic Carpentry work Perform basic Fitting work Fabrication of Sheet metal objects Plumbing work Arc welding skill Preparing green sand mould Soldering skill Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 46 Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Remember Understand Apply Observation and Results Analyze Evaluate Record Mini-Project/ Model Examination / Viva-Voce Total Internal Assessment End Semester Examination 20 25 5 10 10 - 15 15 50 50 Remember 1. What are the tools used in sheet metal work? 2. What are the types of joints in sheet metal work? 3. What is moulding? 4. What is green sand mould? 5. What is gas welding? 6. List out the types of flames in welding. 7. What is meant by carpentry? 8. What is the use of Saw? 9. What are the types of joints in pipe connection? 10. What is staircase wiring? 11. What is the working principle of centrifugal pump? 12. What are the types of valves in plumbing and where it is used? 13. List out the cutting tools used in carpentry with specification. 14. What are the necessary equipments used in Arc Welding? 15. What are the methods used in sheet metal work? 16. List out the types and components of Air- Conditioner. Understand 1. Compare the Refrigeration system with air Condition system? 2. How the refrigeration system works? 3. How will you select the suitable welding process for various materials? 4. How will make a V joint in the given MS flat? 5. How will you make a green sand mould using solid pattern? How gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using welding joints? 6. How will make English letters from A to Z by using carpentry tools with screw, bolt and nut? 7. How metals are manufactured by using casting process? 8. How cavity is formed by using pattern? 9. How the wires are joined by soldering? Apply / Evaluate 1. Sketch the line diagram of the plumbing work carried out in your house. 2. Sketch the wiring diagram for a room consist of two fans ,three tubelights, and one plug point. 3. Sketch all the wooden furniture present in your house in three dimensional view. 4. How will make a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and 5. How will form Staircase and Godown wiring? taps? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 47 Create 1. Prepare a hexagonal shape pen stand by using power tools. 2. Prepare a cover with handle by using sheet metal to cover a motor. 3. Prepare a small trolley to carry wastage by using welding work? Common for all branches 1. Forming of simple objects using sheet metal 2. Preparing a V joint from the given MS flat 3. Demonstration of Assembly and Disassembly of centrifugal pump 4. Making simple gadget like chair, sofa, table, cell phone stand by using welding joints 5. Making simple gadget like pen stand, box, wooden box, cell phone stand etc., by using power tools 6. Making a connection of basic pipe lines, using PVC pipes, that includes valves and taps. 7. Demonstration of working of domestic appliances: Machine/ Refrigerator and Window Air-Conditioner Department Specific 1. Computer Spares and Components – Study Experiment 2. Computer Assembly and Disassembly 3. Operating System Installation (Windows and Linux) and Peripheral Installation 4. Configuring Network on a Desktop Computer 5. Computer Trouble Shooting Total: 30 Hours 11Z301 NUMERICAL AND STATISTICAL METHODS 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) Acquire the knowledge of finding approximate solutions of algebraic, transcendental, differential and integral equations by numerical methods and interpolating the values of a function using Lagrange‘s and Newton‘s polynomial approximations. To introduce statistical hypothesis test for making decisions using data. Programme Outcome(s) m) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. i. An ability to demonstrate basic competence in electronics and electrical engineering design and analysis using applications of mathematics, physics and engineering principles. ii. An ability to apply engineering tools and techniques to conduct engineering design/experiments as well as to analyze and interpret data. iii. An ability to develop confidence for self learning and life- long learning. iv. Manage resources like men, money, machinery and material with modern management tools. v. An ability to participate and succeed in competitive examinations. Course Outcome(s) 1. Acquire more knowledge in basic concept of engineering mathematics. 2. To improve problem evaluation technique. 3. Choose an appropriate method to solve a practical problem. 4. Applications of Numerical methods in computer field. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 48 Assessment pattern S. No Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Test I5 Test II1 Model Examination1 End Semester Examination 1 Remember 20 20 20 20 2 Understand 40 40 40 40 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze/ Evaluate 10 10 10 10 5 Create - - - - 100 100 100 100 Total Remember 1. Define Algebraic and Transcendental equations. 2. Write the formula for Regula Falsi method and Newton‘s method. 3. What do you mean by Interpolation? 4. State Newton‘s Divided difference formula. 5. State the derivatives of Newton‘s Forward and Backward Interpolation formula . 6. Write the conditions for applying Trapezoidal and Simpson‘s rules. 7. Mention the multistep methods available for solving ordinary differential equation . 8. Write the formula for Euler‘s and Modified Euler‘s method. 9. When do we say the sample is a small sample? 10. What is the Level of Significance usually employed in testing of hypothesis. Understand 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. What is a transcendental equation? What is the condition of convergence of Regula Falsi position method? State the order and condition of convergence of Newton‘s method. What are the methods for solving simultaneous algebraic equations? Write the differences between Direct and Iterative methods. State the sufficient condition for solving Gauss seidel method. What do you mean by Power method? Write Milne‘s and Adam‘s Predictor, Corrector formula. What are the errors in testing of hypothesis? What is the importance of confidence limits in testing of hypothesis? Apply 1. Obtain by power method, the numerically largest eigen value of the matrix 15 A 10 20 5 4 12 4 3 1 (0) with the starting vector 6 x 1 .Perform only 4 – iterations. 1 2 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 2. Find N , where N is a real number, by Newton‘s method. 3. Find the parabola of the form y=ax2+bx+c passing through the points (0,0) , (1,1) & (2,20). 4. A third degree polynomial passes through (0,-1), (1,1),(2,1) & (3,-2) find its value at x=4. x: f ' (8) from the table given below 5. Find the value of 6 7 9 12 f ( x) : 1.556 1.690 1.908 2.158 6. The table given below reveals the velocity V of a body during the time ‗t‘ specified. Find its acceleration t: at t = 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 v : 43.1 47.7 52.1 56.4 60.8 7. Solve dy/dx=y2 -x2 / y2+x2 with y(0)=1 at x=0.2 find y . 8. Using Eulers‘s method, find y(0.01) from dy/dx= -x, y(0)=1. 9 What is the importance of confidence limits in testing of hypothesis? 10. 40 people were attacked by a disease and only 36 survived. Will you reject the hypothesis that the survival rate , if attacked by this disease is 85% in favour of the hypothesis that it is more , at 5% level of significance. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Using Newton‘s method, find the positive root of cos x = 3x - 1 . 2. Solve by Gauss-Elimination method : 6x + 3y +12z = 36; 8x - 3y +2z = 20; 4x +11y – z =33 . 3. Use Lagrange‘s interpolation formula to find the value of x when y = 20 for the following data. X : 1 2 3 4 Y : 1 8 27 64 4. By Newton‘s divided difference formula find f (301). 5. x 300 304 305 307 y 2.4771 2.4829 2.4843 2.4871 A rod is rotating in a plane. The following table gives the angle various values of the time t seconds 2. 2 2.6 6. Evaluate t: 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 through which the rod has turned for 0.8 : 0 0.12 0.49 1.12 2.02 3.20 dydx using Trapezoidal formula. 2 y2 x 2 1 1 7. Given 5 x y + y 2 – 2 = 0 ; y (4 ) = 1; i) y ( 4.2 ) by Euler‘s method iii) y ( 4.4 ) by Adam‘s method. y (4.1) = 1.0049 find ii) y (4.3) by Runge-kutta method iv) y (4.5) by Milne‘s method. 49 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 50 8. Using Taylor series method, find the value of y (0.1), given dy /dx = x + y and y (0) =1 and correct to 3 decimal places . 9. A certain drug is claimed to be effective in curing cold. In an experiment on 500 persons with cold, half of them were given the drug and half of them were given the sugar pills. The patient‘s reaction to the treatment is recorded in the following table. Helped Harmed No effect Drug 150 30 70 Sugar pills 130 40 80 On the basis of this data, can it be concluded that the drug and sugar pills differ significantly in curing cold? 10. Random samples of 400 men and 600 women were asked whether they would like to have a school near their residence. 200 men and 325 women were in favor of the proposal . Test the hypothesis that the proportion of men and women in favor of the proposal are same, at 5% level of significance. Unit I Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations Newton Raphson method - Method of false position - Graffe‘s root squaring method - Bairstow‘s method. Solution of system of linear equations : Gauss elimination method - crout‘s method and Gauss-seidel method . Eigen value of a matrix by power method. 9 Hours Unit II Finite Differences and Interpolation Interpolation : Difference table - Newton‘s forward and backward interpolation - Newton‘s divided difference interpolation formula-Lagrange‘ s interpolation formula. 9 Hours Unit III Numerical Differentiation and Integration Numerical differentiation using Newton ‗s forward and backward interpolation. Numerical integration- Two and Three point Gaussian quadrature formulae .Trapezoidal rule and Simpson‘s 1/3 and 3/8 rules- Double integrals using Trapezoidal rule and Simpson‘s rules 9 Hours Unit IV Initial Value Problems for Ordinary Differential Equations Single step Methods: Taylor‘s series method for solving first and second order equations-Euler‘s and Modified Euler‘s method -Fourth order Runge- Kutta method for solving first order equations-Multistep Methods: Milne‘s and Adams- Bashforth predictor and corrector methods. 9 Hours Unit V Testing of Hypothesis Sampling distributions – Testing of hypothesis for mean, variance, proportions and differences using normal, t, Chisquare and F distributions- Tests for independence of attributes and Goodness of fit. 9 Hours Total: 45+15 Hours MAT LAB: Invited Lectures on Mat lab and its applications on Numerical methods. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 51 Textbook(s) 1. 2. Grewal B. S, Numerical Methods in Engineering and Science with Programms in C & C++, Ninth Edition, Khanna Publications, 2010. Johnson R.A, Miller and Freund‘s Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Seventh Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2005. Reference(s) 1. 2. 3. 4. Jain M.K, Iyengar S.R.K , Jain R.K, Numericl Methods For Scientific & Engineering Computation, New Age International ( P ) Ltd , New Delhi , 2005. Gerald C.F and Wheatley P. O, Applied Numerical Analysis, Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2004. Burden R. L and Douglas Fairs J, Numerical Analysis Theory and Applications, Cengage Learning, 2005. Gupta S.C and Kapur J.N, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, S.Chand and Co., Ninth Edition, New Delhi, 2008. 11Z302 SYSTEM SOFTWARE 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To understand the relationship between system software and machine architecture. To know the design and implementation of assemblers, loaders and linkers. To understand macro processors and system software tools. Program Outcome(s) a) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. b) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Design and implement system software. Analyze the generation of object codes. Determine the working of device drivers. Assessment Pattern S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I 10 20 20 30 10 10 100 Test II 10 20 20 20 20 10 100 Model Examinatio n 10 20 20 20 20 10 100 End-semester Examination 10 10 20 20 20 20 100 Remember 1. Define data Format 2. List the types of registers used in a system. 3. How input and Output operations are performed in PowerPC architecture? 4. What is Format3 and Format 4 instructions in SIC/XE machine? The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. How input and output operations are performed in SIC? Give the instruction format of SIC/XE machine. List the types of Assemblers. What is load-and-go assembler? What is multi-pass assembler? What is MASM assembler? What is near jump and far jump? How assemblers handle forward reference instructions? What are the functions of an absolute loader? What are the disadvantages of an absolute loader or machine dependent loader? What is a relocating or relative loader? What is bit mask? Define Linker What are the activities of macro processing? What is meant by conditional macro expansion? Draw the structure of ARGTAB. What is an interactive editor? What is editing? What are the elements on which editing is done? What are the two fundamental types of editors? What are the semantic routines that encompass the editor structure? How is the editing area selected in an editor? Understand 1. How communication with OS is established in SIC/XE while executing a program? 2. Explain the different instruction formats, instruction sets and addressing modes used in assembler. 3. Write the algorithm for Macro processor. 4. What are the other parts of the system to which the debugger should be related with? Apply 1. Write the types of Assemblers. 2. Illustrate the Concept of Macro processors. 3. Demonstrate the functions of Pass 1 and Pass 2 of MS-Dos linker. 4. How is the starting point of the editing area selected for viewing? Analyze 1. Compare and Contrast SIC, SIC/XE with programming examples. 2. In the following macro definition, #define ABSDIFF(X,Y)[(X)>(Y)?(X)-(Y) : (Y)-(X)] Give the expansion for ABSDIFF (I+1,j-5). 3. Substantiate the necessity for more than one passes in assembler. 4. Differentiate Assembler and Interpreter. Evaluate 1. Expand the following Macro. a. SUM MACRO &ID b. LDA X&ID->1 c. ADD X&ID->2 d. ADD X&ID->3 e. STA X&ID->5 f. MEND SUM A. 2. Give the implementation details of MS-DOS Linker. Create 1. Write a program segment to indicate the arithmetic operation for the SIC machine. 2. Design MASM assembler. 52 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 53 Unit I Introduction System software and machine architecture – The Simplified Instructional Computer (SIC) – Traditional CISC Machine - RISC Machine - Machine architecture - Data and instruction formats - addressing modes - Instruction sets - I/O and programming. 9 Hours Assembly language programming Unit II Assemblers Basic assembler functions - A simple SIC assembler – Assembler algorithm and data structures – Machine dependent assembler features - Instruction formats and addressing modes – Program relocation – Machine independent assembler features – Literals – Symbol-defining statements – Expressions – One pass Multi pass Assembler. 9 Hours MASM assembler Unit III Loaders and Linkers Basic loader functions - Design of an Absolute Loader – A Simple Bootstrap Loader - Machine dependent loader features - Relocation – Program Linking – Algorithm and Data Structures for Linking Loader - Machine-independent loader features - Automatic Library Search – Loader Options - Loader design options- Linkage Editors – Dynamic Linking – Bootstrap Loaders 9 Hours Implementation example - MSDOS linker Unit IV Macro Processors Basic macro processor functions - Macro Definition and Expansion – Macro Processor Algorithm and data structures - Machine-independent macro processor features - Concatenation of Macro Parameters – Generation of Unique Labels – Conditional Macro Expansion – Keyword Macro Parameters-Macro within Macro-Implementation example - MASM Macro Processor 9 Hours ANSI C Macro language Unit V Other System Software Tools Database Management Systems-Basic Concepts of DBMS- Levels of data description- Use of a DBMS-Text editors Overview of the Editing Process - User Interface – Editor Structure. - Interactive debugging systems - Debugging functions and capabilities – User- Interface Criteria. 9 Hours Relationship with other parts of the system Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) Leland L. Beck, System Software – An Introduction to Systems Programming 3rd Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2007 Reference 1. Dhamdhere D M, Systems Programming and Operating Systems, Second Revised Edition, Tata McGrawHill, 1999 2. John J. Donovan Systems Programming, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, 2001 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 54 11Z303 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the concepts of Object Oriented Programming. To gain thorough knowledge in programming with C++. To understand the concepts of files and pointers. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Determine the needs of object oriented programming. Differentiate the functionalities of object oriented approach and procedural languages. Demonstrate the concepts of operator overloading and inheritance. Demonstrate the concepts of polymorphism and file streams. Design of Templates and Exception Handling. Assessmet Pattern S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bloom’s Taxonomy (New version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II Model Examination 10 20 20 40 10 100 10 20 20 40 10 100 10 20 20 40 10 100 EndSemester Examination 10 20 20 40 10 100 Remember 1. Define object 2. Define Encapsulation 3. State the features of object-oriented programming. 4. Define Algorithm 5. Define Recursion 5. What are called binary operators? 6. What are called class members? 7. List the categories of static data members. 8. How constructor is declared and defined? 9. What do you mean by parameterized constructors? 10. Give the advantages of dynamic initialization 11. How the data object is deleted? 12. What is abstract class? 13. What are kinds of exceptions? 14. Mention the purpose of exception handling. 15. What is operator overloading? 16. Define virtual function 17. What are functionalities of file pointers? 18. How do you define friend function? 19. Define this pointer 20. Define templates The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 55 Understand 1. How can we determine errors while dealing with files? 2. What do you mean by dynamic initialization of variables? 3. How the objects are used as function argument? 4. What is function overloading? 5. When do you use bool data type? 6. When do you use this pointer? 7. Is it possible to overload a constructor? How? 8. How objects are initialized dynamically? 9. List out the operators that cannot be overloaded. 10. What is meant by casting operator? 11. Give few examples of multi-argument templates. 12. When is it not possible for the compiler to deduce the argument type? 13. How does the behavior of the static data members of a class template differ from the behavior of static data members of a normal class? 14. Give any rules for Virtual Functions. 15. How will you create manipulators? 16. How to define our own namespace? 17. What is unnamed namespace? 18. What is dynamic polymorphism? Apply 1. How do you handle the message passing in C++? 2. What does the pseudo code consist of? 3. How to represent the pointer? 4. How does C++ applies the operators in the arithmetic expression? 5. Give an example for class declaration. 6. Give the format for calling a member function. 7. How member functions are applied? 8. How constructor is declared? 9. How to create an array using new operator? 10. Write a class specifier that creates a class called leverage with one private data member Crowbar, of type int and one public function whose declaration is void proxy(). 11. Data items in a class must be private – Justify. 12. Which is the parameter that is added to every non-static member function when it is called? 13. How to implement the runtime polymorphism using C++? 14. How do you differentiate a constructor from an ordinary function? Analyze / Evaluate 1. Demonstrate how a static data is accessed by a static member function. 2. Define a supplier class. Assume that the items supplied by any given supplier are different and varying in number. Use dynamic memory allocation in the constructor function to achieve the solution. 3. Implement selection sort as a generic function Create 1. Define an examiner class. Provide all necessary data and function members to provide the following: The examiner must access answer sheets of at least one subject; He may examine answer sheets of multiple subjects; The examiner represents a college and also a university; Most of the examiners are local and represent local university; and have more than one constructor including one default and one with default argument. Provide a meaningful copy constructor. 2. For a supermarket, define a bill class. All the bill objects will contain bill number, name of clerk preparing the bill, each item with quantity and price and total amount to be paid. Total items in the bill are varying. Define dynamic memory allocation constructor for bill class such that any number of items from 1 to 50 can be accommodated in a single bill. There is an array describing each item with a price. The price is to be picked up from that array. Now overload = operator and provide reason for the need of such operator. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 56 Unit I Introduction Need for object oriented programming – Procedural Languages vs. Object oriented approach - Characteristics Object oriented programming - C++ Programming Basics: Basic Program Construction - Output Using cout - Input with cin - Data types-Variables and Constants – Operators - Control Statements-Manipulators-Type conversion. 9 Hours Default arguments Unit II Objects and Classes Simple Class - C++ Objects as Physical Objects – C++ Object as Data types- Constructors and Destructors- Object as Function Arguments - Returning Objects from Functions - Structures and Classes - Arrays and Strings. 9Hours Constructor with Dynamic Allocation Unit III Operator Overloading and Inheritance Need of operator overloading- Overloading Unary Operators- Overloading binary Operators-Overloading Special Operators-Data Conversion-Inheritance: Derived Class and Base Class-Derived Class Constructors-Overriding Member Functions-Class Hierarchies-Public and Private Inheritance-Levels of Inheritance-Multiple Inheritance. 9 Hours Introduction to Containership Unit IV Polymorphism and File Streams Virtual Function – Friend Function – Static Function-Assignment and Copy Initialization- Streams – String I/O – Character I/O – Object I/O – I/O with Multiple Objects – File Pointers – Disk I/O with Member Functions- Error Handling in File I/O. 9 Hours Command Line Arguments Unit V Templates and Exception Handling Templates: Introduction - Function Templates - Overloading Function Templates - Class Templates - Exception Handling – Syntax, multiple exceptions, exceptions with arguments. 9 Hours UML and Templates Total : 45 hours Textbook(s) Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming in-C++, Galgotia Publication, 2009 Reference(s) 1. Deitel & Deitel, C++ How to program, Prentice Hall,2005 2. D.S.Malik, C++ Programming, Thomson, 2007 3. K.R. Venugopal, Rajkumar and T.Ravishankar, Mastering C++, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006 11Z304 DATA STRUCTURES 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To learn the basics of abstract data types. To learn the principles of linear and non linear data structures. To build an application using sorting and searching. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 57 Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate the concept of linear and non linear data structures. Determine the efficiency of algorithms. Design of algorithms for various searching and sorting techniques. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Test I Test II Model Examination 10 20 30 20 10 10 100 10 20 30 20 10 10 100 10 20 30 20 10 10 100 EndSemester Examination 10 20 30 20 10 10 100 Total Remember 1. What is a data structure? 2. What is a non-linear data structure? 3. What is a linear data structure? 4. List the areas in which data structures are applied extensively. 5. Define stack 6. What is big O notation? 7. What is an ADT? 8. Specify the basic operations of stack and queue. 9. List the applications of stack and queue. 10. What is tree and List out few of the applications of tree data-structure? 11. Define graph 12. List the various types of sorting algorithms. 13. What is hashing? 14. List the various types of hashing methods. 15. What is searching? 16. Specify the properties of binary search tree. 17. What is minimum spanning tree? 18. What is the balance factor for AVL Trees? 19. What is the efficiency of binary search? Understand 1. Why recursive algorithms are efficient than non-recursive algorithms? 2. What is the minimum number of queues needed to implement the priority queue? 3. Describe a situation where storing items in an array is clearly better than storing items on a linked list. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 4. 58 Write a class definition that could be used to define a node in a doubly linked list. Include only the instance variables, not the methods. Also write one sentence to describe a situation when a doubly linked list is appropriate. Sort the given values using Quick Sort : 65 70 75 80 85 60 55 50 45 Describe the time complexity of sorting and searching algorithms. Classify the Hashing Functions based on the methods by which the key value is found. What are the steps to insert a new item at the head of a linked list? What is the suitable data structure for constructing a tree? What is the condition for balancing an AVL tree? Illustrate Binary Search with suitable example and algorithm. How do you traverse a given tree using Inorder, Preorder and Postorder traversals? How many null branches are there in a binary tree with 20 nodes? How many different trees are possible with 10 nodes? 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Apply 1. For the tree given below a) Find the Preorder, Inorder and Postorder traversals. b) Find the height of the tree, level of node 10 and degree of the node 20. Convert the expression (a+b)*c/d-e into infix, prefix and postfix notations. Demonstrate Djikstra‘s algorithm to find the shortest distance in a weighted graph. 2. 3. Analyze 1. Differentiate linear and non linear data structure. 2. Contrast ADT implementation of array and linked list. 3. Compare internal and external sorting. 4. Differentiate between binary tree and binary search tree. 5. Compare linear and binary search. 6. Distinguish DFS and BFS. Evaluate 1. Evaluate the best case and worst case complexity for searching algorithms. 2. Can stack be used to perform queue operations? Justify. Create 1. Develop an application using a stack /Queue /List /Tree that reflects a real world problem. Unit I Introduction Pseudo code–Abstract data types-Model for an ADT-ADT Implementations-Algorithm efficiency-Designing recursive algorithms-Recursive examples. 9 Hours Generic code for ADTs Unit II Stacks, Queues and Lists Arrays – Basic stack operation- Stack ADT - Applications of stack – Queues operations- Queue ADT – Queue applications -List ADT - Circular - Doubly linked list. 9 Hours Applications of list Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 59 Unit III Sorting and Searching Techniques Sorting: Insertion Sort- Selection Sort- Bubble Sort - Merge sort – Quick sort –Heap sort-shell sort- External Sorts Searching: Sequential search- Binary Search – Hashed list searches. 9 Hours Bucket hashing Unit IV Non Linear List Basic Tree concepts - Binary Trees – Tree Traversals – Expression Trees - Binary Search Trees – AVL Search Trees - Heap concepts – Implementation - Heap ADT. 9 Hours Heap Applications: Priority Queue Unit V Graphs Definitions – Traverse Graph: Depth first Traversal-Breadth first Traversal-Shortest Path Algorithms: Unweighted Shortest Paths – Dijkstra‘s Algorithm. Minimum Spanning Tree: Prim‘s Algorithm– Kruskal‘s Algorithm. 9 Hours Introduction to NP Completeness Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Richard F. Gilberg, and Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Structures – A Pseudocode Approach with C, Thomson 2009 2. M.A.Weiss, Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C, Pearson Education Asia, 2007 Reference(s) 1. Y.Langsam, M.J.Augenstein and A.M.Tenenbaum, Data Structures using C, PHI, 2004 2. Aho, J.E.Hopcroft and J.D.Ullman, Data Structures and Algorithms, Pearson education, Asia, 2010 3. Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Susan Anderson-Freed, Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, Silicon Press, 2007 11Z305 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To understand different methods used for the simplification of Boolean functions To design and implement combinational circuits To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Determine the functional behavior and timing performance of combinational circuit and sequential circuit. Design digital circuits to perform specified combinational and sequential functions. Describe, simulate and test combinational and sequential logic, and finite state machines in Verilog through behavioral, data flow and structural models. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 60 Assessment Pattern S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 20 20 30 20 10 100 20 20 20 30 10 100 Model Examination 20 20 20 20 10 10 100 End-semester Examination 20 20 20 20 10 10 100 Remember 1. Define the term digital 2. What is meant by bit? 3. What is the best example of digital system? 4. Define byte 5. List the number systems. 6. State the sequence of operator precedence in Boolean expression. 7. What are the abbreviations of ASCII and EBCDIC code? 8. What is propagation delay? 9. What is Noise margin? 10. What is power dissipation? 11. What are the universal gates? 12. What are the different types of number complements? 13. Why complementing a number representation is needed? 14. How to represent a positive and negative sign in computers? 15. What is meant by Map method? 16. What is meant by two variable map? 17. What is meant by three variable map? 18. Which gate is equal to AND-inverter Gate? 19. Bubbled OR gate is equal to-------------20. Bubbled AND gate is equal to-------------21. What is the use of Don‘t care conditions? 22. Which gate is equal to OR-inverter Gate? 23. What is the algebraic function of Exclusive-OR gate and Exclusive-NOR gate? 24. Define Positive Logic 25. Define Negative Logic 26. List the characteristics of digital ICs. 27. Why parity checker is needed? 28. What is meant by parity bit? 29. What is an IC? 30. What are the methods adopted to reduce Boolean function? Understand 1. Different methods used for the simplification of Boolean functions 2. To design and implement combinational circuits 3. To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Apply 1. 61 Design a logic circuit for a children's math toy to teach number theory. A child enters two numbers, each from 0 to 20. The indicator light should be on if the two numbers are equal or if the first number is greater. Analyze 1. Explain why unused states generate don‘t-care terms when translating a state table to a transition table? Illustrate your response with a sample state table. 2. Explain why J-K flip-flops produce more don‘t-care terms than the other flip-flop types, even when all of the states are specified. Evaluate 1. Design a synchronous circuit that has a single input variable and single output variable. The input data are received serially. The output Z is to change only when three consecutive input bits have the same value. Decide whether a Moore or a Mealy performs better. 2. Design a serial bit pattern detector that will detect the input sequence 01010 in a longer bit string. If the pattern is detected, then cause output Q to be active high. If a 011 bit pattern occurs within the same serial data string, cause output P to be active high. If the 011 pattern occurs, cause the state machine to initialize and start over looking for the 01010 pattern. Overlapping sequences can occur. Compare the performance of the circuit for a Moore and Mealy configurations. Create 1. Design a Mealy sequential machine that will detect the following input sequences x = 01101 or 01111. If input sequence x=01101 is met, cause z1 = 1. If x = 01111, cause z2 = 1. Each input sequence may overlap with itself or other sequence. Document the whole procedure. 2. Design a special hardware comparator that would keep track of the maximum and minimum of a series of numbers. The numbers are presented to the hardware one at a time beginning with the count of numbers followed by the numbers themselves. Unit I Boolean Algebra and Logic Gates Number systems (radix 2,8,10 and 16)- Binary arithmetic – Binary codes – Boolean algebra and theorems -Boolean functions – Simplifications of Boolean functions using Karnaugh map–Implementation of Boolean function using logic gates. 9 Hours Simplifications of Boolean functions using Tabulation method. Unit II Combinational Logic Combinational circuits – Analysis and design procedures - Circuits for arithmetic operations – Magnitude comparator –Hardware Description Language (HDL). 9 Hours BCD addition (add two BCD numbers to produce a valid BCD result). Unit III Design with MSI Devices Decoders and encoders - Multiplexers and demultiplexers - Memory and programmable logic - HDL for combinational circuits. 9 Hours Design of BCD-to-7-segment display. Unit IV Synchronous Sequential Logic Sequential circuits – Flip flops – Analysis and design procedures - State reduction and state assignment -Shift registers – Counters - HDL for sequential circuits. 9 Hours Familiarization with 7493 (mod-16 counter) and 7490 (mod-10 counter). Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 62 Unit V Asynchronous Sequential Logic Analysis and design of asynchronous sequential circuits - Reduction of state and flow tables – Race-free state assignment – Hazards. 9 Hours Essential hazards Total: 45+15 Hours Text book M.Morris Mano and Michael D Ciletti, Digital Design, Pearson Education, 2008 Reference(s) 1. Charles H.Roth, Fundamentals of Logic Design, Jaico Publishing House, 2000 2. Donald D.Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2007 3. Thomas. C. Bartee ,Digital Computer Fundamentals, Tata McGraw- Hill, 2004 11Z306 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To understand the different life cycle models. To understand the requirements collection process. To learn the various software testing techniques. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Identify the customer requirements. Determine the appropriate life cycle model based on the project. Develop an effective design for implementation. Apply the suitable testing methodology. Assessment pattern S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 30 30 10 10 10 10 100 20 30 10 20 10 10 100 Model Examination 20 20 10 20 10 20 100 End- Semester Examination 20 20 10 20 10 20 100 Remember 1. Define software Engineering 2. List the different types of process models. 3. List the stake holders of software. 4. What is agile process? The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Define software metrics List the metrics for software quality. What are the ground works for requirements collection? What is software project estimation? What are the decomposition techniques? What are the software design concepts? What is design model? What is architectural design? List the interface design steps. What is flow oriented modeling? What is software risk? List the factors associated with software risk. What is software testing? List the testing fundamentals. What is unit testing? State the advantages of debugging. What is software quality assurance? What are the goals of software quality assurance? What is software review? List the software review techniques. Define software reliability Understand 1. Why do we need life cycle model? 2. How do you select and use the software metrics? 3. Explain the incremental process model. 4. Describe the agile process in software development. 5. Discuss about of metrics in software quality. 6. How do we measure software? 7. Explain the steps in requirements analysis. 8. Why should we use requirements model? 9. How to estimate software project? 10. Explain the decomposition techniques for software project. 11. Describe the empirical estimation models. 12. Why should we use make/ buy decision? 13. How to build a design model? 14. Explain the architectural and interface design. 15. Why should we use user analysis and interface analysis? 16. Explain the steps in interface design. 17. How the flow oriented modeling is being used in requirements modeling? 18. Explain software risk management. 19. Describe the integration testing. 20. Explain the metrics of software quality assurance. Apply 1. Find the cost of airline reservation system using cost estimation techniques. 2. How to test a software using white box testing? Analyze 1. Analyze the requirements for banking system. 2. Analyze and select the software testing tool for hotel management system. 3. Differentiate formal and informal reviews. 4. Differentiate unit testing and integration testing. 5. Compare white box testing with black box testing. 63 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 64 Evaluate 1. Evaluate the e-attendance system using validation testing. 2. Evaluate the payroll management system using system testing. Create 1. Develop a software for library management system. 2. Develop a software for inventory control. 3. Write the steps in software debugging. Unit I The Process Software Engineering the nature of Software -Software Process Models: Waterfall Model-Incremental process models- Evolutionary process models: Prototyping-Spiral model – Concurrent model- Introduction to Agile processMetrics in the Process and Project Domains-Software Measurements-Metrics for Software Quality. 9 Hours The Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI) Unit II Requirements Analysis Requirements Engineering-Establishing the groundwork-Eliciting requirements-Building the requirements modelRequirements analysis- Software Project Estimation- Decomposition Techniques- Empirical Estimation Models- The Make/Buy Decision. 9 Hours Developing Use cases Unit III Design Concepts and Principles The Design concepts-The Design model-Architectural design-User interface design: user analysis and design, Interface analysis, Interface design steps-Requirements modeling: Flow oriented modeling- Software risk management - Coding principles. 9 Hours Designing Class-Based Components Unit IV Software Testing Techniques Software Testing Fundamentals – Internal and External views of testing - White-Box Testing –Basic Path TestingControl Structure Testing- Black Box Testing- Software Testing Strategies – A Strategic Approach to Software Testing- Unit Testing- Integration Testing- Validation Testing - System Testing- The Art o Debugging. 9 Hours Performance Testing Unit V Software Quality Assurance Elements of Software Quality Assurance- SQA Tasks, Goals and Metrics- Software Review Techniques: Informal reviews-Formal Technical Reviews-Software Reliability- Software Configuration Management-The SCM ProcessVersion Control-Change Control-Configuration Audit. 9 Hours The ISO 9000 Quality Standards Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner Approach, McGraw-Hill, 2010 Reference(s) 1. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, Pearson Education, 2007 2. David Gustafson, Software Engineering, Schaum‘s outlines, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2002 3. Pankaj Jalote, An Integrated approach to Software Engineering, Narosa Publishing house, 2005 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 65 11Z307 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To understand the usage of class and objects. To implement the concepts of inheritance and operator overloading. To learn the problem solving with object oriented approach. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Skill Set Demonstrate the concepts of object oriented programming. Demonstrate the importance of implementing abstract data types. Design of applications using constructors and destructors. Assessment pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Observation and results Record Mini Project/Model Examination/Viva-voce Total Internal Assessment 10 15 10 15 End Semester Examination 15 20 15 50 50 Remember 1. Define a class 2. Define Algorithm 3. Define Recursion 4. What are called class members? 5. What are functionalities of file pointers? 6. Define this pointer 7. What is operator overloading? Understand 1. When do you use bool data type? 2. When do you use this pointer? 3. How the objects are initialized dynamically? 4. What is unnamed namespace? 5. How can we define our own namespace? 6. How to create manipulators? Apply/Analyze/ Evaluate 1. How to implement function overloading 2. How to implement default argument function? 3. How to implement dynamic objects and use constructors and destructors? 4. How to implement array of objects? 5. How to implement operator overloading? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 66 Create 1. Design library management system by using the concepts of object oriented programming. 2. Create a package for Student Information System. List of Experiments 1. Define a class to represent a bank account to include the following members. Data Members: Name of the depositors, Account number, Type of account, Balance amount in the account. Member functions: To initialize values to data members, To deposit an amount, To withdraw an account after checking the balance, To display the name and the balance. Note: Try to use all types of constructors 2. Apply function overloading and operator overloading to the given problems. 3. Implement the concept of default argument function. 4. Implement the concept of array of objects. 5. Apprehend a class with dynamic objects and use constructors and destructors. 6. Execute the concept of Inheritance. 7. Illustrate the use of static data member and static member functions by keeping track of number of instances of object that are created and alive. 8. Implement friend functions and friend classes to add the private data member of two different classes. 9. Exercise the file handling concepts Copy the content of one file to another file by removing unnecessary spaces between words. 10. Realize the following concepts: (i) Class templates and Function templates (ii) Exception Handling Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Mini Project Total: 45 Hours Practical Schedule S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Experiment Define a class to represent a bank account to include the following members. Data Members: Name of the depositors, Account number, Type of account, Balance amount in the account. Member functions: To initialize values to data members, To deposit an amount, To withdraw an account after checking the balance, To display the name and the balance. Implement function overloading (eg. Write functions to add 2 or 3 numbers of different data types.) Implement the concept of default argument function. Implement the concept of array of objects. Implement a class with dynamic objects and use constructors and destructors. Implement the concept of Inheritance. Illustrate the use of static data member and static member functions by keeping track of number of instances of object that are created and alive. Implement friend functions and friend classes to add the private data member of two different classes. Exercise the file handling concepts Copy the content of one file to another file by removing unnecessary spaces between words. Realize the following concepts: (i) Class templates and Function templates (ii) Exception Handling Hours 6 6 3 3 6 3 3 6 3 6 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 67 11Z308 DATA STRUCTURES LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To learn the basics of abstract data types. To learn the principles of linear and non linear data structures. To build an application using sorting and searching. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Skill Set Demonstrate the concept of linear and non linear data structures. Determine the efficiency of algorithms. Design of algorithms for various searching and sorting techniques. Assessment Pattern End Bloom’s Taxonomy Internal Semester (New Version) Assessment Examination 10 15 Preparation Observation and Results Record Mini- Project / Model Examination / Viva Voce Total 15 10 20 - 15 15 50 50 Remember 1. What is data structure? 2. What is an array? 3. What is a linked list? 4. What is queue front and queue rear? 5. What is big O notation? 6. What is an ADT? 7. Specify the basic operations of stack and queue. 8. List the applications of stack and queue. 9. List the applications of tree data-structure. 10. List the various types of sorting algorithms. 11. What is searching? 12. Specify the properties of binary search tree. 13. What is minimum spanning tree? Understand 1. What is the minimum number of queues needed to implement the priority queue? 2. When does stack overflow and underflow condition occur? 3. When does queue overflow and underflow condition occur? 4. If you are using C language to implement the heterogeneous linked list, what type of pointer will be used? 5. How will you implement stack and queue using array and linked list? 6. Describe a situation where storing items in an array is clearly better than storing items on a linked list. 7. Describe the operations of creating, inserting, searching and deleting a node in singly and doubly linked list. 8. What are the steps to insert a new item at the head of a linked list? 9. Describe the time complexity of sorting and searching algorithms 10. What is the suitable efficient data structure for constructing a tree? 11. How do you traverse a given tree using Inorder, Preorder and Postorder traversals. 12. Describe the traversals followed in DFS and BFS. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 68 Apply 1. Sort the given values using Quick Sort, Heap sort, Selection and bubble sort a. 65 70 75 80 85 60 55 50 45 2. Search the following list using binary and linear search. a. 25 63 1 0 9 55 2 96 3. Build a heap structure for the following list a. 42 23 74 11 65 58 94 36 99 87 Analyze / Evaluate 1. How to traverse in a singly and doubly linked list? 2. Identify the shortest distance between nodes in a graph using BFS & DFS. 3. Trace the shortest path in a graph using Dijkstra‘s algorithm. Create 1. Write a program implementing stack and queue operations. 2. Write a program to evaluate the given expression using stack and queue operations. 3. Write a program to perform the following operations: a. Infix to postfix b. Infix to prefix 4. Write a program to perform the polynomial addition & multiplication using linear linked list. 5. Write a program to insert & delete a node in a binary tree. 6. Write a program for Inorder, preorder and, Postorder traversal of binary tree. 7. Develop a mini project on applications of stack 8. Develop a component implementing rat in the maze. List of Experiments 1. Array Implementation of stack and queue. 2. Linked List Implementation of stack and queue. 3. Program to perform various operations such as creation, insertion, deletion, search of node and display on singly linked list. 4. Program to perform various operations such as creation, insertion, deletion, search of node and display on doubly linked list. 5. Program to sort the elements in ascending order using selection sort and bubble sort 6. Implementation of quick sort. 7. Implementation of descending order to sort the elements using Heap sort. 8. Develop a program to perform linear and binary search 9. Program to construct an expression tree for a given expression and perform various tree traversal methods 10. Implement Prim‘s algorithm for graph in minimum spanning tree Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Practical schedule S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Total: 45 Hours Experiment Array Implementation of stack and queue. Linked List Implementation of stack and queue. Program to perform various operations such as creation, insertion, deletion, search of node and display on singly linked list. Program to perform various operations such as creation, insertion, deletion, search of node and display on doubly linked list. Program to sort the elements in ascending order using selection sort and bubble sort Implementation of quick sort. Implementation of descending order to sort the elements using Heap sort. Develop a program to perform linear and binary search Program to construct an expression tree for a given expression and perform various tree traversal methods Implement Prim‘s algorithm for graph in minimum spanning tree Hours 6 6 3 3 6 3 3 3 6 6 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 69 11Z309 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To understand different methods used for the simplification of Boolean functions To design and implement combinational circuits To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Skill Set Design digital circuits to perform specified combinational and sequential functions. Describe, simulate and test combinational and sequential logic, and finite state machines in Verilog through behavioral, data flow and structural models. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Preparation and Results Record Mini Project/Model Examination/Viva-Voce Total Internal Assessment 10 15 10 End-semester Examination 15 20 - 15 50 15 50 Remember 1. Define the term digital. 2. What is meant by bit? 3. What is the best example of digital system? 4. Define byte. 5. List the number systems. 6. State the sequence of operator precedence in Boolean expression. 7. What are the abbreviations of ASCII and EBCDIC code? 8. What is propagation delay? 9. What is Noise margin? 10. What is power dissipation? 11. What are the universal gates? 12. What are the different types of number complements? 13. Why complementing a number representation is needed? 14. How to represent a positive and negative sign in computers? 15. What is meant by Map method? 16. What is meant by two variable map? 17. What is meant by three variable map? 18. Which gate is equal to AND-inverter Gate? 19. Bubbled OR gate is equal to-------------20. Bubbled AND gate is equal to-------------21. What is the use of don‘t care conditions? 22. Which gate is equal to OR-inverter Gate? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 70 23. What is the algebraic function of Exclusive-OR gate and Exclusive-NOR gate? 24. Define Positive Logic. 25. Define Negative Logic. 26. List the characteristics of digital ICs. 27. Why parity checker is needed? 28. What is meant by parity bit? 29. What is an IC? 30. What are the methods adopted to reduce Boolean function? Understand 1. Different methods used for the simplification of Boolean functions 2. To design and implement combinational circuits 3. To design and implement synchronous sequential circuits 4. Differentiate between a truth table and an excitation table 5. Differentiate between a combinational circuit and a sequential circuit Apply 1. Design a logic circuit for a children's math toy to teach number theory. A child enters two numbers, each from 0 to 20. The indicator light should be on if the two numbers are equal or if the first number is greater. 2. Design an elevator controller for a building that has four floors. There are four buttons in the elevator, one for each floor. As people enter the elevator, the Engineering buttons are being pushed. Design a circuit that determines which floor it should go next when the doors are closed. Analyze 1. Explain why unused states generate don‘t-care terms when translating a state table to a transition table? Illustrate your response with a sample state table. 2. Explain why J-K flip-flops produce more don‘t-care terms than the other flip-flop types, even when all of the states are specified. Evaluate 1. Design a synchronous circuit that has a single input variable and single output variable. The input data are received serially. The output Z is to change only when three consecutive input bits have the same value. Decide whether a Moore or a Mealy performs better. 2. Design a serial bit pattern detector that will detect the input sequence 01010 in a longer bit string. If the pattern is detected, then cause output Q to be active high. If a 011 bit pattern occurs within the same serial data string, cause output P to be active high. If the 011 pattern occurs, cause the state machine to initialize and start over looking for the 01010 pattern. Overlapping sequences can occur. Compare the performance of the circuit for a Moore and Mealy configurations. Create 1. Design a Calculator with advanced functions. 2. Design a Phone book (using keyboard and LCD). List of Experiments 1. Boolean laws and theorems verification using digital logic gates. 2. Design and implementation of combinational circuits using basic gates. 3. Implementation of parity generator / checker using basic gates. 4. Device a code converter. 5. Application using multiplexers and Demultiplexers. 6. Realization of Encoder and Decoder using logic gates. 7. Execution of Synchronous and Asynchronous counters. 8. Devise the implementation of Shift registers. 9. Implementation of simple combinational circuit using HDL. 10. Implementation of simple sequential circuit using HDL Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Practical schedule Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Experiment Boolean laws and theorems verification using digital logic gates. Design and implementation of combinational circuits using basic gates. Implementation of parity generator / checker using basic gates. Device a code converter. Application using multiplexers and Demultiplexers. Realization of Encoder and Decoder using logic gates. Execution of Synchronous and Asynchronous counters. Devise the implementation of Shift registers. Implementation of simple combinational circuit using HDL. Implementation of simple sequential circuit using HDL 11Z401 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 71 Hours 6 3 6 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To construct correct simple mathematical proofs and posses the ability to verify them and to solve counting problems involving the multiplication rule, permutations and combinations. To provide students with the understanding of the terms cardinality, finite and countably infinite and determine which of these characteristics is associated with a given set and various types of graphs including Eulerian graphs and Hamiltonian graphs. Program Outcome(s) n) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. i. Graduates will be skilled in propositional logic, including modeling English description with propositions and connectives and doing truth table analysis and will be conversant in predicate logic. ii. Able to create proofs using mathematical induction. iii. Apply the underlying unifying structures of mathematics (i.e. sets, relations and functions) and the relationships among them. iv. Able to solve counting and combinatoric problems. Course Outcome(s) 1. Check the validity of the arguments. 2. Understand how to construct correct mathematical arguments. 3. Design of computers and electrical circuit. 4. Check whether a particular combination of words is a valid sentence or not Assessment pattern S. No 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Test I6 Test II1 Model Examination1 End Semester Examination 1 Remember 20 20 20 20 2 Understand 40 40 40 20 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze/ Evaluate 10 10 10 20 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 5 Create Total - - - - 100 100 100 100 72 Remember 1. Define a biconditional statement and draw its truth table 2. Show that P Q P Q is a tautology without constructing truth table. 3. Write the expression ―Some men are clever‖ in symbolic form 4. If A has 3 elements and B has 2 elements how many functions are there from A to B. 5. Let A={1,2,3,4} and R={(x,y)/x > y}. Draw the graph of the relation 6. Define pigeonhole principle. 7. What is principle of counting? 8. Define recursive function. 9. Define isomorphic graphs. 10. Define a null graph. Understand 1. Estimate the PCNF and PDNF of the formula given by P R Q P 2. Discuss this Q, P Q, P R R by indirect method 3. Show that 4. 5. 6. 7. A B A B' Let A,B,C are any three sets Prove that A B XC AXC BXC Let f(x)=x+2, g(x)=x-2,h(x)=3x, for x∈R, where R is the set of real numbers. Find f g , f f , g g , f g h and also write the corresponding matrix. Prove that the sum of the degrees of the vertices of any finite graph is even. If A – B = {1,2}, B – A = {6,7} and A B = {3,4,5} find A and B. 0 1 0 8. If the matrix representation of a relation R on {1,2,3} is given by M R 1 1 0 list 0 1 0 the ordered pairs in the relation. 9. Draw a complete undirected graph with four vertices. How many edges does it have? 10. Define a Tournament graph and give an example of tournament with 6 vertices. Apply 1. p q r q r p r r 2. Show that d can be arrived from the premises a b a c , b c , d a . Show that Prove that the premises ― One student in this class knows how to write programs in JAVA‖ and ―Everyone who knows how to write program in JAVA can get a high paying job ― imply the conclusion ―Someone in this class get a high paying job‖. 4. Show that the relation R= {(1,2), ( 4,3), (2,2), (2,1), (3,1)} on A = {1,2,3,4} is not transitive. 5. Obtain the closed form expression of generating function for the sequence {3 0, 31,32, 33…….} 6. Find the number of different arrangements that can be made out of the letters of the word ―TRIANGLE‖ if the vowels are to come together. 7. Can a simple undirected graph with four vertices have forty edges excluding self loops? 8. Obtain the number of permutations of all the letters of the words. (i) Committee (ii) Engineering. 9. Show that following implication P Q R P Q P R 10. Solve S(k)-4S(k-1)+4S(k-2)=3k+2k, S(0) = 1, S(1) = 1. 3. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 73 Analyse 1. Show that the following premises are inconsistent : If Rama gets his degree, he will go for a job. If he goes for a job, he will get married soon. If he goes for higher study, he will not get married. Rama gets his degree and goes for higher study. n2n 12n 1 3 n k n k 1 edges. 3. Prove that a simple graph with n vertices and k components can have at most 2 2. Prove by mathematical induction that 1 3 5 ....... (2n 1) 2 2 2 2 4. 5. 6. 7. Draw all possible simple digraphs having three nodes. How many different bit strings are there of length seven? Find the recurrence relation foe Fibonacci sequence. Let R denote a relation on the set of ordered pairs of integers such that (x,y) R (u,v) iff xv = yu. Show that R is an equivalence relation. 8. Show that S R is tautologically implied by P Q P R Q S using automatic theorem proving . 9. Show that if n people attend a party and some shake hands with others (but not with themselves), then at the end, there are at least two people who have shaken hands with the same number of people. 10. Find the number of different arrangements that can be made out of the letters of the word ‗TRIANGLE‘ if the vowels are to come together. Unit I Propositional Calculus Propositions- Logical connectives-Compound propositions-Conditional and biconditional propositions- Truth tables – Tautologies and Contradictions – Logical and equivalences and implications-DeMorgan‘s Laws-Normal formsPrincipal conjunctive and disjunctive normal forms –Rules of inference-Arguments-Validity of arguments. 9 Hours Unit II Predicate Calculus Predicates-Statement Function –Variables-free and bound variables- Quantifiers-Universe of discourse-Logical equivalences and implications for quantified statements-Theory of inference- The rules of universal specification and generalization-Validity of arguments. 9 Hours Unit III Set Theory and Functions Set Operations-properties-Power set-Relations-Graph and matrix of a relation- Partial Ordering- Equivalence relations-Partitions- Functions –Types of Functions- composition of relation and functions- inverse functions. 9 Hours Unit IV Combinatorics Basics of Counting – Counting arguments- Pigeonhole Principle- Permutations and Combinations- Recursion and recurrence relations-Generating Functions- Mathematical Induction- Inclusion –Exclusion 9 Hours Unit V Graph Theory Introduction to Graphs-Graph operations- Graph and Matrices-Graph Isomorphism-Connected Graphs-Euler GraphsHamilton paths and circuits- Shortest path problem. 9 Hours Total: 45+15=60 Hours Text Book(s) 1. 1.T. Veerarajan, Discrete Mathematics with graph theory and Combinatorics , Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2007. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 2. 74 P. Geetha , Discrete Mathematics, Second Edition, Scitech Publication Chennai , 2009. Reference(s) 1. 2. 3. J P Trembly and R Manohar , Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to computer Science, Tata McGraw Hill Publications Co. Ltd., New Delhi 2003. P Ralph Girmaldi, Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics: An Applied Introduction, Fourth Edition, Pearson education Asia, Delhi 2002. Kenneth H. Rosen, Discrete Mathematical and its Applications, Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw- Hill Pub. Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2003. 11Z402 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) 1. To understand the basic structure and operation of a digital computer. 2. To study the concepts of pipelining. 3. To learn the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory. Program Outcome(s) e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate the instruction sets with various addressing modes. Determine the performance of cache in commercial processors. Demonstrate the interfacing of peripheral devices. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 20 20 30 20 10 100 20 20 30 20 10 100 Model Examination 20 20 30 20 10 100 End-Semester Examination 20 20 30 10 20 100 Remember 1. What are the basic operational concepts? 2. How the clock rate can be increased? 3. Define Bus 4. List the techniques used to overcome hazards. 5. Is Pentium processor a RISC or CISC processor? 6. What is the use of buffer register? 7. What is an assembly language? 8. Define response time and throughput 9. What is index register? The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 75 10. Give the basic performance equation. 11. Define MFC 12. What is meant by branch instruction? 13. List the four steps in pipelining. 14. What is delayed branching? 15. What is deadlock? 16. Define memory access time 17. What are asynchronous DRAMs? 18. What are the features of PROM? 19. What are pages? 20. What is dirty or modified bit? 21. What is booting? Understand 1. What is the difference between machine language and assembly language? 2. Write the difference between different types of addressing modes used in the instruction set design? 3. Identify the symbol of a full adder circuit for a single stage addition. 4. Describe the representation for n bit ripple carry adder. 5. Explain the Booth‘s algorithm. 6. What are the two ways to detect overflow in an n-bit adder? 7. What are the two approaches to reduce delay in adders? 8. Explain the various types of Adders. 9. Explain hardwired control. 10. What are the two techniques for speeding up the multiplication operation? 11. Explain bit-O-Ring technique. 12. Describe the two control signals used for register transfer. 13. What is the drawback of assigning one bit position to each control signal? 14. What is the use of cache memory? 15. Explain the Tomasulo‘s approach. 16. Describe about score boarding concept. 17. What are the characteristics of semiconductor RAM memories? Apply 1. Perform division on the following 5-bit unsigned integer using Restoring and NonRestoring division: 10101 / 00101 2. Express the decimal values 0.5.-0.123,-0.75 as signed 6-bit fractions. 3. Draw the organization of a single-bus processor and give the control sequences for fetching a word from memory, storing a word in memory, executing a complete instruction and unconditional and conditional branch. 4. Construct an example to show that three guard bits are needed to produce the correct answers when two positive numbers are subtracted. 5. Write assembly codes for floating point multiply and divide. Write machine language equivalent. Analyze 1. Write down the steps for restoring division and non-restoring division. 2. Perform the steps needed to execute the machine instruction Add LOCA, R0 3. Given a binary pattern in some memory locations, is it possible to tell whether this pattern represents a machine instruction or a number? 4. Compare vertical organization with horizontal organization. 5. Compare static RAM with dynamic RAM. 6. In some computers, the processor responds only to the leading edge of the interrupt-request signal on one of its interrupt-request lines. What happens if two independent devices are connected to this line? Evaluate 1. A memory byte location contains the pattern 00101100. what does this pattern represent when interpreted as a binary number? What does it represent as an ASCII code? 2. What is the formula for calculating the average access time experienced by the processor in a system with two levels of caches? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 3. 4. 5. 76 Compare different policies available to update cache memory, when there is a read or write miss. Using manual methods, perform the operation AXB and A/B on the 5-bit unsigned numbers A-10101 and B=00101. The input status bit in an interface circuit is cleared as soon as the input data buffer is read. Why is it important? Create 1. Design a BCD digit adder using a 4-bit binary adder and external logic gates as needed. The inputs are A3A2A1A0, B3B2B1B0 and a carry-in. the outputs are the sum digit S3S2S1S0 and the carry-out. 2. Design a half adder as a two-level AND-OR circuit. Unit I Structure of computers & Machine Instruction Functional units - Basic operational concepts - Bus structures - Software - performance – Memory locations and addresses – Memory operations – Instruction and instruction sequencing – Addressing modes – Assembly language – Basic I/O operations – Stacks and queues. 9 Hours Memory-Reference Instructions Unit II Arithmetic Operations Addition and subtraction of signed numbers – Design of fast adders – Multiplication of positive numbers - Signed operand multiplication and fast multiplication – Integer division. 9 Hours Design of Accumulator Logic Unit III Basic Processing Unit & Pipelining Fundamental concepts – Execution of a complete instruction – Multiple bus organization – Hardwired control – Micro programmed control – Pipelining: Basic concepts – Data hazards – Instruction hazards – Influence on Instruction sets – Data path and control consideration – Superscalar operation. 9 Hours Instruction Level Parallelism Unit IV Input/Output Organization & Devices Accessing I/O devices – Interrupts – Direct Memory Access – Buses – Interface circuits – Standard I/O Interfaces (PCI, SCSI, USB) - Computer Peripherals: Input Devices – Output Devices. 9 Hours Asynchronous data Transfer Unit V Memory Unit Basic concepts – Semiconductor RAMs - ROMs – Speed - size and cost – Cache memories - Performance consideration – Virtual memory- Memory Management requirements – Secondary storage 9 Hours Memory Management Hardware Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic and Safwat Zaky, Computer Organization, McGraw-Hill, 2002 Reference(s) 1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing for Performance, Pearson Education, 2010 2. David A.Patterson and John L.Hennessy, Computer Organization and Design: The hardware / software interface, Morgan Kaufmann, 2002 3. John P.Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization, McGraw Hill, 2002 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 77 11Z403 CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To impart the fundamental concepts of core JAVA. To enable the students to gain programming skills in JAVA. To gain the built in knowledge of standalone and web applications. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Solve the basic design problems using object and classes. Demonstrate the concepts of OOPs. Design programs using applet and event handling. Assessment Pattern S. No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze / Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II Model Examination End Semester Examination 20 30 20 20 10 100 20 30 20 20 10 100 20 30 20 20 10 100 20 30 20 20 10 100 Remember 1. What is JDK? 2. Define byte code 3. Define JVM 4. What are the static members? 5. What is a default constructor? 6. What are wrapper classes? 7. What is class path variable? 8. Give the name of some built in exceptions. 9. What is the use of ALT key? 10. What is a canvas? Understand 1. Describe the benefits of packages. 2. Identify the steps required to add an applet to a HTML document. 3. What is Synchronization? Apply 1. Write a method to accept a number and return its cube using object and classes. 2. Write a program to compute Nth term in the Fibonacci sequence using interface. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Write a Program to demonstrate iterators with different containers. 2. What are the differences between java and C++? 3. Compare interface and classes. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 78 Create 1. Create JDBC applications to access and query a database. 2. Develop an applet to displays five concentric outlined rectangles of decreasing sizes. 3. Create distributed applications using threads. Unit I Java Basics The Genesis of Java - Overview of Java - Data Types, Variables, and Arrays - Operators - Control Statements Introducing Classes - Methods and Classes. 9 Hours The Java Buzzwords Unit II OOPS and Multithreaded Programming in Java Inheritance: Basics - Using Super – Creating a Multilevel Hierarchy - Method overriding – Using Abstract Classes Packages and Interfaces: Packages - Access Protection - Importing Packages- Interfaces Definitions and Implementations - Exception Handling: Types - Try and Catch - Throw - Multithreaded Programming: Creating Threads - Inter Thread Communication. 9 Hours Synchronization Methods Unit III I/O and Exploring Java.io I/O Basics - Reading Console Input -Writing Console output - Native Methods - I/ O Classes and Interfaces - File The Byte Streams - The Character Streams - Using Stream I/ O - Serialization. 9 Hours InetAddress and Factory Methods Unit IV String Handling String Handling: Special String operations and Methods - Sting Buffer - Exploring java.lang: Simple type Wrappers System - Math - Collections Framework: Collections Interfaces and Classes - Utility Classes: String Tokenizer - Date and Time. 9 Hours The Legacy Classes and Interface Unit V Applets, Event Handling and AWT Applet Basics - Applet Architecture - Applet Display Methods - Parameter Passing - Event Handling Mechanisms Event Classes - Event Listener - Working with Windows , Graphics , Colors and Fonts - AWT Controls - Layout Managers and Menus - JDBC Concepts. 9 Hours Introduction to Java Beans Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Herbert Schildt, Java 2-Complete Reference, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2011 Reference(s) 1. Deitel & Deitel, Java How to Program, Prentice Hall of India, 2010 2. Gary Cornell and Cay S.Horstmann, Core Java Vol.1 and Vol.2, Sun Microsystems Press, 2008 3. Herbert Schildt, Java, A Beginner's Guide, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007 11Z404 OPERATING SYSTEMS 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To understand the basic concepts of operating system. To learn CPU Scheduling algorithms. To study the concepts of process synchronization and deadlocks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 79 Program Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Determine the efficiency of CPU Scheduling Algorithms. Demonstrate Disk Scheduling Algorithms. Demonstrate the schemes of Memory Management. Assessment Pattern Remember 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Test I Test II Model Examination End-Semester Examination 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remember Understand Apply Analyze/Evaluate Create Total 40 30 10 10 10 100 30 30 10 20 10 100 20 20 10 30 20 100 20 10 10 40 20 100 What is an operating system? What is kernel? Define batch system What do you mean by system call? What is meant by context switch? What are the allocation methods of a disk space? What are the advantages of contiguous memory allocation? List the file attributes. What are the various file operations? What is logical address space and physical address space? What is a thread? What is thread cancellation? What are the different ways in which a thread can be cancelled? What is a process state and mention the various states of a process? What is meant by client-server model? Define throughput What is turnaround time? Define race condition What is critical section problem? Define target thread Understand 1. Give the advantages of multiprocessor system? 2. Identify the advantages of multiprocessor system 3. Classify the different ways in which a thread can be cancelled. 4. Describe the various scheduling criteria for CPU scheduling. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 80 Explain the methods for handling deadlocks. Explain the common strategies to select a free hole from a set of available holes. Describe the various Page Replacement algorithms. Explain the methods for Handling Deadlocks. Classify the Allocation of Frames in Virtual Memory. Illustrate the Continuous Memory allocation with necessary diagram. Demonstrate the classical problems of synchronization. Illustrate the schemes for defining the logical structure of a directory. Summarize the various disk scheduling techniques. Demonstrate the Bankers Algorithm. Given memory partitions of 100k, 500k, 200k, 300k and 600k (in order). How would each of the first fit, best fit and worst fit algorithm place process of 412k, 317k, 112k and 326k (in order)? Analyze 1. Differentiate tightly coupled systems and loosely coupled system. 2. Compare user threads with kernel threads. Evaluate 1. Consider the following page reference string. 1,2,7,8,3,4,2,1,4,2,5,6.How many page fault would occur for the following page replacements algorithms, assuming an allocation of 3 frames? (i)LRU (ii)FIFO (iii)Optimal 2. Assume that following jobs have arrived in the order 1,2,3,4 and 5: Job Arrival Time Burst Time Priority 1 0 15 2 2 2 3 1 3 5 5 5 4 6 8 4 5 7 12 3 Give Gantt chart and calculate Avg. Turnaround Time and Waiting Time for: a. FCFS b. SRTF and Preemptive priority algorithm 3. Consider the following snapshot of a system Allocation Max ABCD ABCD Available ABCD P0 0012 0012 1520 P1 1000 1750 P2 1354 2356 P3 0632 0652 P4 0014 0656 Answer the following question using the banker‘s algorithm: a. What is the content of matrix ―Need‖? b. Is the System in a safe state? c. If a request from process P1 arrives for (0, 4, 2, 0) can the request be granted immediately? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 81 Create 1. Write a socket-based Fortune Teller Server. Your program should create a server that listens to a specified port. When a client receives a connection, the server should respond with random fortune chosen from its database of fortunes. 2. Write a multithreaded Pthread or Java program that generates the Fibonacci series. Unit I Introduction Introduction : Mainframe systems – Desktop Systems – Multiprocessor Systems – Distributed Systems – Clustered Systems – Real Time Systems – Handheld Systems - Hardware Protection - System Components – Operating System Services – System Calls – System Programs - Process Concept – Process Scheduling – Operations on Processes – Cooperating Processes 9 Hours Inter-process Communication Unit II Process Management Threads: Overview – Threading issues - CPU Scheduling: Basic Concepts – Scheduling Criteria – Scheduling Algorithms – Process Synchronization: The Critical-Section Problem – Synchronization Hardware – Semaphores – Classic problems of Synchronization – Critical regions – Monitors. 9 Hours Communications in Client Server Systems Unit III Deadlock and Memory Management System Model – Deadlock Characterization – Methods for handling Deadlocks -Deadlock Prevention – Deadlock avoidance – Deadlock detection – Recovery from Deadlocks - Storage Management: Swapping – Contiguous Memory allocation – Paging – Segmentation – Segmentation with Paging. 9 Hours Memory Management in Linux System Unit IV Virtual Memory and File Sharing Interface Virtual Memory: Demand Paging – Process creation – Page Replacement – Allocation of frames – Thrashing File System Interface: File Concept – Access Methods – Directory Structure – File System Mounting – File Sharing – Protection. 9 Hours Virtual Memory in various Operating Systems Unit V File System Structure and Storage Structure File System Structure – File System Implementation – Directory Implementation – Allocation Methods – Free-space Management- IO Systems- Kernel I/O Subsystems – Mass Storage Structure: Disk Structure – Disk Scheduling – Disk Management – Swap-Space Management. 9 Hours File System in Windows XP Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin and Greg Gagne, Operating System Concepts, John Wiley & Sons (ASIA) Pvt. Ltd, 2010 Reference(s) 1. Harvey M. Deitel, Operating Systems, Pearson Education Pvt. Ltd, 2007 2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, 2007. 3. William Stallings, Operating System, Prentice Hall of India, 2008 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 82 11Z405 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To learn the data models, conceptualize and depict a database system using E-R diagram. To learn SQL & relational database design. To understand the internal storage structures using different file and indexing techniques. To know the concepts of transaction processing, concurrency control techniques and recovery procedure. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Construct an Entity Relationship(E-R) diagram for an application. Create a normalized relational database model and write queries to generate reports from it. Determine whether the transaction satisfies the ACID properties. Assessment Pattern S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy ( New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze / Evaluate Create Total Test I 30 40 20 10 100 Test II Model Examination End-semester Examination 20 20 20 20 20 100 10 10 20 20 40 100 10 20 30 20 20 100 Remember 1. Define a Data model and specify its types. 2. Define Database Management System 3. Define an attribute 4. Define Primary Key 5. Define a view 6. Define a trigger 7. What are Functional Dependencies? 8. Define Full Functional Dependency 9. Name the primary and secondary storage devices. 10. Define Hashing and mention the types of it. 11. Define Indexing 12. List the ACID Properties. 13. Define locking and mention the types of it. 14. Enumerate the difference between Serialized and Concurrent execution. Understand 1. Why we need to normalize a Database? 2. Explain the normal forms (upto BCNF) with necessary examples. 3. Write the applications of static hashing and dynamic hashing. 4. Explain the various indexing techniques. 5. Write an algorithm to insert an element in a B+ tree. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 83 Apply 1. Illustrate the concept of Transaction with necessary example. 2. Demonstrate the concept of Concurrency control with necessary example. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Differentiate File System and a Database Management System. 2. Compare Relational Model with E-R data model. 3. Identify whether the given table is normalized or not. If not, normalize the table by applying the various Normal Forms (up to BCNF). 4. Create a database and analyze the same for the various Integrity Constraints. Create 1. Draw an ER diagram to maintain the employee details of an organization. 2. Design a relational database system to implement the Railway Reservation System. 3. Create an application to implement the Library Management System. Unit I Introduction Introduction: Database system application, purpose of database system - View of Data –Database Languages- Data Storage and Querying-Database Architecture – Database design and E-R model: Overview of the design process- The Entity – Relationship Model-Constraints- Removing redundant attributes in Entity Sets- Entity – Relationship Diagram- Reduction to Relational Schemas-Entity Relationship Design Issues. 9 Hours Extended E-R features Unit II Relational Model and Database design Introduction to Relational Model – Formal Relational Query Languages - Introduction to SQL : Data definitionBasic structure of SQL Queries-Additional Basic operations - Set operations-Aggregate functions-Nested sub queries- Intermediate SQL: Joins- Views – Integrity Constraints. 9 Hours Advanced SQL: Accessing SQL from a Programming Language Unit III Database Design and Normal Forms Functional Dependencies – Normal Forms Based on primary Keys- General Definition of Second and Third Normal Form - Boyce Codd Normal Form – Algorithms for relational database schema design - Multivalued dependencies and Fourth Normal Form. 9 Hours Join Dependencies and Fifth Normal Form. Unit IV Data Storage and Query Processing Overview of Physical Storage Media – Magnetic disk Flash storage- RAID - File and Record Organization – Indexing and Hashing: Ordered Indices - B+ Tree Index File- Static Hashing – Dynamic Hashing- Query Processing: Overview - measures of Query Cost. 9 Hours Query Processing: Selection operation, Sorting Unit V Transaction Management Transactions: Transaction concept– Transaction Atomicity and Durability- Transaction Isolation – Serializability Transaction Isolation and Atomicity - Transaction Isolation levels- Implementation of Isolation Levels - Concurrency Control: Lock based protocols - Deadlock handling - Multiple Granularity - Time stamp based protocols - Recovery system: Failure classification – Storage - Recovery and atomicity – Recovery Algorithms. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 84 Concurrency control: Validation Based Protocol Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth and S. Sudarshan, Database System Concepts, McGraw-Hill, 2011 2. Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B. Navathe, Fundamental Database Systems, Pearson Education, 2008 Reference(s) 1. Raghu Ramakrishnan, Database Management System, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 2003 2. C.J.Date, An Introduction to Database system, Pearson Education, 2006 3. Peter Rob and Corlos Coronel, Database System, Design, Implementation and Management, Thompson Learning Course Technology, 2003 11Z406 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To learn various algorithm design techniques To impart knowledge on runtime analysis of algorithms To understand the limits of computation Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Design of algorithms and compare runtime efficiencies of algorithms Devise algorithms for problems that cannot be solved efficiently Study of problems that cannot be solved by computers Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 10 20 20 40 10 100 10 20 20 30 20 100 Model Examination 10 20 20 30 20 100 End-Semester Examination 10 20 20 30 20 100 Remember 1. Define algorithm 2. Write the characteristics of algorithm. 3. What are the parts of an algorithm? 4. List the criterions used to identify the best algorithm. 5. Define time and space complexity 6. Give the differences between compile time and running time. 7. What are the various types of time complexity of algorithms? 8. State the difference between best case and worst case complexities. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 9. Define asymptotic notation 10. Define conditional asymptotic notation 11. Define Big Oh notation 12. State smoothness rule. 13. What are the common running times for big Oh? 14. Define recurrence relation 15. Define Little Oh notation 16. Define Little Omega notation 17. Define substitution method 18. State Master‘s theorem. 19. Give the general plan for analyzing recursive algorithm. 20. Give the general plan for analyzing non-recursive algorithm. 21. List all methods available for solving recurrence relation. 22. List all common problem types. 23. What is order of growth? 24. What is meant by optimal solution? 25. Define divide and conquer strategy 26. Define optimal solution 27. Define greedy technique 28. Define feasible solution 29. What is dynamic programming? 30. What are the steps involved in dynamic programming? 31. Define exhaustive search 32. Define backtracking 33. Define implicit constraint 34. Define explicit constraint 35. Define n-queens problem 36. What is state space of problem? 37. Define solution state and answer state 38. Define state space tree 39. Define dynamic tree 40. Define live and dead node 41. Define graph traversal 42. Mention the types of tree traversal. 43. Compare DFS and BFS. 44. What is meant by connected component? 45. Define spanning tree 46. What is articulation point? 47. What is tree edge and cross edge? 48. What do you mean by least cost search? 49. What is branch and bound? 50. What is meant by Class NP complete? Understand 1. Discuss the control abstraction of greedy technique. 2. Give examples of back tracking. 3. What are the types of search strategies in branch and bound technique? Apply 1. Find the space complexity of the following algorithm. void N() { int p,a,b,c; p = a + b – c; printf(―%d‖,p); } 2. Derive the formula for Floyd‘s algorithm and calculate the running time of the algorithm. 85 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 86 3. How to derive the solution for 2-queen‘s problem? Analyze 1. Write the DFS algorithm and analyze its run time efficiency. 2. Analyze the time complexity of sorting algorithms based on divide and conquer technique. 3. Compare LIFO and FIFO search. 4. Differentiate between deterministic and non deterministic problems. Create 1. Design an algorithm to find the sum of first n numbers and analyze its time and space complexities. 2. Write the shortest path algorithms based on greedy techniques and analyze their efficiency. Unit I Introduction Introduction – Fundamentals of Algorithmic Problem Solving – Important Problem types – Fundamental Data structures. 9 Hours Sets and Dictionaries Unit II Fundamentals of the Analysis of Algorithm Efficiency Analysis Framework – Asymptotic notations - Basic Efficiency classes - Mathematical Analysis of Non-recursive Algorithm – Mathematical Analysis of Recursive Algorithm – Example: Fibonacci Numbers – Empirical Analysis of Algorithms 9 Hours Algorithm visualization Unit III Analysis of Sorting and Searching Algorithms Brute Force Strategy: Selection Sort and Bubble Sort, Sequential Search and Brute-force string matching – Divide and conquer: Merge sort, Quick Sort, Binary Search, Binary tree Traversal and Related Properties – Decrease and Conquer: Insertion Sort, Depth first Search and Breadth First Search. 9 Hours Exhaustive search Unit IV Analysis of Graph Algorithms Transform and conquer: Presorting, Balanced Search trees – AVL Trees, Heaps and Heap sort – Dynamic Programming: Warshall‘s and Floyd‘s Algorithm, Optimal Binary Search trees – Greedy Technique: Prim‘s Algorithm, Kruskal‘s Algorithm, Dijkstra‘s Algorithm – Huffman trees. 9 Hours Knapsack problem and memory functions Unit V Algorithm Design Techniques to NP Complete Problems Limitations of algorithm power: Lower-bound arguments – NP Complete problems – Backtracking: n-Queen‘s Problem – Hamiltonian Circuit problem – Subset-Sum problem – Branch and bound: Assignment problem, Knapsack problem – Traveling salesman problem. 9 Hours Decision trees Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) Anany Levitin, Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Second Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2011 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 87 Reference(s) 1. T.H. Cormen, C.E. Leiserson, R.L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction to Algorithms, PHI Pvt. Ltd., 2001 2. Sara Baase and Allen Van Gelder, Computer Algorithms – Introduction to Design and Analysis, Pearson Education Asia, 2010 3. A.V.Aho, J.E. Hopcroft and J.D.Ullman, The Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms, Pearson Education Asia, 2003 11Z407 SYSTEM SOFTWARE AND OPERATING SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To understand the concepts of operating system. To learn the functions of assemblers, loaders and linkers. To understand the principles of concurrency, synchronization. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively Skill Set Demonstrate the working of Assembler, Loader and Linker. Differentiate various Memory Management Schemes. Demonstrate various Disk Scheduling Algorithms. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Observation and Analysis of Results Record Mini-Project/Model Examination/ Viva-Voce Total Internal Assessment 10 15 10 15 End Semester Examination 15 20 15 50 50 Remember 1. What is kernel? 2. What is forward reference? 3. Define load and go assembler 4. Define absolute loader 5. What is meant by bootstrap loader? 6. Write the two passes of a linking loader. Understand 1. How the macro is processed using two passes? 2. How the nested macro calls are executed? 3. How to design the pass structure of a macro assembler? 4. Give the advantages of multiprocessor system? 5. How the index blocks are implemented in the indexed allocation scheme? 6. How the free-space is managed? Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. What are the structures used in file-system implementation? What are the functions of virtual file system (VFS)? Why the production is needed in the file sharing system? What are the methods for handling deadlocks? Explain the classical problems of synchronization. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 88 Analyze 1. Give the difference between linking loader and linkage editors. 2. Differentiate tightly coupled systems and loosely coupled system. 3. Compare user threads with kernel threads. Evaluate 1. Given the following processes and burst times Process Burst Time P1 10 P2 6 P3 23 P4 9 P5 31 P6 3 P7 19 Calculate the average wait time for the Non Pre-Emptive, First Come, and First Serve Round Robin, Shortest Job First of the scheduling algorithms. Assume that a quantum of 8 is being used. Create 1. Write a program to implement a single Pass Assembler. 2. Write a socket-based Fortune Teller Server. Your program should create a server that listens to a specified port. When a client receives a connection, the server should respond with random fortune chosen from its database of fortunes. 3. Write a multithreaded Pthread or Java program that generates the Fibonacci series. List of Experiments (System Software) 1. Implementations of a symbol table with functions to create, insert, modify, search, and display. 2. Implementation of single pass assembler. 3. Implementation of a macro processor. 4. Implementation of a loader. 5. Implementation of a direct-linking loader. 6. Implementation of a simple text editor with features like insertion / deletion of a character, word. List of Experiments (Operating System) 1. Implementation of CPU scheduling algorithms: FCFS, SJF, Round Robin & Priority Scheduling. 2. Implement the Producer – Consumer problem using semaphores. 3. Implementation of Banker‘s algorithm. 4. Implement some memory management schemes (First fit, Best fit & Worst fit) and some page replacement algorithms (FIFO & LRU). Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Total: 45 Hours Mini Project Practical Schedule Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Experiments Symbol Table Single Pass Assembler Macro Processor Loader Direct-linking loader Simple Text Editor CPU scheduling algorithms: FCFS, SJF, Round Robin & Priority Scheduling Producer – Consumer problem using semaphores Banker‘s algorithm Memory management schemes (First fit, Best fit & Worst fit) Page replacement algorithms (FIFO & LRU) Design Experiments Hours 6 3 3 6 3 3 6 3 3 6 3 11Z408 CONCURRENT PROGRAMMING LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To impart the fundamental concepts of core JAVA. To enable the students to gain programming skills in JAVA. To gain the built in knowledge of standalone and web applications. Program Outcome(s) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Skill Set Solve the basic design problems using object and classes. Demonstrate the concepts of OOPs. Design programs using applet and event handling. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Observation and Results Record Mini-Project/Model Examination/Viva-Voce Total Remember 1. Define final variable 2. What is method overriding? 3. What is an interface? 4. Define package 5. What is meant by exceptions? 6. What is Collection API? Understand 1. Describe the step of creating an applet. Internal Assessment 10 15 10 15 End Semester Examination 15 20 15 50 50 89 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 90 2. How to create a package with in a package? 3. Identify the use of method overriding? Apply / Evaluate 1. Write a program to copy from one file to another file with line numbering. 2. Write a program to display the student‘s details using inheritance. Create 1. Create a GUI based applet with following specifications: Scan your photograph using a scanner. See to it your photograph is converted into a file with extension photoname.jpg. Place a copy of this file in your computer. Display this file on frame: a) Without scaling b) With vertical scaling c) With horizontal scaling 2. Develop a program with constructor to pass integer literal9999 as argument to constructor Genclass <Integer> function and to pass the string literal ―New Delhi‖ to constructor Genclass <String> function. List of Experiments 1. Classes and Methods. 2. Implementation of Inheritance. 3. Implement the concepts of Interfaces and Packages. 4. Exception handling Mechanisms. 5. Create a Multithreaded Programming. 6. String Handling Methods and Collections Classes. 7. Input / Output Streams. 8. Applet Programs. 9. Abstract Window Toolkit Classes and Event Classes. 10. Implementation of JDBC concepts. Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Total: 45 Hours Practical Schedule S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Experiment Classes and Methods. Implementation of Inheritance. Implement the concepts of Interfaces and Packages. Exception handling Mechanisms. Create a Multithreaded Programming. String Handling Methods and Collections Classes. Input / Output Streams. Applet Programs. Abstract Window Toolkit Classes and Event Classes. Implementation of JDBC concepts. Mini project Hours 3 3 6 3 3 6 3 3 3 6 6 11Z409 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To learn the fundamental concepts of SQL queries. To understand the concept of designing a database with the necessary attributes. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 91 To know the methodology of Accessing, Modifying and Updating data & information from the relational databases Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Skill Set Develop PL/SQL to perform insert, delete and update operations in a database. Create a database and write the necessary PL/SQL block to print the details from the database. Develop an application to implement a real time process. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Preparation and Results Record Mini Project/Model Examination/Viva-Voce Internal Assessment 10 15 5 End-semester Examination 15 20 - 20 50 15 50 Total Remember 1. Define DBMS 2. Define the term SQL 3. Define DDL 4. Mention the syntax of the commands in DDL. 5. What are group functions? 6. List the Group (Aggregate) functions. 7. What are joins? 8. Enumerate the types of joins. 9. What do you mean by Integrity constraint? 10. How can we classify the Integrity constraint? 11. What is a PL/SQL block. 12. Define a cursor 13. List the database objects in PL/SQL. 14. What is an exception? 15. Differentiate natural join and Cartesian product. Understand 1. Why we need to normalize a Database? 2. Explain the normal forms (upto BCNF) with necessary examples. 3. Write the applications of static hashing and dynamic hashing. Apply 1. Design a simple database system to depict that it satisfies the four normal forms. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Create a database and analyze the same for the various Integrity Constraints. 2. Identify the second greatest mark from the given table and display all the information about that student. Create Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 92 1. Create a Library Management System. 2. Develop an application to maintain the student‘s information of an institution. 3. Create a database system to implement the University result publication. List of Experiments 1. Working with SQL commands like DDL, DML, TCL, DCL 2. Performing Single-row functions and group functions in SQL. 3. Execute simple queries using joins and Integrity constraints. 4. Creation and manipulation of database objects. 5. Simple programs using PL/SQL block. 6. Implementation of cursor in PL/SQL block. 7. Generate trigger in PL/SQL block. 8. Write PL/SQL block Programs using exception handling. 9. Design PL/SQL blocks using subprograms namely functions and procedures. Mini Project: Database design and Implementation using MySQL and PHP. Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 93 Practical schedule S. No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Experiment Hours Working with SQL commands like DDL, DML, TCL, DCL Performing Single-row functions and group functions in SQL. Execute simple queries using joins and Integrity constraints. Creation and manipulation of database objects. Simple programs using PL/SQL block. Implementation of cursor in PL/SQL block. Generate trigger in PL/SQL block. Write PL/SQL block Programs using exception handling. Design PL/SQL blocks using subprograms namely functions and procedures. Mini Project 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 11Z501 MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To impart the fundamental concepts of mobile communication systems. To understand the issues relating to wireless applications. To learn the working principles of Wireless LAN standards and Wireless Application Protocols. Program Outcome(s) e) f) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Analyze the working of modern communication technologies. Demonstrate the various routing algorithms. Develop mobile content applications using Wireless Application Protocols. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I 10 20 20 30 10 10 100 Test II 10 20 20 30 10 10 100 Model Examination 10 20 20 30 10 10 100 End-Semester Examination 10 20 20 30 10 10 100 Remember 1) 2) 3) 4) What is mobile communication? Define wavelength Define delay spread List the types of modulation techniques. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) 22) 23) 94 What is ‗handoff‘? What are the different types of services offered by GSM? List out the applications of DECT system. Specify the standards offered by TETRA. What are the types of handover in UMTS? List the different types of the satellite orbits. Give any two advantages of GEO over LEO satellites. What are the advantages and disadvantages of WLANS? Mention the design goals of WLANS. What are the three main management wings under IEEE 802.11 standard? Give the basic access mechanisms defined for IEEE 802.11. List the phases involved in HIPERLAN-1 EY-NPMA access scheme. What is Piconet? What are functions of p-savers and p-supporters in HIPERLAN? What is Beacon? What is Triangular Routing? What is the function of Foreign Agent & Home Agent? What are the requirements of mobile IP? What are the additional messages needed in a mobile IP for optimization? Understand 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) How does the digital signal vary from analog signal? What is meant by near and far effect? Why does CSMA/CD scheme fail in wireless networks? Discuss about the four possible handover scenarios in GSM. How is system security maintained in GSM? How power management is done in IEEE 802.11 infrastructure based Adhoc networks? How does a mobile node find a Foreign Agent? Why routing is complicated in Adhoc networks when compared to other networks? How does a Bluetooth device save battery power? Explain briefly the frequency hopping used in Bluetooth. How does push proxy gateway works in WAP? How does hierarchical clustering helps routing in Adhoc networks? How does asymmetric links affect routing in Adhoc networks? When is reverse tunneling useful in Mobile IP? What is mean by Care-of Address? Recognize the fundamental difference of WML compared to HTML. Why is this difference important with respect to handheld devices? 17) Explain the functions of transport layer in the WAP architecture. 18) Discuss briefly the role of a WTA server Apply 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Illustrate the system architecture of GSM. Sketch the architecture of IEEE 802.11 and explain its salient features. Write notes on various encapsulation mechanisms used in mobile IP. Outline the protocol stack of Bluetooth. Illustrate the architecture of WAP version 1.x. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 95 Analyze 1) Differentiate analog and digital signals. 2) Compare SDMA, TDMA, FDMA and CDMA. 3) Compare the security features of GSM, UMTS, DECT and IMT 2000. 4) Differentiate GEO, MEO and LEO satellites. 5) Compare IEEE 802.11 and HIPERLAN with regard to their Adhoc capabilities. 6) Compare the features of wired network with ad hoc network related to routing. 7) Differentiate between table-driven routing protocol & on-demand routing protocol. 8) Distinguish client-centric mode and server-centric mode in WTA. 9) Criticize the features present in WSP/B in addition to that present in WSP. 10) Contrast the functional behaviors of traditional TCP and classical TCP. Evaluate 1) Evaluate the security features of WAP and find out the problems that will occur in WAP security layer. 2) Can the problems using TCP be solved by replacing TCP with UDP? Where could this be useful and why is it quite often dangerous for network stability? Create 1) Develop a simple mobile content application for telecommunication systems. 2) Design an architecture for a mobile computing based business application. Unit I Wireless Communication Fundamentals Introduction – Wireless transmission – Frequencies for radio transmission – Signals – Antennas – Signal Propagation – Multiplexing – Modulation – Spread Spectrum –Medium Access Control (MAC) – Space Division Multiple Access(SDMA) –Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA) – Time Division Multiple Access (TMDA) – Code Division Multiple Access(CDMA) 9 Hours Comparison of Space/Time/Frequency/Code Division Multiple Access Unit II Wireless Telecommunication Networks Telecommunication systems – Global System for Mobile (GSM)– Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunication (DECT)–Terrestrial Trunked Radio (TETRA)– Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS) – International Mobile Telecommunication 2000 (IMT-2000) – Satellite systems – Basics –Routing – Broadcast Systems – Digital Audio Broadcasting (DAB) – Digital Video Broad casting (DVB). 9 Hours Convergence of broadcasting and mobile communications Unit III Wireless LAN Advantages and disadvantages of Wireless Local Area network (WLAN) – IEEE 802.11 – System Architecture – Medium Access Control management (MAC) – High Performance Radio LAN (HIPERLAN)– Bluetooth Architecture – Security. 9 Hours IEEE 802.15 Unit IV Mobile Network Layer Mobile IP – Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) – Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol – Mobile ad-hoc networks – Routing – Destination Sequence Distance Vector – Dynamic Source Routing. 9 Hours Metrics in Mobile ad-hoc networks Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 96 Unit V Transport and Application Layers Traditional TCP – Classical TCP improvements – Wireless Application Protocol – Architecture – Wireless Datagram Protocol (WDP) – Wireless Transport Layer Security(WTLS) –Wireless Session Protocol (WSP) – Wireless Application Environment (WAE) – Wireless Markup Language (WML)– Wireless Markup Language Script (WML Script) – Wireless Telephony Application (WTA) – Push architecture – Push/pull services. 9 Hours Wireless Access Protocol 2.0 Total: 45 +15 Hours Textbook(s) Jochen H.Schiller, Mobile Communications, Pearson Education, 2007. (Reprint 2011) Reference(s) 1. 2. 3. 4. William Stallings, Wireless Communications and Networks, PHI/Pearson Education, 2002 Kaveh Pahlavan and Prasanth Krishnamoorthy, “Principles of Wireless Networks”, PHI/Pearson Education, 2003 Uwe Hansmann, Lothar Merk, Martin S. Nicklons and Thomas Stober, ―Principles of Mobile Computing”, Springer, New York, 2003 Hazysztof Wesolowshi, ―Mobile Communication Systems”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2002 11Z502 GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To learn the basics of computer graphics. To understand the graphical algorithms. To design and implement an application which illustrates the use of 3D viewing model. Programme Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate the graphical algorithms. Design 2D and 3D graphics animation. Analyze the working of modern graphics technologies. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 20 30 20 20 2 Understand 20 20 25 25 3 Apply 20 20 20 20 4 Analyze/Evaluate 30 20 25 25 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define graphics 2. What is resolution? 3. Define pixel and frame buffer? 4. List the various attributes of a line? The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 97 5. Define Geometric Transformation 6. Define clipping 7. List the components of multimedia. Understand 1. Describe the steps in DDA line drawing algorithm. 2. Explain the working principle of CRT. 3. Discuss the merits and demerits of DDA line drawing algorithm 4. Explain the steps in Bresenham's line drawing algorithm. 5. Discuss about flat panel displays devices. 6. Explain the scan conversion. 7. Describe the features of Inkjet printer. 8. What are the merits of page based authoring tools? 9. Mention the software tools used for manipulating images. Apply 1. Demonstrate the Three Dimensional transformations technique with an example. 2. Illustrate the Liang – Barsky line clipping with an algorithm. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Determine the successive pixel positions of the line with end points (20, 10) and (30, 18) using Bresenham‘s Line Drawing algorithm with the slope of 0.8. 2. Examine the midpoint circle algorithm by determining the positions along the circle with given radius r=10. Create 1. Design a polygon using DDA line drawing algorithm. 2. Design 2D Animation of a moving wheel and a pendulum. Unit I Overview of Graphics Systems A survey of computer graphics : Computer Aided Design – Presentation Graphics – Computer Art – Entertainment Education and Training – Visualization – Image processing – Graphical User Interface - Overview of Graphics Systems : Video Display Devices - Raster Scan Systems and Random Scan Systems 9 Hours Input devices & Graphics Software Unit II Output Primitives & Attributes Output Primitives: Points and Lines – Line Drawing Algorithms – Loading the frame buffer - Circle generating algorithms – Ellipse generating algorithms – Filled area primitives – Attributes of Output Primitives: Line attributes – Curve Attributes – Color and Grayscale Levels – Area-Fill attributes – Character Attributes. 9 Hours Antialiasing Unit III Geometric Transformations Basic transformations – Matrix representations – Composite Transformations – Other Transformations - Affine Transformations –Viewing Pipeline-Window–to-Viewport coordinate Transformation –Clipping Operations – Point Clipping – Line Clipping – Polygon Clipping- Three Dimensional Geometric and Modeling Transformations. 9 Hours Raster methods for Transformation Unit IV Text, Sound and Images Text: Using Text in Multimedia- Computers and Text- Font Editing and Design Tools- Hypermedia and HypertextSound: Multimedia System Sounds- Digital Audio- Making MIDI Audio- MIDI Versus Digital Audio- Adding Sound to Multimedia Project- Image: Making Still Images- Color- Image File Formats. 9 Hours Music CD‟s Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 98 Unit V Animation and Multimedia Software Animation: Principles of Animation –Animation by Computer- Making Animations that Work- Video: How video works – Digital Display Standards-Digital Video- Shooting and Editing Video- Basic Software Tools: Text, Image, and Sound Editing Tools-Painting and Drawing Tools- Animation, Video and Digital Movie Tools. 9 Hours Video Recording and Tape Formats Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Donald Hearn and Pauline Baker, Computer Graphics C version, Pearson Education, 2008 2. Tay Vaughan, Multimedia: Making It Work, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008 Reference(s) 1. Foley, Vandam, Feiner and Huges, Computer Graphics: Principles & Practice, Pearson Education, 2003 2. Judith Jeffcoate, ―Multimedia in practice technology and Applications‖, PHI, 2008 11Z503 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLER 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To study the architecture of microprocessors and microcontrollers. To understand the instruction set of microprocessors. To learn the methods of interfacing microprocessors with various peripheral devices. Program Outcome(s) e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Describe the working principles of microprocessors, microcontrollers. Demonstrate the interfacing of peripherals devices. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 20 20 20 20 3 Apply 20 20 20 20 4 Analyze/Evaluate 30 40 40 40 5 Create 20 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is memory mapping? 2. What is interrupt? Mention its types. 3. What is vectored and non vectored interrupts? 4. What is the need for timing diagram? 5. Define T-state 6. What is masking? 7. What are the different addressing modes of 8085? 8. List the operation modes of 8255. 9. Define USART 10. What is key debouncing? 11. Define keyboard matrix 12. What is the output mode used in 8279? The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 99 13. Define pipelining 14. What are the predefined interrupts in 8086? 15. What are the different flags available in status register of 8086? 16. State the significance of LOCK signal in 8086. 17. What is an interrupt service routine? 18. List the advantages of microprocessors. 19. What is Microcontroller? 20. List the features of 8051 microcontroller. Understand 1. Classify the instruction sets of 8086. 2. Draw the architecture of 8085 microprocessor. 3. Why the Building blocks of memories are evenly classified? 4. How 16 bit processor generates 20 bit addresses in 8086? Apply 1. Write a program to find out whether a given bytes is in the string or not. If it is in the string, find out the relative address of the byte from the starting location of the string. 2. Illustrate the differences in the flags set by adding 01H and by incrementing the accumulator contents. Assume the accumulator holds the data byte FFH. Analyze/Evaluate 1. Compare memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O. 2. Write a program to subtract the contents of R1 of Bank0 from the contents of R0 of Bank2. 3. Write logical steps to add the following two Hex numbers. Both the numbers should be saved for future use. Save the sum in the accumulator. Numbers: A2H and 18H. Create 1. Illustrate the interfacing circuits of 8255 with 8085 in traffic controller system. 2. Write a program to move a string of data words from offset 2000H to offset 3000H the length of the string is 0FH. Unit I The 8085 Microprocessor Microprocessor Architecture and Microcomputer Systems: Microprocessor Architecture and Its Operations, 8085 Microprocessor Architecture And Memory Interfacing: The 8085 MPU – Introduction To 8085 Instructions: Data Transfer Operations-Arithmetic Operations-Logic Operations-Branch Operations, Interrupts: The 8085 Interrupt, 8085 Vectored Interrupts. 9 Hours Programming Techniques with Additional Instructions Unit II The 8086 Microprocessor 8086/8088 Microprocessor: Architecture, Pin Diagrams, Timing Diagrams: Register Organisation of 8086Architecture - Signal Descriptions of 8086 - Physical memory organization - General bus Operation - I/O Addressing Capability - Special Processor Activities - Minimum Mode 8086 System and Timings - Maximum Mode 8086 system and Timings –The Processor 8088, 8086 Instruction Set And Assembler Directives: Machine Language Instruction Formats - Addressing Modes of 8086 - Instruction set of 8086. 9 Hours Assembler Directives and Operators Unit III 8086 system Design The Art of Assembly Language Programming with 8086/8088:A few Machine Level Programs-Machine Coding the programs-Programming with an Assembler, Special Architecture Features And Related Programming: Introduction to stack-Stack Structure of 8086/88-Interrupt and Interrupt Service Routines-Interrupt Cycle of 8086/8088-Non Maskable Interrupt-Maskable interrupt-Interrupt programming- MACROS. 9 Hours Interrupt programming Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 100 Unit IV I/O Interfacing Special Purpose Programmable Peripheral Devices and their Interfacing: Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259AThe Keyboard/Display Controller 8279, DMA Controller 8257-DMA Transfers and Operations. 9 Hours CRT controller 8275 Unit V Microcontrollers Architecture of 8051 – Signal Descriptions of 8051,Register Set Of 8051– Important Operational Features of 8051 – Memory And I/O Addressing by 8051– Interrupts of 8051- Instruction Set of 8051. 9 Hours INTEL‟s 16-bit Microcontroller Family MCS-96 Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Ramesh S.Gaonkar, Microprocessor – Architecture, Programming and Applications with the 8085, Penram International publishing private limited, 2008 2. A.K.Ray and K.M.Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessors and peripherals- Architectures, Programming and Interfacing, TMH, 2009 Reference(s) 1. Douglas V.Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing: Programming and Hardware, TMH, 2010 2. Yu-cheng Liu and Glenn A. Gibson, Microcomputer systems: The 8086 / 8088 Family architecture, Programming and Design, PHI 2006 3. Mohamed Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, The 8051 microcontroller and embedded systems, Pearson education, 2009 11Z504 THEORY OF COMPUTATION 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To understand the mathematical models of computation To design grammars and recognizers for different formal languages To know the relation among regular language, context free language and the corresponding recognizers To determine the decidability and intractability of computational problems Program Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Construct correct mathematical models. Synthesize finite automata with specific properties. Specify a well defined set of rules for syntax verification Analyze the undecidability of problems. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 101 Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 30 20 20 20 2 Understand 20 20 20 20 3 Apply 20 30 30 30 4 Analyze/Evaluate 10 10 10 10 5 Create 20 20 20 20 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define set and its operations 2. Enumerate the differences between NFA and DFA. 3. Define ε-NFA 4. State the pumping lemma for regular languages. 5. What are the three ways to simplify a context free grammar? 6. State pumping lemma for context-free languages. 7. Define Pushdown Automata 8. What is the significance of PDA? 9. Define the language acceptance methods of a PDA 10. What is a multi-tape Turing machine? 11. What is Church‘s Hypothesis? 12. Define Recursively enumerable language 13. Define Diagonalization Language 14. Define Phrase structure grammar 15. State Rice theorem. Understand 1. Obtain a DFA to accept strings of a‘s and b‘s with atmost two consecutive a‘s. 2. Write the regular expression for all strings over {0, 1} with the substring ‗0101‘. 3. Give the classification of grammars for the various computational models. 4. Simplify the CFG: S →a | Ab | aBa, A →b | Є, B →b | A. 5. Find the transitions of a PDA to accept the language L = {0 nc12n}. 6. Explain the programming techniques of Turing machines. 7. Differentiate recursive and recursively enumerable languages. 8. Discuss the properties of recursive and recursively enumerable languages. Apply 1. Prove the following by the principle of Induction For all n ≥ 0 : ∑ i2 = n(n+1)(2n+1) 2. Illustrate the language acceptance of a DFA with an example. 3. If a language L is a CFL then prove that there exists a PDA M such that L = N(M) that is the language accepted by an empty stack. 4. Write a CFG for the language L= {an b an | n>=1}. 5. Illustrate the conversion of a CFG into PDA with an example. 6. Demonstrate the encoding technique of Universal TM with an example. 7. Show that the halting problem of Turing Machine is undecidable. 8. Find whether the PCP with two lists x = (1, 10111, 10) and Y = (111, 10, 0 ) has a solution or not. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Show that L = {0n | n is a perfect square} is not regular. 2. Check whether the PDA for the language L={wcwR/w in (0+1)*} is deterministic or not. 3. Using pumping lemma , examine the L={ an bn cn| n>=1} is a CFL or not 4. Show that the following grammar is unambiguous :S -> A1B, A -> 0A | ε, B -> 0B | B | ε The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 5. 6. Create 1. 2. 102 Consider the CFG G defined by the productions S -> aSbS | bSaS | ε. Show that L(G) is the set of all strings with an equal number of a‘s and b‘s. Check whether Lu is recursively enumerable or recursive. Justify. Construct an epsilon NFA for the regular expression ab(a/b)*aab Write the corresponding regular expression for the following languages over the alphabet {0,1}: 3. 4. Set of all strings containing 1101 as a substring Set of all strings with exactly three consecutive zero‘s Construct an equivalent grammar G in CNF for the grammar G1 where G1 = ({S, A, B}, (a,b), {S->bA/aB, A -> bAA/aS/a, B -> aBB /bS/b}, S). Design a TM to accept the language L= { an bn | n >=1}. Unit I Automata Introduction to formal proof – Additional forms of proof – Inductive proofs – Finite Automata (FA) – Deterministic Finite Automata (DFA) – Non-deterministic Finite Automata (NFA) – Finite Automata with Epsilon transitions. 9 Hours Application of Finite Automata – Text Search Unit II Regular Expressions and Languages Regular Expression – FA and Regular Expressions – Applications of Regular Expression –Algebraic Laws for Regular Expression - Proving languages not to be regular – Closure properties of regular languages. 9 Hours Decision Properties of Regular Languages Unit III Context-Free Grammar and Languages Context-Free Grammar (CFG) – Parse Trees – Applications of Context-Free Grammar -Ambiguity in grammars and languages – Definition of the Pushdown automata – Languages of a Pushdown Automata – Equivalence of Pushdown automata and CFG. 9 Hours Ambiguity Resolution in YACC Unit IV Context-Free Languages and Turing Machines Normal forms for CFG – Pumping Lemma for CFL - Closure Properties of CFL – Turing Machines (TM) – Programming Techniques for TM. 9 Hours Extensions to the Basic Turing Machine Unit V Undecidability A language that is not Recursively Enumerable (RE) – An undecidable problem that is RE – Undecidable problems about Turing Machine – Post‘s Correspondence Problem – Rice Theorem. 9 Hours Total: 45+15 Hours Introduction to classes P and NP Textbook(s) John E.Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani and Jeffrey.D Ullman, Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and Computations, Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2009 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 103 Reference(s) 1. 2. 3. 4. Harry R.Lewis and Christos.H.Papadimitriou, Elements of The theory of Computation, Pearson Education/PHI, 2003 John C.Martin, Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation, TMH, 2007 Micheal Sipser, Introduction of the Theory and Computation, Thomson Brokecole, 2005 Peter Linz, An Introduction to formal languages and automata, Jones & Bartlett learning, 2006 11Z505 COMPUTER NETWORKS 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the state-of-the-art in network protocols, architectures and applications. To study the functions of different layers. To familiarize the various aspects of computer networks. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate the networking strategies. Identify the technical issues related to networking technologies. Design and build a network using routers. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Remember 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 30 20 20 10 20 100 20 20 30 10 20 100 Model Examination 20 20 30 10 20 100 End-Semester Examination 20 20 30 10 20 100 Define network What are the key design issues of a computer network? List the advantages of optical fiber. What is circuit switching and what are its chief characteristics? List the encapsulation involved in the creation of an Ethernet frame. What is the difference between routable and non- routable protocols? What is multicast routing? What is a DNS resource record? What are the two interfaces provided by protocols? What is redundancy? What are the functions of MAC? What is a link? Define node What is meant by gateway? What is point-to-point link? The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 104 16. Name the factors that affect the security of the network. 17. What is protocol? 18. What are the key elements of protocols? 19. Define routing 20. What is a peer-peer process? 21. What is semantic gap? 22. Define the terms Unicasting, Multi-casting and Broadcasting 23. List the layers of OSI. 24. What are the Data link protocols? 25. What is Forward Error Correction? 26. What is framing? 27. What is bit stuffing? 28. What is Stop-and-Wait Protocol? 29. What is sliding window? 30. Mention the categories of flow control. 31. What is meant by congestion? 32. Give the main idea of UDP. 33. Define TCP 34. What is meant by quality of service? 35. What are the two categories of QoS attributes? 36. Give the format of HTTP request message. 37. What is the purpose of Domain Name System? Understand 1. How are the guided media differing from unguided transmission media? 2. Identify the address class of 123.167.23.20 and 250.10.24.96. 3. Can multiple circuits share a single optical fiber in a circuit-switched network? 4. Explain the data frame format of IEEE 802.11 Standard. 5. Write the subnet, broadcast address and valid host range for the following: a) 172.16.10.5 255.255.255.128 b) 172.16.10.33 255.255.255.224 c) 172.16.10.65 255.255.255.192 d) 172.16.10.17 255.255.255.252 6. The Network address is 192.168.10.0 and the Subnet mask is 255.255.255.252. Find out a) How many subnets? b) How many hosts? 7. How many connections are required to connect 20 computers in a mesh network? Apply 1. For the bit stream 100010100, draw the waveform for Manchester and Differential Manchester Coding and also discuss the advantages of the coding schemes. 2. Calculate the latency of a packet transferred between two hosts A and B on a local network, where they are connected via a cable of length 6.21 m, the packet size is 2024 bytes, and the capacity of the cable is 56 bps. (Assume that queuing delays are not considered. Also recall that 1 byte = 8 bits, and the speed of light = 3.0x108 m/s.) 3. An end system sends 50 packets per sec using UDP protocol over a full duplex 100Mbps Ethernet LAN connection. Each packet consists of 1600 bytes of Ethernet frames payload data. Compute the throughput at UDP layer. 4. Convert a classless (CIDR) network address (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24) to its IP address/mask equivalent (e.g. 192.168.0.0 255.255.255.0) and vice versa 5. A collection of five routers is to be connected in a point-to-point subnet. Between each pair of routers, the designers may put a high-speed line, a medium-speed line, or a low-speed line, or no line. If it takes 100 ms of computer time to generate and inspect each topology, compute the time required to inspect all of them. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 105 Analyze 1. Identify whether circuit switching system or a packet switching preferable for broadcasting a copy of a video presentation. Why? 2. Switching can improve the efficiency of a network‘s link utilization, but may also cause problems. In a packet-switched network, two particular problems are increased latency and data loss. (i) Taking the IP packet-switching, explain how latency and loss might occur. (ii) To what extent are the problems of latency and loss less significant in circuit-switched networks? Evaluate 1. The switching process consists roughly of a demultiplexing stage, a routing stage and a remultiplexing stage. For each of the following examples of switching, explain what is being demultiplexed, what routing decisions are made, and how remultiplexing is performed: (i) packet switching in the postal network; (ii) packet switching in an Ethernet switch; (iii) packet switching in an IP router; (iv) circuit switching in the telephone network. 2. Given the extended LAN shown in the figure below, indicate which ports are not selected by the spanning tree algorithm. The LAN‘s in the figure are labeled A-J and the bridges in the figure are labeled B1-B7. Hub Bi has an ID of i which is used as the tie breaker. Create 1. A routing protocol is a system used by routers to automatically maintain their forwarding tables. Outline a simple routing protocol which might be used to maintain the table under shortest path routing policy. Mention any additional information that you must store in the router, and any problems you notice. 2. A company has two LANs, one in Chennai with 300 hosts and another one in Madurai with 150 hosts. Could it be possible to connect those networks to the Internet using only one Class C network addresses? Justify the answer. If the answer is positive, create a network layout, assign IP addresses to every router and to one host in the network, and specify the routing tables of all routers and the specified host. Unit I Introduction Data Communications - Data Flow - Networks – The Internet - Protocols and Standards - Network Models: Layered Tasks - The OSI Model - TCP/IP Protocol Suite - Addressing - Transmission Media – Connecting LANs, Backbone Networks, and Virtual LANs: Connecting Devices. 9 Hours Backbone Networks Unit II Data Link Layer Introduction - Block Coding - Cyclic codes - Checksum – Data Link Control: Framing – Flow and Error Control – Noiseless Channels – Noisy Channels –HDLC- Multiple Access: Random Access – Channelization -Wired LANs: IEEE Standards- Standard Ethernet -Wireless LANs: IEEE 802.11 9 Hours Bluetooth Architecture and Layers Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 106 Unit III Network Layer IPv4 Addresses- IPv6 Addresses - Internetworking - IPv4 - IPv6 – Transition from IPv4 to IPv6 – Network Layer: Delivery, Forwarding, and Routing: Address Mapping – Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) – Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) – Network Layer: Delivery, Forwarding, and Routing: Delivery - Forwarding Unicast Routing Protocol -Multicast Routing Protocols. 9 Hours Concepts of ICMPv6 Unit IV Transport Layer Process-to-Process Delivery - User Datagram Protocol (UDP) - Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) – Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) – Congestion Control and Quality of Service: Data Traffic - Congestion Control - Quality of Services (QoS) - Techniques to improve QoS - Integrated Services - Differentiated Services. 9 Hours QoS in Switched Networks Unit V Application Layer Domain Name System (DNS): Domain Name Space – Distribution of Name Space – DNS in the Internet– WWW and HTTP - Network Management: Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) 9 Hours Cryptography: Introduction Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Behrouz A.Forouzan, Data Communication and Networking, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009 Reference(s) 1. James F.Kurose and Keith W.Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet, Pearson Education, 2005 2. Larry L.Peterson and Bruce S.Davie, Computer Networks, Elsevier, 2009 3. Andrew S.Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, Pearson Education, 2008 4. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communication, Pearson Education, 2007 5. Douglas E.Comer and M.S.Narayanan, Computer Networks and Internets, Pearson Education, 2008 11Z507 GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To learn 2D and 3D animations. To implement translation and rotation algorithms. To design clipping algorithms Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Skill Set Develop 2D and 3D animation Demonstrate the geometric transformations and clipping algorithms Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 107 Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Internal Assessment End Semester Examination Preparation 10 15 Observation and Results 15 20 Record Mini- Project / Model Examination / Viva Voce 10 - 15 15 Total 50 50 Remember 1. Define setcolor function 2. What is the use of detectgraph? 3. Define pixel 4. List the functions of Circle. 5. What is resolution? 6. Name the functions of Ellipse. Understand 1. Describe the steps in DDA line drawing algorithm. 2. Explain the steps in Bresenham's line drawing algorithm. 3. Classify the software standards 4. Explain the scan conversion 5. How color is used in the output screen? Apply 1. Demonstrate the Line drawing Algorithms. 2. Implementation of Circle drawing Algorithm. 3. Describe the implementation of 2D and 3D transformations. 4. Design any movie with different effects using animation Analyze / Evaluate 1. How to create simple shapes using graphics primitives? 2. How the 2D & 3D transformations are done on objects? 3. How to create 3D objects in a 2D transformational surface? 4. Compare various surface Detection Methods. 5. How virtual reality can be applied in any Applications? Create 1. Develop a tic-tac-toe game in C program using the graphical functions. 2. Create an animation of bouncing ball, a man walking in the rain & car movement. List of Experiments Implement the following using C Language 1. Draw different shapes using DDA and Bresenham Line Drawing Algorithms. 2. Sketch a closed curve using Bresenham‘s circle and ellipse algorithms. 3. Apply two dimensional transformations on the different objects. 4. Eliminate the exterior lines using Cohen-Sutherland Line Clipping Algorithm. 5. Remove the exterior parts of the polygon using Sutherland-Hodgeman Polygon Clipping Algorithm. 6. Display an object present in Window to the user specified View port using 2D Conversion and visualize the projection of 3D images. 7. Apply three dimensional transformations for various shapes. 8. Devise a routine to produce the animation effect using C Graphics for different objects. 9. Create shape tweening of an object and text. 10. Use various image painting tools in Adobe Photoshop. a) b) c) d) Brush popup palette Brushes palette Pencil tool Gradient and paint bucket tool Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Mini Project Practical Schedule S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Total: 45 Hours Experiments Draw different shapes using DDA and Bresenham Line Drawing Algorithms. Sketch a closed curve using Bresenham‘s circle and ellipse algorithms. Apply two dimensional transformations on the different objects. Eliminate the exterior lines using Cohen-Sutherland Line Clipping Algorithm. Remove the exterior parts of the polygon using Sutherland-Hodgeman Polygon Clipping Algorithm. Display an object present in Window to the user specified View port using 2D Conversion and visualize the projection of 3D images. Apply three dimensional transformations for various shapes. Devise a routine to produce the animation effect using C Graphics for different objects. Create shape tweening of an object and text. Hours 6 6 6 3 Use various image painting tools in Adobe Photoshop. a) Brush popup palette b) Brushes palette c) Pencil tool d) Gradient and paint bucket tool 3 3 3 3 6 6 11Z508 MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To understand the working of 85x86 microprocessors and 8051 microcontroller. To write and debug assembly language programs. Program Outcome(s) e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Skill Set Develop assembly language programs for microprocessors. Demonstrate the interfacing circuits with various peripheral devices. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy Internal End-semester S. No (New Version) Assessment Examination 1 Preparation 10 15 2 Preparation and Results 15 20 3 Record 10 Mini Project/Model Examination / 4 Viva-Voce 15 15 Total 50 50 Remember 1. Define microprocessor 2. What are machine and instruction cycles? 3. What are different gray and binary coded number systems? 4. What is the difference between packed and unpacked BCD numbers? 5. What is an interrupt? 108 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 109 6. What is the process of addition and subtraction of numbers in a microprocessor? 7. Why the operational codes are in hexadecimal system? 8. What are the different types of jump instructions in 8085 and 8086? 9. What are the main differences between microprocessor and microcontroller? 10. State the RAM organization of 8051. 11. State the significance of LOCK signal in 8086. 12. What are the functions of bus interface unit (BIU) in 8086? 13. What is clock frequency of 8086? Understand 1. Explain the different instruction formats of 8085 microprocessor? 2. Recognize the interfacing circuits are connected with cross assembler. 3. Explain the different instruction formats of 8086 microprocessor? 4. Classify and explain the differences between near jump and far jump. 5. Explain the different instruction formats of 8051 microcontroller? Apply 1. Write a program to convert a given 8-bit binary number into its Gray code equivalent. 2. Write a program to convert a given 8-bit binary number into its binary code equivalent. Analyze 1. How will you multiply two given numbers in 8085 microprocessor? 2. How will you interface microprocessor to a stepper motor? 3. How do you estimated the time of execution of a program? 4. Write the formula to convert binary number to hexadecimal. 5. Compare the two key lockout and N-key rollover modes in 8279? Evaluate 1. 2. Write a program to change a sequence of sixteen 2-byte numbers from ascending to descending order. The numbers are stored in the data segment. Store the new series at addresses starting from 6000H.Use the LIFO property of the stack. Evaluate the Hex codes for the following instructions, identify the opcodes and operands, and show the order of entering the codes in memory. a) STA 2050H b) JNZ 2070H. Create 1. 2. Write a program for data transfer from memory block B1 to memory block B2 using 8085. Specify the contents of the accumulator and the status of the CY flag when the following instructions are executed. MVI A, B7H ORA A RLC List of experiments 1. 8085 – Arithmetic operations. 2. 8085-code conversion 3. 8085-matrix multiplication. 4. 8086-Arithmetic operations. 5. 8086 – String manipulation, 6. Interfacing with 8085/8086 – 8255, 8253,8279,8251 7. 8051-Arithmetic operations. 8. 8051 Microcontroller based experiments – Simple assembly language programs (cross assembler required) 9. 8051 Microcontroller based experiments – Simple control applications (cross assembler required) 10. Mini project Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 110 Practical schedule Sl.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Experiments Hours 3 8085 – Arithmetic operations. 8085-code conversion 8085-matrix multiplication. 8086-Arithmetic operations. 8086 – String manipulation, Interfacing with 8085/8086 – 8255, 8253,8279,8251 8051-Arithmetic operations. 8051 Microcontroller based experiments – Simple assembly language programs (cross assembler required) 8051 Microcontroller based experiments – Simple control applications (cross assembler required) 6 3 6 6 3 3 3 Mini project 6 6 11Z509 COMPUTER NETWORKS LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To understand the overview of computer networks and data transmission. To understand the peer to peer communication application. To learn the socket programming to build a network application. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Skill Set Install and manage Windows, NetWare, and Linux/Unix server systems. Troubleshoot and repair network problems. Build a simple Web page/intranet. Assessment Pattern: Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Preparation Observation and Results Record Mini- Project / Model Examination / Viva Voce 10 15 10 End Semester Examination 15 20 - 15 15 50 50 Internal Assessment Total Remember 1. What are the functions of different OSI layers? 2. What is meant by subnet? 3. What is meant by gateway? 4. What is an IP address? 5. What is MAC address? 6. Define Raw Socket Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 111 7. What is a fork command? 8. What is meant by port? 9. What are ephemeral port number and well known port numbers? 10. What is a socket? 11. What are the parameters of socket ()? 12. Reproduce bind (), listen (), accept (), connect (), send () and recv (). 13. What are system calls? Mention few of them. 14. What is IPC? Name three techniques. 15. What type of protocol is BGP? 16. What type of protocol is OSPF? 17. What is Distance Vector Routing? 18. What is three way handshake? 19. List the disadvantages of stop and wait protocol. 20. Define bridges. 21. Define switches. 22. What is a router? 23. What is routing? 24. What is the role of DNS? 25. What type of transport protocol is used for DNS? Understand 1. Explain the CSMA/CD protocol with binary exponential back off algorithm used on internet. 2. Explain the DNS in terms of name space, resource record and name server. 3. Assume that a network can cover a distance of 5000 meters and the RTT is 100 sec of the network operates at a speed of 20Mbps. What should be the minimum frame size to employ CSMA / CD? 4. Given three IP addresses are 32.46.7.3, 200.132.110.35 and 140.75.8.92. Find their classes, network addresses, broadcast address and their subnet marks. 5. Draw the UDP header and explain its fields. 6. Explain the architecture of WWW as on client / server application. 7. Describe the various fields of TCP header. Apply / Analyze / Evaluate 1. Differentiate between broadcast networks and point to point networks. 2. Compare OSI and TCP / IP reference models on form of their merits and demerits. 3. How can we compute the host part of an IP address? Give an example with the IP address of your computer and its associated net mask. 4. Test the characteristics of an IP address. 5. Write a program to trace the port of a particular host. 6. Write a program to implement the daytime protocol. 7. Write a program to implement the echo client. 8. Demonstrate TCP/IP protocol. 9. Demonstrate UDP protocol. 10. Implement a chat server using TCP/IP protocol. Create 1. Given the class C network of 204.15.5.0/24, subnet the network in order to create the network in figure with the host requirements. 2. Create a VPN to connect to branch office of the department. What would be the preliminary requirement? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 112 List of Experiments 1. Study of Color coding Jack RJ45 and do the following Cabling works in a network a. Cable Crimping b. Standard Cabling c. Cross Cabling and d. Establish a LAN connection using three systems using any topology. 2. Configure IP Address in a system in LAN (TCP/IP Configuration) and Implement the client server communication using socket connection 3. Write a program for transferring a file between nodes in a network. 4. Perform Bit Stuffing and CRC computation. 5. By varying the no of frames, design the Sliding Window Protocol. 6. Simulation of ARP/RARP 7. Display the routing table for the nodes in a network using Distance Vector Routing (DVR) algorithm. 8. Find the minimum cost in the node to node communication by Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol. 9. Write a program for downloading a file from HTTP server. 10. Develop a client that contacts a given DNS server to resolve a given host name. Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Total: 45 Hours Practical Schedule S.No 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Experiment Study of Color coding Jack RJ45 and do the following Cabling works in a network a. Cable Crimping b. Standard Cabling c. Cross Cabling and d. Establish a LAN connection using three systems using any topology. Configure IP Address in a system in LAN (TCP/IP Configuration) and Implement the client server communication using socket connection Write a program for transferring a file between nodes in a network. Perform Bit Stuffing and CRC computation. By varying the no of frames, design the Sliding Window Protocol. Simulation of ARP/RARP Display the routing table for the nodes in a network using Distance Vector Routing (DVR) algorithm. Find the minimum cost in the node to node communication by Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol. Write a program for downloading a file from HTTP server. Develop a client that contacts a given DNS server to resolve a given host name. Hours 3 3 6 3 6 6 3 6 3 6 11Z510 TECHNICAL SEMINAR - I (Common to all branches) - - - 1.0 11Z601 WEB TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To study the scripting languages - XHTML, XML Java Script and PHP. To understand the server technologies. To understand the web services. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 113 d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Develop web based applications. Demonstrate the basics of web services. Demonstrate database connectivity. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 20 20 20 20 3 Apply 20 20 20 20 4 Analyze 20 10 10 10 5 Evaluate 10 10 10 10 6 Create 20 30 30 30 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is XHTML? 2. What are the differences between XML and HTML? 3. What is XHTML Validation? 4. How to create XHTML pages? 5. What are the advantages of XHTML? 6. State XHTML DTD? 7. How to convert most HTML pages to XHTML? 8. What is an XHTML element attribute? 9. What is the latest XHTML specification? 10. How to enter element content? 11. How to close an XHTML element? 12. What is the relation between XHTML and SGML? 13. What is the relation between XHTML and HTTP? Understand Identify and correct the errors in the following JavaScript code var x=1, total; while (x <=10) { Total += x; ++x; } 1. Describe session tracking in ASP. 2. Discuss the overview of XHTML and tools for creating XHTML document. 3. Discuss syntactic different between HTML and XHTML Apply 1. 2. 3. Write a JavaScript for the following statements. 1. Declare variables sum and x 2. Assign 1 to variable x Write a CSS that makes all text 1.5 times larger than the base font and color is red. Write PHP script to count the number of visitors and display it on webpage every time it is loaded. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 114 Analyze / Evaluate 1. Compare HTML, DHTML and XHTML. 2. Discriminate the overview of JavaScript and PHP. Create 1. Create an XHTML document using tags <p>, <strong>, <img>, hyperlink and <hr> 2. Build a web form that displays data from a database. Unit I Introduction to XHTML and XML Introduction – Editing XHTML – Headings – Linking - Images - Special characters and Horizon rules - Lists – Tables - Forms – Internal Linking- Meta Elements –Cascading Style Sheets – Introduction to XML – Structuring data – XML Namespaces – DTD – XML Name schema documents – XML Vocabularies – Extensible stylesheet language and XSL Transformations – DOM. 9 Hours XML and E-Commerce Unit II JavaScript Introduction to scripting – Control statements I, II – Functions: Definition – Random Number Generation – Global function – Recursion – Arrays: Declaring and allocating arrays – Multidimensional arrays – Objects : Math object – String object – Date object – Boolean, Number object – Document object –Window object - Events. 9 Hours JavaScript Example Unit III Internet Application Server Technologies Web server (IIS and Apache): Multitier Architecture – Client/ Server side scripting – Accessing web services – Microsoft IIS – Apache HTTP server – Database: Relational database - SQL – PHP: Basics – String and Form Processing – connecting to database – Ruby on Rails – Rail framework – Database driven web application. 9 Hours Introduction to MySQL Unit IV ASP .Net Introduction – creating and running a simple web form - Web controls – session tracking - case study: Connecting to a database in ASP.NET – ASP.NET Ajax. 9 Hours Case study: Secure books database application Unit V Web Services Introduction – Java web services Basics – Creating Publishing, Testing and describing web service – Consuming web service – SOAP – Session Tracking in web services – Consuming a Database driven web service from a web application – Passing an object of a User defined type to a web service 9 Hours REST – Based web services in ASP .Net Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) P.J. Deitel AND H.M. Deitel, Internet and World Wide Web – How to Program, Pearson Education, 2009 Reference(s) 1. Deitel, Deitel and Nieto, Internet and World Wide Web – How to Program, Pearson Education, 2002 2. Uttam K.Roy, Web Technologies,Oxford University Press, 2010 3. Rajkamal, Web Technology, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 115 11Z602 COMPILER DESIGN 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To understand, design and implement a lexical analyzer. To understand, design and implement a parser. To understand, design code generation schemes. To understand optimization of codes and runtime environment. Program Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Design lexical and syntax analysis phases of complier. Demonstrate the basic notions and techniques for programming language translation Demonstrate the basic notions and techniques for intermediate code generation. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 20 20 20 20 2 Understand 30 20 20 20 3 Apply 20 30 30 30 4 Analyze/Evaluate 20 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is compiler? 2. List down the parts of Compiler 3. What is the role of the parser? 4. What are the different types of parsers? 5. What is a silicon compiler? 6. Define Rational Preprocessors 7. What is Loader? 8. What is DAG? 9. Define function preserving transformation 10. Define Handle pruning The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 116 Understand 1. Explain the phases of a compiler 2. Summarize compiler construction tools. 3. Describe Predictive parser. 4. Convert the regular expression (a|b)*abb into DFA. 5. Outline the cousins of compiler. 6. Explain different types of three address code implementation. Apply 1. Consider the grammar A aBcC A aBb A aB A a, A Find the FIRST() and FOLLOW() 2. Consider the grammar S(L)|a LL,S|S Find parse tree for the (a, (a, a)) 3. Consider a grammar S cAd A ab | a Construct the recursive decent parser for the word ‗cad‘ 4. Consider the following grammar E E+T|T TTF|F F F* | a Construct the SLR Parsing table for the grammar 5. Construct the Canonical LR Parser for the following grammar S CC C cC Cd 6. Construct a DAG for the expression a * (b-c) + (b-c) / d Analyze / Evaluate 1. Show that the grammar S(L)|a L L , S | S is LL(1) 2. Differentiate Phase and Pass. 3. Distinguish NFA and DFA. Create 1. Construct minimum state DFA for the regular expression (a*|b*)* 2. Construct NFA for the following regular expression (a|b)*abb(a|b)* 3. Create DFA using direct method for the regular expression ((|a)b*)* Unit I Introduction to Compiler Compilers – Analysis of the source program – Phases of a compiler – Cousins of the Compiler – Grouping of Phases – Compiler construction tools – Lexical Analysis – Role of Lexical Analyzer – Input Buffering. 9 Hours Symbol tables Unit II Lexical Analysis Specification and Recognition of Tokens -Finite automata - Regular expression to finite automation- LEX Implementation of lexical analyzer using LEX-Optimization of DFA based Pattern Matchers. 9 Hours State minimization in lexical analyzers Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 117 Unit III Syntax Analysis Role of the parser –Writing Grammars –Context-Free Grammars –Top Down parsing – Recursive Descent Parsing – Predictive Parsing – Bottom-up parsing – Shift Reduce Parsing – Operator Precedent Parsing – LR Parsers – SLR Parser – Canonical LR Parser – LALR Parser. 9 Hours Parser generator –YACC Unit IV Intermediate Code Generation Intermediate languages – Declarations – Assignment Statements – Boolean Expressions – Case Statements – Back patching – Procedure calls. 9 Hours Syntax-directed definitions Unit V Code Generation & Code Optimization Issues in the design of code generator – The target machine – Runtime Storage management – Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs – Next-use Information – A simple code generator – Principal Sources of Optimization – Optimization of basic Blocks – Loops in flow graphs. 9 Hours Peephole optimization Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) Alfred Aho, Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D Ullman, Compilers Principles, Techniques and Tools, Pearson Education Asia, 2008 Reference(s) 1. Allen I. Holub, Compiler Design in C, Prentice Hall of India, 2003 2. C. N. Fischer and R. J. LeBlanc, Crafting a compiler with C, Benjamin Cummings, 2003 3. J.P. Bennet, Introduction to Compiler Techniques, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003 4. Henk Alblas and Albert Nymeyer, Practice and Principles of Compiler Building with C, PHI, 2001 5. Kenneth C. Louden, Compiler Construction: Principles and Practice, Thompson Learning, 2003 11Z603 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To study the image fundamentals and mathematical transforms. To study the image enhancement techniques. To learn about image compression techniques. Program Outcome(s) b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. Course Outcome(s) Specify the properties of the Image Transforms. Design and implement various filtering techniques. Determine the convolution and morphological operations. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 118 Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 20 30 20 20 10 100 20 30 20 20 10 100 Model Examination 20 30 20 20 10 100 End-Semester Examination 20 30 20 20 10 100 Remember 1. Define Image 2. List various morphological operations. 3. What is color model? 4. List the hardware oriented color models. 5. Give the applications of color models. 6. Specify the elements of DIP system. 7. Define weber ratio 8. Name the types of derivative filters. 9. Identify the properties of two-dimensional Discrete Fourier Transform. 10. State one dimensional convolution theorem. 11. What are the properties of Haar transform? 12. Define histogram. 13. Give the mask used for high boost filtering. Understand 1. Explain the categories of digital storage. 2. Explain the types of connectivity. 3. Explain separability property in two Dimensional Fourier transform. 4. Explain the categories of image enhancement. 5. Explain homogeneity property in Linear Operator. 6. Outline the various image representation approaches. 7. Summarize the measures used in region descriptors. Analyze 1. Classify data compression techniques. 2. Derive the relation for one dimensional discrete wavelet transform. 3. Derive the formula for correlation of 1D continuous function. 4. Derive the relation for one dimensional DCT. 5. Differentiate photopic and scotopic vision. 6. Differentiate linear spatial filter and non-linear spatial filter. 7. Give the difference between Enhancement and Restoration. Evaluate 1. Find the number of bits required to store a 256 X 256 image with 32 gray levels? 2. Determine whether the system described by the following input-output relation is linear or not. y (n1,n2)=nx(n1,n2) Create 1. Read an image and perform histogram equalization of the input image and analyze the result. 2. Read a grayscale image and convert it into a binary image using hard thresholding. Make the threshold value as a user-defined parameter. Vary the threshold and observe the result. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 3. 4. 5. 6. 119 Write the steps involved in frequency domain filtering. Write the expression to find the number of bits to store a digital image. Write an equation for singular value decomposition of an image. Write the formula for negative and log transformation. Unit I Digital Image Fundamentals Introduction –origins- fundamental steps in digital image processing – components of an image processing – elements of visual perception – Image sensing and acquisition – image sampling and quantization – Relationships between pixels – mathematical tools in digital image processing 9 Hours Examples of Fields that uses Digital Image Processing Unit II Image Enhancement Intensity Transformation Functions – Histogram processing – spatial filtering – Smoothing spatial filtering: linear and nonlinear filters – sharpening spatial filtering: Laplacian- Unsharp Masking. 9 Hours Combining Spatial Enhancement Methods Unit III Image Restoration Image Degradation/ Restoration Process – Noise Models – Mean filters – order statistic filters- adaptive filters – noise reduction by frequency domain filtering – Linear, position - Invariant degradations – Estimating degradation function – Inverse filtering – wiener filtering –Constrained least squares filtering – Geometric mean filter. 9 Hours Color Transformations Unit IV Image Segmentation Fundamentals – Point Detection – Line Detection – Edge Detection – Thresholding – region Based segmentation: Region Growing – Region Splitting and Merging – Morphological watershed segmentation. 9 Hours The use of Motion in Segmentation Unit V Image Representation and Description Boundary Following - chain codes – Polygonal Approximations using Minimum Perimeter Polygons – other Polygonal Approximation Approaches – Signatures – Boundary Segments – Skeletons - Boundary descriptors – Regional Descriptors – Principal components for Description – Relational Descriptors. 9 Hours Recognition Based on Decision Theoretic Methods Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Rafael C Gonzalez, Richard E Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2009 Reference(s) 1. 2. 3. 4. William K Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Willey, 2007 Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, Image Processing Analysis and Machine Vision, Thompson Learning, 2008 S.Jayaraman, S.Esakkirajan and T.Veerakumar, Digital Image Processing, Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, 2009 Bhabatosh Chanda, D. Dutta Majumder, Digital Image Processing and Analysis, Prentice Hall of India, 2011 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 120 11Z604 .NET TECHNOLOGIES 3 0 1 3.5 Objective(s) To impart the fundamental concepts of C# and .NET To learn to create and populate windows forms. To use .NET components in a windows forms application. To incorporate accessibility features to a Windows forms application. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. Course Outcome(s) Solve the basic design problems using object and classes in C#. Demonstrate the concepts of OOPs. Design application programs using .Net Components. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model Test I Test II (New Version) Examination 1 Remember 20 20 20 2 Understand 20 20 20 3 Apply 30 30 30 4 Analyze/Evaluate 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is .NET framework? 2. What is an alias? 3. Define numeric formatting. 4. Give two example of typical use of enum type values. 5. What is nesting of structures? Understand 1. Describe the benefits of delegates. 2. Identify the steps required to creating window forms. 3. What is the use of inclusion polymorphism? End-Semester Examination 20 20 30 20 10 100 Apply 1. Develop a method to accept a number and return its cube using object and classes. 2. Write a program to compute Nth term in the Fibonacci sequence using interface. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Write a Program to demonstrate multicast delegates with events. 2. How does C# differ from C++? 3. Compare private constructors and copy constructors. Create 1. Create console based application using two classes. 2. Write a windows application in C# for emulating very basic calculator operations. 3. Create a program to retrieving environment information using ADO.NET. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 121 Unit I Basics of C# and .NET Introducing C#: The .NET Framework - Language Style - Basic Programming Techniques: Simple C# Program Namespaces and Types - Comments - Variables - Expressions - Flow Control - Iteration Statements - Methods Abstracting Ideas with Classes and Structs: Divide and Conquer - Defining Classes - Constructors - Overloading. Static Constructors 9 Hours Unit II C# and OOPS Extensibility and Polymorphism: Replacing Methods - Inheritance -Interfaces - Delegates: Functional Composition Generic Actions and Predicates - Lambda Expressions - Properties – Notifying Clients with Events - Dealing with Errors - Arrays. 9 Hours Boxing and Unboxing Unit III Collection Classes and Files & Streams Collection Classes - String: Formatting Data Output - Composing Strings - Manipulating Text - Encoding Characters - Files and Streams: Manipulating File Path - I/O Files - Streams - Stream Buffers. Asynchronous File Operations 9 Hours Unit IV Networking and Database Networking: Network Technology - Windows Communication Foundation - Databases: The .NET Data Access Entity Data Model - Queries - Object Context - Attributes and Reflection. 9 Hours WFC Data Services Unit IV Web Programming and Windows Forms Windows Presentation Foundation and Silverlight: Xaml and Objects - Elements and Controls - Control Templates Data Binding - Programming ASP.NET - Windows Forms: Creating and Controls. 9 Hours Data Templates Total: 45 +15 Hours Textbook(s) Jesse Liberty, Programming C# 4.0, O‘Reilly Publications, 2010 Reference(s) 1. Herbert Schildt, C# 4.0: Complete Reference, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010 2. E.Balagurusamy, Programming in C#, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010 3. Ben Albahari and Joseph Albahari, C#, O‘Reilly Publications, 2010 11Z605 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To know the principles and methods of conventional and advanced encryption algorithms. To learn the techniques used for message authentication and confidentiality maintenance. To understand the network security tools and applications. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 122 Programme Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate the functionalities of Network Security Application. Analyze and implement the cryptographic algorithms and protocols. Demonstrate the concepts of public key cryptosystems. Design algorithms for Internet security. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 20 20 20 20 3 Apply 20 20 20 20 4 Analyze/Evaluate 40 40 40 40 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define cipher text 2. What are the essential ingredients of a symmetric cipher? 3. What are the two basic functions used in encryption algorithms? 4. What is the difference between a block cipher and a stream cipher? 5. When an encryption algorithm is said to be computationally secure? 6. Define Caesar cipher 7. What is the difference between differential and linear cryptanalysis? 8. What is traffic padding? 9. State fermat‘ s theorem. 10. Specify the application of public key cryptography. 11. What is message authentication? 12. Differentiate MAC and Hash function 13. Define Kerberos 14. What are the services provided by PGP? 15. Define key Identifier 16. Define S/MIME 17. Name the elements of MIME? Understand 1. How many keys are required for two people to communicate via a cipher? 2. What are the two approaches of attacking a cipher? 3. Mention the importance of feistel cipher? 4. Why is it not practical to use an arbitrary reversible substitution cipher? 5. How many bytes in State are affected by Shift Rows? 6. Why is it not desirable to reuse a stream cipher key? 7. List ways in which secret keys can be distributed to two communicating parties. 8. Differentiate public key encryption and conventional encryption. Apply 1. Determine the gcd(24140,16762) using Euclid‘s algorithm. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 123 2. 3. Perform encryption and decryption using RSA algorithm. For the following.P=7; q=11; e=17; M=8. User A & B exchange the key using Diffie-Hellman algorithm. Assume a=5 q=11 XA=2 XB=3. Find YA, YB, K 4. List the evaluation criteria defined by NIST for AES. 5. Show that if K>0, then GCD (ka,kb)=K GCD (a,b) Analyze / Evaluate 1. Apply the MAC on the cryptographic checksum method to authenticate build confidentiality of the message where the authentication is tied to message .M=8376, K1=4892, K2=53624071. 2. Perform encryption/decryption using RSA algorithm for the following: p=3, q=11, e=7, m=5. 3. Given the key "MONARCHY" apply play fair to pain text "FACTIONALISM" to ensure confidentially at the destination, decrypt the cipher text and establish authenticity. Create 1. Construct firewall mechanism for ensuring the protection of nodes in IP based Environment. Unit I Introduction Computer Security Concepts - OSI Security Architecture - Security Attacks – Services – Mechanisms - Model for Network Security - Classical Encryption Techniques - Symmetric Cipher Model - Substitution - Transposition Techniques - Basic Concepts in Number Theory and Finite Fields - Divisibility and Division Algorithm - Euclidean Algorithm - Modular Arithmetic - Polynomial Arithmetic. 9 Hours Digital Watermarking and Steganography Unit II Symmetric Ciphers Block Cipher Principles - Data Encryption Standard (DES) - DES Example - Strength of DES - Differential and Linear Cryptanalysis - Block Cipher Design Principles - Advanced Encryption Standard(AES) – Structure - Round Functions - Key Expansion - AES Example - Pseudorandom Number Generation and Stream Ciphers - RC4. 9 Hours International Data Encryption Algorithm (IDEA) Unit III Asymmetric Ciphers & Key Management Prime Numbers - Fermat's and Euler's Theorems - Testing for Primality - Discrete Logarithms - Public-Key Cryptography and RSA - Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange - Key Management and Distribution - Symmetric Key Distribution Using Asymmetric Encryption - Distribution of Public Keys - X.509 Certificates - Public Key Infrastructure. 9 Hours Chinese reminder theorem Unit IV Cryptographic Data Integrity Algorithms Cryptographic Hash Functions - Applications - Two Simple Hash Functions - Requirements and Security Hash Functions based on Cipher Block Chaining - Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) - SHA-3 - Message Authentication Codes - Requirements – Functions - Security of MACs - MACs based on Hash Functions: HMAC - Digital Signatures - Digital Signature Standard (DSS) - Kerberos. 9 Hours Electronic Commerce Security Unit V Network and Internet Security Transport Level Security - Web Security Issues - Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) - Transport Layer Security (TLS)HTTPS - Secure Shell (SSH) - Electronic Mail Security - Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) - S/MIME - IP Security Firewalls. 9 Hours Viruses and worms Total: 45 +15 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 124 Textbook(s) William Stallings, Cryptography and Network security Principles and Practices, 5th edition, Pearson Education, 2010 Reference(s) 1. William Stallings, Network security essentials – application and standards, Prentice Hall of India , 2010 2. Charles P.Fleeger, Shari Lawrence P.Fleeger, Security in computing, Prentice Hall of India, 2009 3. W. Mao, Modern Cryptography – Theory and Practice, Pearson Education, 2007 4. Wade Trappe, Lawrence C Washington, Introduction to Cryptography with coding theory, Pearson Education, 2007 11Z607 WEB TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To provide an opportunity to practice various Scripts like HTML, XML and JavaScript. To design the Web application using CSS and Built in functions. To enable the students to work with server side programming using Servlets. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Skill Set Develop XHTML, XML, Java Script and PHP. Develop web applications. Demonstrate database connectivity. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy Internal End-semester (New Version) Assessment Examination Preparation 10 15 Observation and Results 15 20 Record 10 MiniProject / Model 15 15 Examination / Viva Voce 50 50 RememberTotal 1. What is Hyper Text Markup Language? 2. Define extensible HTML 3. What is Dynamic HTML? 4. What is style sheet? 5. List the different types of style sheets. 6. What is Java Script? 7. Give the difference between HTML and XHTML 8. Define client side scripting 9. What is server side scripting? Understand 1. How to develop a web page? 2. Classify the different filters and transitions. 3. Compare relative URL and absolute URL. 4. How to validate the form using scripting? 5. Describe the implementation of the filter and transition effects. 6. How does java script useful in web page creation? 7. How will you use cookies in server side programming? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 125 Describe the usage of input tags used in a XHTML form with example. Demonstrate the XHTML tags used for formatting text and Table. Design XML to maintain Library information. Find the error with the following, while repetition structure in JavaScript code. While (z>=0) Sum += z; Analyze / Evaluate 1. Differentiate application server and web server. 2. Criticize a servlet program to open a Text file for reading it from the client side. 3. Evaluate the administration of IIS. 4. Compare HTML and XML 5. Distinguish the difference between JDBC and ODBC. Create 1. Develop a mini project for any web application. 2. Design a XHTML document by connecting with Database. List of Programs 1. Develop the XHTML document using Text styling, Linking, Images, Lists, Table. 2. Create an XHTML document that has a form with text box, Radio Button, Selection box, Checkbox, Submit and reset buttons 3. Implement Cascading Style Sheets using XHTML document. 4. Write JavaScript for control statements 5. Generate JavaScript for arrays and functions 6. Create and save an XML document at the server, which contains 10 users information. Write a program which takes User Id as input and returns the user details by taking the user information from the XML document. 7. Write AJAX program a. Displaying text file b. XML file 8. Program with ASP .net by connecting with SQL a. Create login form to enter into website b. Building web form that displays data from a database 9. Process XHTML Forms using PHP program by GET and POST methods 10. Creating, Publishing, Testing and describing a web service. Total: 45 Hours Practical Schedule S.No Experiment Hours 1. Develop the XHTML document using Text styling, Linking, Images, Lists, Table. 2. Create an XHTML document that has a form with text box, Radio Button, Selection box, Checkbox, Submit and reset buttons 3. Implement Cascading Style Sheets using XHTML document. 4. Write JavaScript for control statements 5. Generate JavaScript for arrays and functions 6. Create and save an XML document at the server, which contains 10 users information. Write a program which takes User Id as input and returns the user details by taking the user information from the XML document. 7. Write AJAX program a. Displaying text file b. XML file 8. Program with ASP .net by connecting with SQL a. Create login form to enter into website b. Building web form that displays data from a database 9. Process XHTML Forms using PHP program by GET and POST methods 6 3 10. Creating, Publishing, Testing and describing a web service. 6 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 126 11Z608 COMPILER DESIGN LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To understand, design and implement a lexical analyzer. To understand, design and implement a parser. To understand and design code generation schemes. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Skill Set Design lexical and syntax analysis phases of complier. Demonstrate the basic notions and techniques for programming language translation Demonstrate the basic notions and techniques for intermediate code generation. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy Internal End Semester (New Version) assessment Examination Preparation 10 15 Observation and Results 15 20 Record 10 Mini –Project/Model 15 15 Examination/Viva-Voce Total 50 50 Remember 1. What is DAG? 2. Define Tokens, Pattern and Lexemes. 3. What is a method to build a lexical analyzer? 4. What is the purpose of attributes for tokens? 5. Write the different approaches to the implementation of lexical analyzer 6. Write the different intermediate code representations Understand 1. Explain the phases of a compiler 2. Summarize compiler construction tools 3. Convert the regular expression (a|b)*abb into DFA. 4. Outline the cousins of compiler Apply 1. Consider the grammar A aBcC A aBb A aB A a, A Find the FIRST() and FOLLOW() 2. Consider the following grammar E E+T|T T T *F | F F (E) | id Construct the Predictive parser table for the grammar 3. Construct the Canonical LR Parser for the following grammar S CC C cC Cd 4. Construct a DAG for the expression a * (b-c) + (b-c) / d 5. Translate the expression –(a+b) * (c+d) into quadruples Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 127 Analyze/Evaluate 1. Show that the grammar S(L)|a L L , S | S is LL(1) 2. Show that the following grammar S Aa | bAc | Bc | bBa Ad B d is Canonical LR(1). 3. Compare SLR, CLR and LALR parsers Create 1. Construct minimum state DFA for the regular expression (a*|b*)* 2. Construct NFA for the following regular expression (a|b)*abb(a|b)* 3. Create DFA using direct method for the regular expression ((|a)b*)* List of Experiments 1. Implementation of Simple Lex and Yacc programs 2. Implementation of Lexical Analyzer using C 3. Finding the FIRST and FOLLOW of the non-terminals in a grammar 4. Construction of Top-Down Predictive Parsing Table for a grammar 5. Show the execution of Shift Reduce Parsing Algorithm for an input 6. Identify the leading and trailing symbols of non-terminals in an operator grammar 7. Construct the precedence relationship table of an arithmetic expression using operator precedence algorithm 8. Generation of Intermediate Code for an expression 9. Construction of DAG representation for an expression Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Mini Project Total: 45 Hours Practical Schedule SI.No Experiment Hours 1. Implementation of Simple Lex and Yacc programs 3 2. 3. 4. 5. 10. 6. 11. 7. 12. 8. 13. 9. 10. Implementation of Lexical Analyzer using C Finding the FIRST and FOLLOW of the non-terminals in a grammar Construction of Top-Down Predictive Parsing Table for a grammar Show the execution of Shift Reduce Parsing Algorithm for an input Identify the leading and trailing symbols of non-terminals in an operator grammar Construct the precedence relationship table of an arithmetic expression using operator precedence algorithm Generation of Intermediate Code for an expression Construction of DAG representation for an expression Mini project 6 3 3 6 3 6 6 3 6 11Z609 TECHNICAL SEMINAR - II (Common to all branches) - - - 1.0 11O701 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS (Common to all branches) 3 0 0 3 Objective(s) To understand the basics of Micro and Macro Economics. To understand the methods by which Demand Forecasting, Cost Analysis, Pricing and Financial Accounting are done in the Industry. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 128 Programme Outcome(s) a) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. b) Function ethically and responsibly, and to remain informed and involved as full participants in our profession and our society. Course Outcome(s)s Costing of products and services. Market Analysis. Assessment pattern S. No. Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Test I Test II† Model Examination† End Semester Examination 1 2 3 4 5 Remember Understand Apply Analyze/ Evaluate Create Total 20 30 20 20 10 100 20 30 20 20 10 100 20 30 20 20 10 100 20 30 20 20 10 100 † Remember 1. Define Economics 2. Define Managerial Economics 3. What are the branches of Economics? 4. What are the two methodologies used for Investigation in Economics? 5. Name the other disciplines which are linked to Managerial Economics. 6. List the theories that explain the basic Objective(s) of a firm. 7. What are the basic concepts in Decision making? 8. What are the types of decisions a manager is expected to make? 9. What are the techniques used in the process of decision making? 10. What is opportunity cost? 11. What is Demand? 12. What are the types of Demand? 13. What are the variations in the nature of Demand? 14. State the law of Demand. 15. What are the factors determining Demand? 16. Define Elasticity of Demand. 17. State the different degrees of elasticity of Demand? 18. What are the factors determining Elasticity of Demand? 19. State the Law Of Diminishing Marginal Utility. 20. What is Consumer Equilibrium? 21. List the factors effecting Demand Forecasting. 22. What methods will you use for forecasting demand for a new product? 23. Define Cost. 24. What is a semi variable cost? 25. What are fixed costs? 26. Define Short Run and Long Run costs. 27. Define Optimum Size of a Firm. 28. Define Replacement Cost and Historic Cost. † The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. What is a Monopoly? What is an Oligopoly? What is Price Discrimination? What are the reasons for Price Discrimination? What are the advantages of Price Discrimination? Define Oligopoly in terms of market share. Name the two types of Oligopoly. What are the Objective(s) of Pricing? What are the two basic methods of Pricing? What is Market Skimming? What is sealed bid pricing? Define Accounting. What are the uses of accounting? What is a Balance Sheet? Definitions of key words used in Financial Statements. What is inflation? Understand 1. Explain the nature and scope of Economics. 2. Differentiate between Macro and Micro economics 3. List and explain the focus areas of Managerial economics. 4. Give reasons why Mangers aim to Maximize Sales even at the cost of a lower profit. 5. Explain the steps in the decision making process. 6. Differentiate between Mechanistic and Analytical Decision making with examples. 7. Explain Giffens Paradox. 8. Explain with examples, exceptions to the Law of Demand. 9. Explain the nature of Demand. 10. Differentiate between Extension and Increase in Demand. 11. What is the significance of Elasticity of Demand? 12. Differentiate between Point and Arc Elasticity of Demand. 13. What are the assumptions made when talking about the Law of Diminishing Marginal Utility? 14. Explain the characteristics of the Indifference Curve with examples. 15. Explain the concepts of consumer‘s equilibrium and consumers‘ surplus with examples. 16. Can Demand Forecasting principles be applied to Services? Substantiate your answer with an example. 17. What is the difference between Accounting Cost and Economic Cost? Explain with an example. 18. Match the following type of question between Cost Concepts and their Basis of Distinction 19. Why is a study of Cost-Output Relationship necessary for a good Manager? 20. How is Incremental cost different from Sunk Cost? 21. Differentiate between Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition. 22. Explain the concept of a Perfect Market and its features. 23. Explain Total Revenue, Average Revenue and Marginal Revenue. 24. Distinguish between Cost and Price. 25. Explain with an appropriate diagram, the mechanism of pricing in a Perfectly Competitive Market. 26. Explain the role of Time in price determination. 27. Under what conditions can a firm charge different prices for the same products? 28. What are the characteristic features of an oligopoly industry ? 29. What causes Oligopoly? 30. Why does a firm need to have a Pricing Policy? 31. Explain the types and features of Cost Based Pricing. 32. Explain the types and features of Demand Based Pricing. 33. Explain the types and features of Strategy Based Pricing. 34. Under what conditions does a company go in for Cross Subsidization pricing? 35. Explain the Business Entity concept. 36. What are the advantages of Double-entry Book-keeping? 37. What is the role of the Central bank in controlling inflation? 129 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 130 Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Compare the merits and demerits of the Deductive Method and the Inductive Method of Investigation. Explain decisions based on the degree of certainty of the outcome with examples. Problems involving Marginal and Incremental Costs. Problems concerning Elasticity of Demand. Problems using statistical methods for Demand Forecasting. Problem – Calculate and plot Average Variable Cost, Average Total Cost, Marginal Cost and find the optimal production volume. 7. Give examples of products falling under the various kinds of Competition, and the reasons they are able to survive in the market. 8. Give six examples of products that fall under Monopolistic Competitive pricing. 9. Give six examples of products that fall under Oligopolistic pricing. 10. Pick any six Consumer Items and based on your knowledge of the markets, explain the pricing method that you think is most likely to have been followed for each of these items. 11. Compare the types of information that one can derive from a Balance Sheet and a P&L Statement. Analyze 1. ―The per-capita income of farmers in the country has to be raised by 20% this year to prevent their migration to cities‖. Analyze this statement from the point of view of Positive and Normative Economics. 2. Decision making improves with age and experience. Discuss. 3. Do a survey of the automotive (only cars) industry and analyze the reasons and timing for discounts offered from the point of view of elasticity of demand. 4. What are the methods you would adopt to forecast demand for an industrial product? Assuming that the actual demand versus forecast is very high, what would the most likely reason be for failure of the forecast? 5. ―Most of the cost concepts are overlapping and repetitive‖. Yes or No? Substantiate your answer with reasons. 6. How would you modify a sealed bid pricing system to take care of different technical approaches by different bidders for a project for which bids are called for, given that the cost varies depending on the technical approach? 7. What are the steps you would take to control inflation? Create 1. Create a matrix consolidating the definitions of the word ―Economics‖ as defined by the leading Economists in the prescribed Textbook(s). Using this define economics the way you understand it, in less than 50 words. 2. Study the price of a commodity over a period of one year and explain the possible reasons for the fluctuations from an economist‘s point of view. 3. You are in a job which is paying you adequately. You are called for an interview for a job that double your salary. Unfortunately you miss the only train that will take you in time for the interview. How will you justify the cost of taking a flight considering the cost concepts you have learnt. 4. Due to cancellation of an export order, you are stuck with a huge stock of jeans of international quality. Device a pricing strategy for disposing this stock without incurring a loss, considering that it is a very competitive market. (Question paper will contain at least 50% marks on numerical problems) Unit I Introduction Introduction to Economics, Kinds of Economic Systems, Production Possibility Frontier, Opportunity Cost, Objective of Organizations, Kinds of Organizations, Business Decision Making, Legal rights and responsibilities of types of Organizations. 9 Hours Unit II Demand and Supply Functions of Demand & Supply, Law of Demand and Supply, Elasticity of Demand, Demand Forecasting Methods, Price Equilibrium Role of logistics in managing supply and demand. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 131 Unit III Production and Cost Production Function, Returns to Scale, Economies & Diseconomies of scale, Fixed Cost, Variable Cost, Average Costs, Cost Curves, Break Even point, Law of diminishing Marginal Utility Costing of a product during the stages of its life cycle 9 Hours Unit IV Pricing & Market Structure Components of Pricing, Methods of Pricing, Return on Investment, Payback Period, Market Structure and Pricing, Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly, Monopolistic, Non price competition, E-commerce. The secure payment process in e-commerce. 9 Hours Unit V Introduction to Macro Economics & Financial Accounting National Income – GDP, Per Capita Income, Inflation, Stagflation, Deflation, Business Cycle, Stabilization Policies, Direct Taxes, Indirect Taxes, Balance of Payment. Accounting - Terminology, Book Keeping, P&L, Balance Sheet. Role of Central Excise and Customs 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. A. Ramachandra Aryasri and V V Ramana Murthy, Engineering Economics and Financial Accounting, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited , New Delhi, 2006. Reference(s) 1. V L Samuel Paul and G S Gupta, Managerial Economics – Concepts and Cases, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1981. 2. S N Maheswari, Financial and Management Accounting, Sultan Chand. 3. R Kesavan, C Elanchezhian and T Sunder Selwyn, Engineering Economics and Financial Accounting, Laxmi Publication (P) Ltd , New Delhi, 2005. 11Z702 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING SYSTEMS 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To know the various distributed computing system strategies. To understand the levels of message passing and call semantics. To learn the architecture of Remote Procedure Call. To be aware of the transaction models and deadlocks. To understand the purpose and categories of clock synchronization. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think 0creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Determine the basic client server communication. Design and implement a distributed system over other networks. Diagnose the cause of defects in the deadlocks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 132 Assessment pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 20 20 20 20 3 Apply 20 20 20 20 4 Analyze/Evaluate 30 30 30 30 5 Create 20 20 20 20 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define distributed systems 2. List the types of transparencies. 3. What are the uses of web services? 4. Why we need openness? 5. What is meant by interprocess Communication? 6. Illustrate how thin client are implemented 7. What are the characteristic of network hidden by stream abstraction?. 8. Give examples of distributed systems. 9. Define domain name 10. What are the different types of distributed file system available? 11. Define directory services. 12. What is meant by Berkeley algorithm? 13. What is referred as closure mechanism? 14. List the uses of linking mounting. 15. Define global State 16. What are the layers present in name space distribution? 17. State the advantages of user level threads. 18. What is the principle of server management? 19. What is stub generation? 20. Define metadata. Understand 1. Compare intranet and internet. 2. Explain in detail about marshalling. 3. How process allocation strategies can be divided? 4. Explain in detail about Remote Procedure call with a case study. 5. Describe the principles involved in group communication? 6. Explain about file server architecture. 7. Write the short notes on distributed mutual exclusion and elections. 8. How Lock Management is done in distributed DBMS? 9. How the Capture step is implemented? 10. Explain several refinements suggested by the observations made by Two-Phase commit protocol Apply 1. Write the various ways of doing caching in client memory. 2. Illustrate the trends in DFS. 3. What are the three basic observations made by Two-Phase commit protocol in detail? 4. Why we need Gate way Protocol? Give some examples. 5. Write the characteristic of network hidden by stream abstraction. 6. Demonstrate in detail about the election algorithm The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 133 Analyze 1. Differentiate networking and internetworking. 2. Differentiate RMI and RPC. 3. Write some of the potential bottlenecks that should be avoided in very large distributed systems. 4. What are the Characteristics of Centralized algorithms? 5. Difference between monolithic and micro kernels 6. How remote procedure call is made. 7. What is stub? How is it generated? 8. What are the elements involved in the implementation of RPC? Evaluate 1. Explain the buffered vs. unbuffered primitives in detail 2. Explain the different types of addressing used in a client server model 3. Why do we need Synchronization in Distributed Systems? Create 1. Discuss in detail about domain name services 2. Based on what conditions we can assign time to all the events in a Distributed Systems. 3. Discuss how the thread packages are implemented. 4. Write the short notes Distributed mutual exclusion and elections Unit I Basic Concepts Characterization of Distributed Systems – Examples – Resource Sharing and the Web – Challenges – System Models – Architectural and Fundamental Models – Networking and Internetworking – Types of Networks – Network Principles- Internet Protocols. 9 Hours Ethernet and WiFi Unit II Interprocess Communication and Distributed Objects Interprocess Communication – The API for the Internet Protocols – External Data Representation and Marshalling – Client –Server Communication – Group Communication – Case Study – Distributed Objects and Remote Invocation – Communication Between Distributed Objects – Remote Procedure Call – Events and Notifications. 9 Hours Interprocess communication in UNIX and Java RMI Unit III Distributed Transactions and Concurrency Control Transactions - Locks - Optimistic Concurrency Control - Timestamp Ordering - Comparison - Flat and Nested Distributed Transactions - Atomic Commit Protocols - Concurrency Control in Distributed Transactions - Distributed Deadlocks - Transaction Recovery. 9 Hours Transactions with replicated data Unit IV Resource Management Time and Global States-Introduction-Clocks, Events and Process states-Synchronizing physical clocks-Logical time and logical clocks-Global states-Distributed debugging-Coordination and Agreement-Introduction-Distributed mutual exclusion-Elections Algorithm- Multicast communication-Consensus and related problems. 9 Hours Amoeba- Mach. Unit V Distributed File System and Name Services Distributed File Systems-Introduction-File service architecture-Network File System- Name Services – introduction Name Services and the Domain Name System-Directory Services. Sun network file system – Global name service 9 Hours Total: 45 +15 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 134 Textbook(s) George Coulouris, Jean Dollimore and Tim Kindberg, Distributed Systems Concepts and Design, Pearson Education, 2010 Reference(s) 1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Maartenvan Steen, Distibuted Systems, Principles and Paradigms, Pearson Education, 2004 2. Mugesh Singhal, Niranjan G Shivaratri, Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems, Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2001 3. M. L. Liu, Distributed Computing Principles and Applications, Pearson Education, 2004 11Z703 OBJECT ORIENTED ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To learn how to identify objects, relationships, services and attributes through UML . To get familiarized on object oriented design process. To built a conceptual model during analysis and design. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate the functional behavior of UML diagrams Recognize the concepts and notations used for finding Objects and classes Depict the utility of Object Oriented Methodologies Determine the factors of Object Oriented Design Process Assessment Pattern Model Bloom’s Taxonomy End-semester S.No. (New Version) Test I Test II Examination Exam 1 Remember 10 10 20 20 2 Understand 20 20 10 10 3 Apply 30 20 20 20 4 Analyze 20 20 20 20 5 Evaluate 10 20 10 10 6 Create 10 10 20 20 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define object 2. What is unified approach? 3. What is generalization? 4. Define class hierarchy 5. What are object relationship and associations? 6. Define object persistence The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 135 7. Define meta-class 8. Define collaboration 9. What is meant by Pattern? 10. What is frame work? 11. List the steps involved in Macro development process of Booch methodology 12. What is meant by persistence? 13. Name the UML graphical diagrams. 14. What is a Package? 15. Define use-case 16. List the approaches used to identify classes. 17. Mention the guidelines for naming a class. Understand 1. Describe the various Object Oriented Concepts. 2. Describe the Object oriented Systems Development life cycle. 3. Summarize the Rumbaugh‘s Object Modeling Technique. 4. Explain the concepts of Booch Methodology. 5. Explain the importance of Noun phrase approach. Apply 1. Design an Interaction diagram for checking the deposit of the banking system. 2. Construct the use case and class diagrams for Library management system. Analyze 1. Construct a state transition diagram to depict the following: A telephone can be idle or active. Initially it is idle. When it is lifted off the hook by a valid subscriber, the dial tone starts playing and the telephone becomes active. When it is active the dial tone plays or in the midst of connecting/talking. 2. Identify and describe the steps for preparing a use-case model. 3. Recognize the concepts and notations used for finding Objects and Classes. 4. Illustrate the application of generalization and specialization principles to discover super class/subclass relationships. Evaluate 1. Evaluate the concept and importance of unified approach. 2. Evaluate the need of UML diagrams in the real time Applications Create 1. Create the model-proceedings of view layer classes in design phase. 2. Generate the test cases and impacts of object orientation on testing. Unit I Introduction Overview of Object Oriented Systems Development-Orthogonal views of the software- object oriented system development methodology- object orientation - unified approach - Object Basics – Object Oriented Systems Development Life Cycle. 9 Hours Use case driven approach, Identification of potential Objects and Classes. Unit II Object Oriented Methodologies Rumbaugh Methodology - Booch Methodology - Jacobson Methodology - Patterns – Frameworks – Unified Approach – Unified Modeling Language – Use case - class diagram - Interactive Diagram - Package Diagram Collaboration Diagram - State Diagram - Activity Diagram. 9 Hours UML extensibility and meta model, Shaler/Mellor - Coad/Yourdon methodologies Unit III Object Oriented Analysis Identifying use cases - Object Analysis- Classification Theory –Approaches for identifying classes –Noun phrase approach-common class patterns approach- use case driven approach-classes, responsibilities and collaborators Identifying Object relationships - Attributes and Methods. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 136 Development of prototypes and validation Unit IV Object Oriented Design Object oriented Design process and Design axioms - Corollaries - Design patterns - Designing Classes – OOD philosophy – process - UML object constraint - Class visibility – Refining Attributes – Designing methods and protocols - Access Layer - Object Storage - Object Interoperability. 9 Hours Object oriented database management systems Unit V Software Quality and Usability View layer - Designing Interface Objects – User interface design as a creative process- Designing View layer classes – Macro level process – Micro level process – Purpose of view layer interface - Software Quality Assurance – System Usability. 9 Hours Measuring User Satisfaction, Managing Object Oriented Development Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Ali Bahrami, Object Oriented Systems Development, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010 Reference(s) 1. James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson and Grady Booch, The Unified Modeling Language Reference Manual, Addison Wesley, 2006 2. Martin Fowler, UML Distilled, PHI/Pearson Education, 2002 3. Stephen R. Schach, Introduction to Object Oriented Analysis and Design, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003 4. Hans-Erik Eriksson, Magnus Penker, Brain Lyons and David Fado, UML Toolkit, OMG Press Wiley Publishing Inc., 2004 11Z704 BUSINESS COMPONENT TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To impart in-depth knowledge of JAVA, CORBA and .Net Components. To understand the fundamental properties of components, technology, architecture and middleware. To understand the Component Frameworks and development Architecture. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the software life cycle model. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhances the educational experience. Course Outcome(s) Design of components using JAVA, CORBA and .Net. Analyze the complexity of the components and their relativity. Develop middleware components. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Assessment Pattern S.no Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) 1 Remember 2 Understand 3 Apply 4 Analyze /Evaluate 5 Create Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 Total 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is Software Component? 2. What are objects? 3. Write down the notes of Middleware components. 4. Give the details about the java beans. 5. Define the object realization. 6. Give an example of middleware. Give details of JAR Files. 7. List out the Active x controls. 8. What is OLE Containers and servers? 9. What is black box component based development? 10. Give the details about component testing tools. 11. Define software component 12. State the need of callbacks. 13. Define thread with an example 14. What is introspection? Where it is used? 15. What is ORB? 16. Give account on IDL. 17. List the benefits of COM. 18. What is reflection? 19. How contexts are created in a .NET framework? 20. List the components of EJB containers. 21. What is the reusable component technology? 22. What are the fundamental properties of the component development? Understand 1. How the software component tested? 2. Give the details about the Enterprise Java Beans development. 3. Compare the DOM vs. DCOM. 4. What is meant by Appdomains? 5. Give the details of the cross development environments. 6. List out the component development tools. 7. Write down the various components development stage. 8. Give the details about the component framework. 9. Explain in detail about component architecture 10. Discuss in detail about the characteristics of components 11. What is the use of interfaces? Why we need it? Explain with example 12. Explain in detail about distributed object model. 13. Write in detail about CORBA component model. 137 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 138 14. Write about .NET components. 15. Write a note on dispatch interfaces 16. Discuss in detail about Black Box component framework 17. Draw the Object Management Architecture and explain in detail the CORBA services. 18. Explain in detail about distributed object model 19. Name the different types of components available. 20. What is meant by COM? 21. Define remote reference 22. Give the meaning of persistence of object. 23. What is factory component? Give example. 24. Mention the salient features of CORBA. 25. What is the use of ATL? 26. What is meant by object clustering? 27. Explain DSI, DII, OLE, ROI and RMI. 28. What is meant by concurrency in server objects? 29. Distinguish between Java and CORBA. 30. What is IDL? 31. What is Object Request Broker? Explain in detail. 32. What is System Object Model? 33. What is Portable Object Adapter? 34. What are CORBA services? 35. What is application Server? 36. What is DCOM? 37. How is DCOM different from COM.? Apply 1. How can CBD improve the business process? 2. How does CBD differ from previous approaches and technologies? 3. Briefly explain how a JAVA ORB application is developed 4. What are the different types of factory components available? Explain them in detail 5. How to build applications using COM? 6. How will you develop an application using Enterprise Beans? 7. State and explain about COM facilities and services. 8. Design the COM and DCOM using Microsoft visual C++ environments. 9. Design the component based on application environments. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Design a Activex Control to display the welcome message based on the time. 2. Design a Activex Timer Control 3. Design a Activex Control to find the number of hosts in a given net id and subnet mask. 4. Develop a java RMI program for Stock quote. 5. Develop a CORBA program to demonstrate the Stringification of objects. Create 1. Design .net based components with perform the arithmetic operations. 2. Develop a java RMI application to find the top ten songs of your favorite channel using the weight age given to the songs. The songs are stored in the database. 3. Design an ATL COM to convert the given inches to feet, centimeter, meter. 4. Design a java RMI application to find the details of the given product ID. Where the details are stored in a database? Unit I Introduction Software Components – objects – fundamental properties of Component technology – modules – interfaces – callbacks – directory services – component architecture – components and middleware. 9 Hours Polymorphism Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 139 Unit II Java Based Component Technologies Overview of java component technologies- Threads – Java Beans –Basic Java Services–Component verity – Advanced Java services- JXTA and Jini- Java and Web Services –Sun ONE. 9 Hours Exception Handling, Synchronization and Garbage collection Unit III CORBA Component Technologies Java and CORBA – Interface Definition language – Object Request Broker – system object model – CORBA services – CORBA component model – CORBA facilities – model driven architecture. 9 Hours CORBA –Compliant implementations Unit IV .Net Based Component Technologies COM object reuse – interfaces and polymorphism–COM services – Compound documents and OLE –Contextual composition and services– .NET framework– Common language framework. 9 Hours Assemblies – the .NET components Unit V Enterprise Java Beans Introduction-EJB Architecture – Types of Enterprise Beans –Lifecycle of Beans –Steps in Developing an EJB – Componentized Application Development using EJB. 9 Hours Difference between EJB 3.0 and EJB 2.0 ` Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Clemens Szyperski, Component Software: Beyond Object-Oriented Programming, Pearson Education publishers, 2010 2. G Sudha Sadasivam, ―Distributed Component Architecture‖, Wiley India Edition, 2008 Reference(s) 1. Ed Roman, Mastering Enterprise Java Beans, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999 2. Mowbray, Inside CORBA, Pearson Education, 2003 3. Hortsamann, Cornell, CORE JAVA Vol-II Sun Press, 2002 4. Freeze, Visual Basic Development Guide for COM & COM+, BPB Publication, 2001 11Z707 CASE TOOLS LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To learn how to identify objects, relationships, services and attributes through UML. To get familiarized on object oriented design process. To built a conceptual model during analysis and design. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Skill Set Demonstrate the functional behavior of UML diagrams Recognize the concepts and notations used for finding Objects and classes Depict the utility of Object Oriented Methodologies Determine the factors of Object Oriented Design Process Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 140 Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy Internal End Semester (New Version) Assessment Examination 10 15 Preparation 15 20 Observation and Results 10 Record Mini- Project / Model Examination / 15 15 Viva Voce Total 50 50 Remember 1. Define object 2. What is unified approach? 3. What is generalization? 4. Define class hierarchy 5. What are object relationship and associations? 6. Define object persistence 7. Define meta-class 8. Define collaboration 9. What is meant by Pattern? 10. What is frame work? 11. List the steps involved in Macro development process of Booch methodology 12. What is meant by persistence? 13. Name the UML graphical diagrams. 14. What is a Package? 15. Define use-case Understand 1. Describe Program Analysis and Project Planning 2. Describe Software testing and validation Apply 1. Design an Interaction diagram for checking the deposit of the banking system. 2. Construct the use case and class diagrams for Library management system. Analyze 1. Construct a state transition diagram to depict the following: A telephone can be idle or active. Initially it is idle. When it is lifted off the hook by a valid subscriber, the dial tone starts playing and the telephone becomes active. When it is active the dial tone plays or in the midst of connecting/talking. 2. Describe the steps for preparing a use-case model. 3. Illustrate the application of generalization and specialization principles to discover super class/subclass relationships. Evaluate 1. Draw UML diagrams for the real time Applications. Create 1. Generate the test cases and impacts of object orientation on testing. List of Experiments 1. Prepare the following documents for two or three of the experiments listed below and develop the Software engineering methodology. 2. Program Analysis and Project Planning. Thorough study of the problem – Identify project scope, Objective(s), Infrastructure. 3. Software requirement Analysis Describe the individual Phases / Modules of the project, Identify deliverables. 4. Data Modeling Use work products – Data dictionary, Use diagrams and activity diagrams, build and test Class diagrams, Sequence diagrams and add interface to class diagrams. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 141 5. Software Development and Debugging 6. Software Testing Prepare test plan, perform validation testing, Coverage analysis, memory leaks, Develop test case hierarchy, Site check and Site monitor. Suggested List of Applications 1. Student Marks Analyzing System 2. Online Quiz System 3 Online Railway Ticket Reservation Systems 4. Payroll System 5. Course Registration System 6. Expert System for Medical Diagnosis System 7. ATM Systems 8. Stock Maintenance 9. Real Time Scheduler for Elevator Systems Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Total: 45 Hours Practical schedule S.No Experiment 1. Prepare the following documents for two or three of the experiments listed below and develop the software engineering methodology. 2. Program Analysis and Project Planning. Thorough study of the problem – Identify project scope, Objective(s), Infrastructure. 3. Software requirement Analysis Describe the individual Phases / Modules of the project, Identify deliverables 4. Data Modeling Use work products – Data dictionary, Use diagrams and activity diagrams, build and test Class diagrams, Sequence diagrams and add interface to class diagrams 5. Software Development and Debugging 6. Software Testing Prepare test plan, perform validation testing, Coverage analysis, memory leaks, develop test case hierarchy, Site check and Site monitor 7. Design Experiments Hours 6 6 6 6 6 6 9 11Z708 BUSINESS COMPONENT TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY 0 0 3 1.5 Objective(s) To make the students understand the JAVA RMI, CORBA and .Net Applications. To make the students to design the components using technology frameworks. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. d) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. e) Develop software as per the software life cycle model. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhances the educational experience. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 142 Course Outcome(s) Design of components using JAVA, CORBA and .Net Components. Develop middleware components. Analyze complexity of the components and their relativity. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy Internal End-semester (New Version) Assessment Examination Preparation 10 15 Observation and Results 15 20 Record 10 Mini-Project / Model Examination/ 15 15 Viva-Voce Total 50 50 Remember 1.What are Software Components? 2. What are Objects? 3. Distinguish between the components and the object? 4. What are modules? 5. How are modules different from Components? 6. What are Interfaces? Explain with types. 7. What are Callbacks? 8. What is the role of Directory Services? 9. Distinguish Components and middleware. 10. What are the features of components and objects? Understand 1.What are threads and state their uses and disadvantages. 2. What are Java Beans? Explain with examples. 3. What is events and connections? 4. What are properties? 5. What are Introspection and Reflection? 6. Why JAR files are used and state their usage. 7. What is Object Serialization? 8. Why EJB is needed? 9. What is RMI? 10. What is RMI-IIOP? Apply/Analyze /Evaluate 1. Design an Activex Control to display the welcome message based on the time. 2. Design an Activex Control to find the number of hosts in a given net id and subnet mask. 3. Develop an ATL COM to find the Density, given mass and volume (m/v). 4. Develop a java RMI application to find the top ten songs of your favorite channel using the weight age given to the songs. The songs are stored in the database. 5. Develop a CORBA program to demonstrate the Stringification of objects. Create 1. Develop a java RMI application to find the details of the given product ID. Where the details are stored in a database. 2. Design a Stock Server using RMI Application. List of Experiments 1. COM COMPONENT: Development of simple com components in VB and use them in applications. [2 Experiments] 2. Enterprise java beans: Deploying EJB for simple arithmetic operator 3. RMI: Deploying RMI for client server applications. [2 Experiments] 4. Creation of DLL Using VB and Deploy it in Java. [2 Experiments] 5. Naming Services In CORBA 6. DSI, DII in CORBA Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 143 7. 8. 9. Inter ORB in Communication [IIOP, IOR] Jac ORB & Visi broker ORB Studying J2EE Server Simple Application using CORBA 10. Case study on .Net frameworks. Design Experiments Application Oriented Experiments Total: 45 Hours Practical Schedule Sl.No Experiment 1 Development of simple COM components in VB and use them in applications 2 Deploying EJB for simple arithmetic operator 3 Creation of DLL Using VB and Deploy it in Java 4 RMI: Deploying RMI for client server Applications 5 Naming Services in CORBA 6 DSI, DII in CORBA 7 Studying J2EE Server 8 Simple Application using CORBA 9 Inter ORB in Communication [IIOP, IOR] Jac ORB & Visi broker ORB 10 Case study on .Net Frameworks 11O801 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS (Common to all branches) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 0 0 2.0 Objective(s) To study the basic issues in Professional Ethics. To appreciate the rights of others and to instill moral, social values and loyalty. To enable the student in their engineering profession who explore the ethical issues in technological society. Program Outcome(s) g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques, understanding of contemporary trends in research and technology, and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhance the educational experience. i) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. j) Function ethically and responsibly, and to remain informed and involved as full participants in our profession and our society Course Outcome(s) Ability to propose possible solutions using articulated ethical theories. Ability to form opinions based on reasoned ethical positions, supported with facts and evidence. Increase in awareness of the ethical component of daily engineering decisions. Assessment Pattern Bloom’s S. Model End Semester Taxonomy Test I† Test II† No. Examination† Examination (New Version) 1 Remember 30 30 30 30 2 Understand 40 40 40 40 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze/Evaluate 5 Create Total 100 100 100 100 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 144 7 Remember 1. Define Human Values. 2. What are Morals and Values? 3. What do you mean by Civic virtue and Respect for others? 4. Write the various meanings of ―Spirituality‖? 5. List four different types of Virtues. 6. Mention different Human values. 7. What is meant by moral autonomy? 8. Classify the types of inquiry. 9. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas? 10. List the levels of moral development suggested by Kohlberg. 11. What do you understand by self-interest and ethical egoism? 12. What are the steps needed in confronting moral dilemmas? 13. What are the three virtues of religion?. 14. What are the professional responsibilities? 15. What is meant by ―Informed consent‖ when bringing an engineering product to market? 16. What is engineering experimentation? 17. What are the different roles and functions of ―Code of Ethics‖? 18. What are the Limitations of ―Code of Ethics‖? 19. Name some of the engineering societies which published ―codes of ethics‖. 20. What is meant by a disaster? Understand 1. Which are the practical skills that will help to produce effective independent thought about moral issues? 2. Why does engineering have to be viewed as an experimental process? 3. Why isn‘t engineering possible to follow a random selection in product design? 4. Why is the ―code of ethics‖ important for engineers in their profession? 5. What does the Balanced Outlook on Law stress in directing engineering practice? 6. Are the engineers responsible to educate the public for safe operation of the equipment? How? 7. What kind of responsibility should the engineer have to avoid mistakes that may lead to accident due to the design of their product? 8. What is the use of knowledge of risk acceptance to engineers? 9. Why is Environmental Ethics so important to create environmental awareness to the general public? 10. Why do the engineers refuse to do war works sometimes? Apply 1. How does the consideration of engineering as a social experimentation help to keep a sense of autonomous participation is a person‘s work? 2. How does the ―code of ethics‖ provide discipline among the engineers? 3. How would you classify the space shuttle Challenger case accident? 4. How does the manufacturer understand the risk in a product catalog or manual? 5. How does the knowledge of uncertainties in design help the engineers to access the risk of a product? 6. How can the quantifiable losses in social welfare resulting from a fatality be estimated? Give some examples. 7. How does the engineer act to safeguard the public from risk? Unit I Human Values Morals, Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethic – Service Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for Others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self-Confidence Character – Spirituality in business. 6 Hours 7 † The marks secured Test I and Test II will be converted 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 145 Unit II Engineering Ethics Senses of 'Engineering Ethics' – Variety of moral issues – Types of inquiry – Moral autonomy – Kohlberg's theory – Gilligan's theory – Consensus and controversy – Models of Professional Roles – Theories about right action Self-interest – Uses of ethical theories. 6 Hours Unit III Engineering as Social Experimentation Engineering as experimentation – Engineers as responsible experimenters – Codes of ethics – A balanced outlook on law – The Challenger case study – Bhopal Gas Tragedy – The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies Safety aspects in Nuclear Power plants 6 Hours Unit IV Responsibilities and Rights Fundamental Rights, Responsibilities and Duties of Indian Citizens – Collegiality and loyalty – Respect for authority – Collective bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of interest – Occupational crime – Professional rights – Employee rights – Discrimination Right to Information Act. 6 Hours Unit V Global Issues Multinational corporations – Environmental ethics and Environmental Protection Act – Computer ethics – Engineers as managers – Consulting engineers – Engineers as expert witnesses and advisors – Moral leadership – Sample code of ethics like IETE, ASME, ASCE, IEEE, Institution of Engineers (India), Indian Institute of Materials Management 6 Hours Weapons development. Total: 30 Hours Textbook(s) 1. M. Govindarajan, S. Natarajan and V. S. Senthil Kumar, Engineering Ethics, PHI Learning Private Ltd, New Delhi, 2012. Reference(s) 1. Charles D. Fleddermann, Engineering Ethics, Pearson Education/ Prentice Hall of India , New Jersey, 2004. 2. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2003. 3. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Protchard and Michael J. Rabins, Engineering Ethics – Concepts and Cases, Wadsworth Thompson Learning, United States, 2005. 4. http://www.slideworld.org/slidestag.aspx/human-values-and- Professional-ethics 5. www.mne.psu.edu/lamancusa/ProdDiss/Misc/ethics.ppt ELECTIVES LANGUAGE ELECTIVES Language Elective I 11O10B BASIC ENGLISH I * 3 0 0 3.0 * Subject to continuous assessment Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 146 Objective(s) To offer students the basics of the English Language in a graded manner. To promote efficiency in English Language by offering extensive opportunities for the development of four language skills (LSRW) within the classroom. An intense focus on improving and increasing vocabulary. To improve Spelling and Pronunciation by offering students rigorous practice and exercises. Programme Outcome(s) g. Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams Course Outcome(s) Listening Reading Writing Speaking Unit I Module 1 2 3 4 5 Unit II Module 6 7 8 9 10 Unit III Modul e Vocabulary/ Grammar Basic words- 12 most used words in English, usage and pronunciation Skills Sets Starting a conversation and talking about what one does Basic words- 20 oft used words, usage and pronunciation Basic words with a focus on spelling Basic words- 10 oft used words, usage and pronunciation Tutorial Analyzing an action plan Vocabulary/ Grammar Basic words + greetings to be used at different times of the day Last 28 of the 100 most used words Using the 14 target words to form bigger words Palindromes, greetings- good luck, festivals Tutorial Vocabulary/ Grammar 11 Homophones 12 Homophone partners, matching words with their meanings Briefcase words- finding smaller words from a big word Compound words and pronunciation pointers Tutorial 13 14 15 Discriminative listening Content listening and Intonation Skills Sets Formal conversation Informal conversation between equals Informal dialogues using contracted forms Placing a word within its context- culling out meaning Course Outcome(s)s Sentence construction bolstered by Mother Tongue Creating and presenting ones own action plan Informal conversation Reading comprehension Course Outcome(s)s Intonation to be used in formal address Reading practice and peer learning Guided speaking- talking to peers using contracted forms Offering congratulations Skills Sets Course Outcome(s)s Formal and informal methods of self-introduction Contracted forms of the –be verbs, ‗ve and ‗s Formal and informal ways of introducing others Giving personal details about oneself Let‘s Talk is a group activity that gives them some important pointers of speech Translating English sentences to Tamil Team work- speaking activity involving group work, soft skills Using the lexicon Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Unit IV Module 16 Vocabulary/ Grammar Proper and common nouns 17 Pronouns 18 Abstract and common nouns 19 Group names of animals, adjectives 20 Unit V Module 21 Vocabulary/ Grammar Determiners Conjugation of the verb ‗to be‘positive and negative forms 23 Am/is/are questions 24 Present continuous tense-form and usage Tutorial 27 28 29 30 Course Outcome(s)s Pronunciation pointers- an informal introduction to the IPA Reading aloud and comprehension Reading practice and comprehension Pronunciation pointers Tutorial 22 25 Unit VI Module 26 Skills Sets Asking for personal information and details Telephone skills and etiquette Dealing with a wrong number Taking and leaving messages on the telephone 147 Skills Sets Interrupting a conversation politely- formal and informal Thanking and responding to thanks Giving instructions and seeking clarifications Making inquiries on the telephone Vocabulary/ Grammar Words with silent ‗b‘ Present continuous questions Words with silent ‗c‘ Simple present tense- form and usage Simple present tense- rules Words with silent ‗g‘ Questions in the simple present tense Tutorial Course Outcome(s)s Pair work reading comprehension Comprehension questions that test scanning, skimming and deep reading Small group activity that develops dialogue writing Finishing sentences with appropriate verbs Skills Sets Calling for help in an emergency Making requests and responding to them politely Describing people Describing places Course Outcome(s)s Dialogue writing Identifying elements of grammar in text extract Guided writing Filling in the blanks with correct markers of tense Total: 45 Hours Resources: 1. BASIC ENGLISH PROGRAMME L&L Education Resources LLP, 2011. 11O10C COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH * 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) 1. To equip students with effective speaking and listening skills in English 2. To help the students develop speaking skills in Business English Programme Outcome(s) g. Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams Course Outcome(s): Students will develop the fluency and language competence of learners of Business English at the lower intermediate level * Subject to continuous assessment Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 148 Unit I Grammar and Vocabulary Vocabulary for describing different organisational structures and company hierarchy – Practice using wh – questions; there is / there are, Definitions of Quality, Vocabulary of quality management – Using nouns and adjectives to form group nouns – Phrases for offering and accepting help and invitations – Telephone terms – Verb tenses – Questions and responses – Conditionals – Gap Filling Exercises. 9 Hours Unit II Listening Business Presentation – Conversation between old friends; introducing a stranger – Quality Manager talks about his work – Conversation between acquaintances – Sales talk at a sports equipment stand – Small talk among colleagues – Tour of a factory in Italy – Lunch in the factory canteen – Meeting to improve the efficiency of internal communication – Telephone conversation arranging to meet – Credit card salesman talks to the bank – Conversation between business acquaintances - Management meeting about a recent merger – Conversation about a town, a country and its people. 9 Hours Unit III Speaking Pronunciation Practice – Describing organizations - Company presentation –– Practicing of conversation starters and closers with friends and strangers – Practice of simple language and step – by – step procedures to describe complex ideas – Explaining visual information – The language of increase and decrease applied to graphs and bar charts Presenting a work – related graph – Making a telephone call – Sports equipment buyer and a manufacturer‘s sales representative talk business – Entertaining a visitor in your country – Short marketing meeting – Negotiating to meet around a busy schedule – Pairs or small groups discuss the implications of problems at an electronics factory – Finding out all you can about a partner – Chairing and holding meetings – Pairwork on questions and answers about places and people. 9 Hours Unit IV Reading Signalling the structure of a presentation – introducing, sequencing and concluding a presentation - Explaining concepts and ideas – Pattern of phone call conversations – Giving, receiving and checking information – Common Business phrases – Giving encouragement: phrases for positive feedback; more emphatic adjectives and adverbs – Giving / providing facts and explaining functions and processes – Asking for and clarifying information – How to state your point, agree and disagree – Practice of frequency, quantity and number - Short marketing meet – Suggesting and agreeing times and places – Phrases for the Chairperson – People at work: their emotions, skills and attitudes. 9 Hours Unit V Writing Present and future conditional Phrases for stalling for time - Common telephone phrases and responses - Business Communication – Calling for Quotation – (Letter asking for Clarification) – Transcoding – Rearranging the sentences – Cloze – Explaining Visual Information – Explaining concepts and ideas – Giving, getting and checking information – Business description – Informal negotiations. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 149 Textbook(s) 1. Jeremy Comfort, Pamela Rogerson, Trish Stott, and Derek Utley, Speaking Effectively – Developing Speaking Skills for Business English, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 2002 Reference(s) 1. Brook-Hart Guy, BEC VANTAGE: BUSINESS BENCHMARK Upper-Intermediate – Student‟s Book, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006 2. Aruna Koneru, Professional Communication, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2008 3. P. Kiranmai Dutt, Geetha Rajeevan and CLN Prakash, A Course in Communication Skills, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2008 4. Krishna Mohan Balaji, Advanced Communicative English, Tata Mc- graw-hill Education Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009 Language Elective II 11O20B BASIC ENGLISH II * 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To promote fluency even downplaying accuracy A tacit acquisition of Basic English Grammar through ample listening, reading and writing inputs with direct theory or wherever relevant Specific focus on speaking and conversation skills with an aim to increase speaking confidence To nurture the capacity to express lucidly and articulate their thoughts and impressions on a wide gamut of topics both through speaking and writing To improve spelling and pronunciation by offering rigorous practice and exercises To correct common mistakes and to teach self-assessment techniques Programme Outcome(s) g. Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams Course Outcome(s) Listening Reading Writing Speaking * Subject to continuous assessment Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Unit I Module Vocabulary/ Grammar Skills Sets Course Outcome(s)s 31 Difference between present continuous and simple present tense. Calling for help in an emergency Reporting an eventjournalistic style 32 Verbs ‗have‘ and ‗have got‘ Describing animals Asking for and giving directions 33 Simple past tense Inviting people, accepting and declining invitations Self- enquiry and offering ones opinion on a given topic. 34 Spelling rules & table of irregular verbs Tutorial Refusing an invitation Reading and practicing prewritten dialogues 35 Unit II Vocabulary/ Grammar Skills Sets Course Outcome(s)s Questions and the negative forms of the simple past tense Apologizing and responding to an apology (Reading) conversation practice Asking questions in the simple past tense Reading comprehension Seeking, granting and refusing permission. 38 Past continuous tense Paying compliments and responding to them Pair work: writing dialogues and presenting them 39 Difference between simple past and past continuous- when and where to use each Tutorial Describing daily routines Reading and comprehension skills. Module 36 37 40 Unit III Module 41 Vocabulary/ Grammar Skills Sets Course Outcome(s)s Simple future tense Talking about the weather Making plans- applying grammar theory to written work Simple future tense- more aspects, possessive pronouns Talking about possessions Opening up and expressing one‘s emotions Future continuous Talking about current activities Asking for the time and date Listening comprehension 42 43 44 45 Revision of future tense- simple and continuous forms, prepositions used with time and date Tutorial Discussion- analyzing and debating a given topic. 150 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 151 Unit IV Module 46 Vocabulary/ Grammar Articles a/an 47 Singular- Plural (usage of a/an) 48 49 Countable and uncountable nouns- a/an and some Articles- the 50 Tutorial Skills Sets Writing, speaking and presentation skills Reading practiceindependent and shared reading Listening comprehension Sequencing sentences in a paragraph Course Outcome(s)s Transcribing dictation Comprehension –logical analysis, process analysis and subjective expression Vocabulary: using context tools to decipher meaning Listening to a poem being recited, answer questions on it and practice reciting the same Unit V Vocabulary/ Grammar Skills Sets Course Outcome(s)s Articles- the: usage and avoidance Speaking: sharing stories about family, village/town, childhood etc. 10 students 52 Articles- the: usage and avoidance with like and hate 53 Articles- the: usage and avoidance with names of places 54 This/ that/ these and those Speaking: sharing stories about family, village/town, childhood etc.- 10 students Speaking: sharing stories about family, village/town, childhood etc.- 10 students Writing a noticeannouncement Listening: comprehend and follow multiple step instructions read out by the teacher Reading: make inferences from the story about the plot, setting and characters Comprehension passage 55 Tutorial Module 51 Speaking: Debate Unit VI Module 56 Vocabulary/ Grammar One and ones 57 Capitalization and punctuation 58 59 Syntax and sentence constructionrearrange jumbled sentences Cloze 60 Tutorial Skills Sets Collaborative learningproblem solving Controlled writing Guided writing Free writing Course Outcome(s)s Writing short answers to questions based on reading Listen to a story and respond to its main elements Listen to a poem and discuss its elements Frame simple yet purposeful questions about a given passage 45+15 Hours Resources: 1. BASIC ENGLISH PROGRAMME L&L Education Resources LLP, 2011. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 11O20C ADVANCED COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH * 152 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To learn about how to communicate in the business environment Listen to an explanation and respond Write a formal letter Read company literature Programme Outcome(s) g. Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams Course Outcome(s) Read graphs and charts Skim and scan texts like job adverts Read business articles for specific information Understand the structure of a text Unit I Grammar and Vocabulary Comparison of adjectives and adverbs – tenses – simple and complex questions – countable/ uncountable nouns, -ing forms and infinitives – conditionals – comparing and contrasting ideas – modal verbs – while and whereas for contrasting ideas – passives – used to, articles, reported speech, relative pronouns and expressing cause and result – workplace-related vocabulary. 9 Hours Unit II Listening Prediction - Ability to identify information – Ability to spell and write numbers correctly – Ability to infer, understand gist, topic, context, and function, and recognize communicative functions ( complaining, greeting, apologizing etc.) – Ability to follow a longer listening task and interpret what the speakers say. 9 Hours Unit III Speaking Ability to talk about oneself and perform functions such as agreeing and disagreeing – Ability to express opinions, agree, disagree, compare and contrast ideas and reach a decision in a discussion – appropriate use of stress, rhythm, intonation and clear individual speech sounds - take an active part in the development of the discourse - turn-taking and sustain the interaction by initiating and responding appropriately 9 Hours Unit IV Reading Ability to skim and scan business articles for specific details and information – To understand the meaning and the structure of the text at word, phrase, sentence, and paragraph level – Ability to read in detail and interpret opinions and ideas – to develop one‘s understanding and knowledge of collocations – Ability to identify and correct errors in texts 9 Hours * Subject to continuous assessment Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 153 Unit V Writing Ability to write concisely, communicate the correct content and write using the correct register – Ability to write requests, instructions, explanations, and ask for information by using the correct format in business correspondences like charts, memo, note, email, letter, fax, report, proposal – understanding formal and informal styles – responding to written or graphic input 9 Hours Total: 45+15 Hours Text Book Brook-Hart, Guy, Business Benchmark: Upper Intermediate – Student‘s Book, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006 Reference(s) 1. Whitby, Norman, Bulats Edition: Business Benchmark, Pre-Intermediate to Intermediate – Student‘s Book, Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2006 2. Cambridge Examinations Publishing, Cambridge BEC Vantage – Self-study Edition, Cambridge University Press, UK, 2005 11O20G GERMAN * 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To help students acquire the basics of German language To teach them how to converse in German in various occasions Programme Outcome(s) g. Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams Course Outcome(s) Listening Reading Writing Speaking Unit I Grammar & Vocabulary Introduction to German language: Alphabets, Numbers – Nouns - Pronouns Verbs and Conjugations - definite and indefinite article - Negation - Working with Dictionary – Nominative - Accusative and dative case – propositions adjectives - modal auxiliaries - Imperative case - Possessive articles. 9 Hours Unit II Listening Listening to CD supplied with the books, paying special attention to pronunciation: Includes all lessons in the book – Greetings - talking about name – country – studies – nationalities - ordering in restaurants - travel office - Interaction with correction of pronunciation. 9 Hours * Subject to continuous assessment Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 154 Unit III Speaking Speaking about oneself - about family – studies - questions and answers - dialogue and group conversation on topics in Textbook(s) - talks on chosen topics. 9 Hours Unit IV Reading Reading lessons and exercises in the class - pronunciation exercises: Alphabet – name – country – people – profession – family – shopping – travel – numbers – friends – restaurant – studies - festivals 9 Hours Unit V Writing Alphabets – numbers - words and sentences - Exercises in the books - control exercises - writing on chosen topics such as one self – family – studies - country. 9 Hours Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Grundkurs DEUTSCH A Short Modern German Grammar Workbook and Glossary, VERLAG FUR DEUTSCH, Munichen, 2007. 2. Grundkurs, DEUTSCH Lehrbuch Hueber Munichen, 2007. Reference(s) 1. Cassel Language Guides – German: Christine Eckhard – Black & Ruth Whittle, Continuum, London / New York, 1992. 2. Kursbuch and Arbeitsbuch, TANGRAM AKTUELL 1 DEUTSCH ALS FREMDSPRACHE, NIVEAUSTUFE AI/1, Deutschland, Goyal Publishers & Distributers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2005. 3. Langenscheidt Eurodictionary – German – English / English – German, Goyal Publishers & Distributers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009. 11O20J JAPANESE * 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To help students acquire the basics of Japanese language To teach them how to converse in Japanese in various occasions To teach the students the Japanese cultural facets and social etiquettes Programme Outcome(s) g. Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams Course Outcome(s) Listening Reading Writing Speaking * Subject to continuous assessment Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 155 Unit I Introduction to Japanese - Japanese script - Pronunciation of Japanese(Hiragana) - Long vowels - Pronunciation of in,tsu,ga - Letters combined with ya,yu,yo - Daily Greetings and Expressions - Numerals. N1 wa N2 des - N1 wa N2 ja arimasen - S ka - N1mo - N1 no N2 - …….san - Kanji - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers) 9 Hours Unit II Introduction - Kore - Sore - are - Kono N1 - Sono N1 - ano N1 - so des - so ja arimasen - S1 ka - S2 ka - N1 no N1 so des ka – koko - soko - asoko - kochira - sochira - achira - N1 wa N2 (Place) des – dhoko-N1 no N2 - Kanji-10 ima….ji…fun des - Introduction of verb - V mas - V masen - V mashitha - V masen deshitha - N1(Time) ne V - N1 kara N2 des - N1 tho N2 / S ne Kanji-10 - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers) – Dictionary Usage. 9 Hours Unit III - N1(Place) ye ikimas - ki mas - kayerimasu - Dhoko ye mo ikimasen - ikimasendheshitha - N1(vehicle) de ikimasu kimasu - kayerimasu - N1(Personal or Animal) tho V ithsu - S yo. - N1 wo V (Transitive) - N1 wo shimus - Nani wo shimasu ka - Nan & Nani - N1(Place) de V - V masen ka - V masho - Oo……. Kanji-10 , N1( tool - means ) de V - ― Word / Sentence ‖ wa …go nan des ka - N1( Person ) ne agemus - N1( Person ) ne moraimus - mo V shimashitha - , Kanji-10 – Japanese Typewriting using JWPCE Software, Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers) 9 Hours Unit IV Introduction to Adjectives - N1 wa na adj des. N1 wa ii adj des - na adj na N1 - ii adj ii N1 - Thothemo - amari - N1 wa dho des ka - N1 wa dhonna N2 des ka - S1 ka S2 – dhore - N1 ga arimasu - wakarimasu - N1 ga suki masu - N1 ga kiraimasu - jozu des - hetha des - dhonna N1 - Usages of yoku - dhaithai - thakusan - sukoshi - amari - zenzen - S1 kara S2 - dhoshithe, N1 ga arimasu - imasu - N1(Place) ne N2 ga arimasu - iimasu - N1 wa N2(Place) ne arimasu iimasu - N1(Person,Place,or Thing ) no N2 (Position) - N1 ya N2, Kanji-10 - Japanese Dictionary usage using JWPCE Software, Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers) 9 Hours Unit V Saying Numbers , Counter Suffixes , Usages of Quantifiers -Interrogatives - Dhono kurai - gurai –Quantifier-(Period ) ne ….kai V - Quantifier dhake / N1 dhake Kanji - Past tense of Noun sentences and na Adjective sentences - Past tense of ii-adj sentences - N1 wa N2 yori adj des - N1 tho N2 tho Dhochira ga adj des ka and its answering method N1 [ no naka ] de {nani/dhoko/dhare/ithsu} ga ichiban adj des ka - answering -N1 ga hoshi des - V1 mas form dhake mas - N1 (Place ) ye V masu form ne iki masu/ki masu/kayeri masu - N1 ne V/N1 wo V - Dhoko ka - Nani ka – gojumo - Technical Japanese Vocabulary (25 Numbers) 9Hours Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook(s) 1-1, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2007. 2. Japanese for Everyone: Elementary Main Textbook(s) 1-2, Goyal Publishers and Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2007. Reference(s) Software 1. Nihongo Shogo-1 2. Nihongo Shogo-2 3. JWPCE Software Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 156 Websites 1. www.japaneselifestyle.com 2. www.learn-japanese.info/ 3. www.kanjisite.com/ 4. www.learn-hiragana-katakana.com/typing-hiragana-characters/ 11O20F FRENCH * 3 1 0 3.5 Objective To help students acquire the basics of French language To teach them how to converse in French in various occasions Programme Outcome(s) g. Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams Course Outcome(s) Listening Reading Writing Speaking Unit I Alphabet Français (alphabets) - Les accents français (the accents in French) – aigu – grave – circonflexe – tréma cédille - écrire son nom dans le français (spelling one‘s name in French) 9 Hours Unit II Les noms de jours de la semaine (Days of the week) - Les noms de mois de l'année (Months) - numéro 1 à 100 (numbers 1 to 100) 9 Hours Unit III Moyens de transport (transport) - noms de professions (professions) - noms d'endroits communs (places) nationalités (nationalities) 9 Hours Unit IV Pronoms (pronouns) - Noms communs masculins et de femme (common masculine and feminine nouns) - Verbes communs (common verbs) 9 Hours Unit V Présentation - même (Introducing Oneself) - narration de son nom - l'endroit où on vit - son âge - date de naissance sa profession - numéro de téléphone - adresse (name - where one lives – age - date of birth – profession - telephone number and address) - Narration du temps (tellling the time) 9 Hours Total: 45+15 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Angela Wilkes, French for Beginners, Usborne Language Guides, Usborne Publishing Ltd., Ohio, 1987. * Subject to continuous assessment Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 157 Reference(s) 1. Ann Topping, Beginners French Reader, Natl Textbook(s) Co, 1975. 2. Stanley Applebaum, First French Reader, Dover Publications, 1998. 3. Max Bellancourt, Cours de Français, London: Linguaphone, 2000. Software 1. Français Linguaphone, Linguaphone Institute Ltd., London, 2000. 2. Français I. Harrisonburg: The Rosetta Stone: Fairfield Language Technologies, 2001. 11O20H HINDI * 3 1 0 3.5 Objective(s) To help students acquire the basics of Hindi To teach them how to converse in Hindi in various occasions To help learners acquire the ability to understand a simple technical text in Hindi Programme Outcome(s) g. Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams Course Outcome(s) Listening Reading Writing Speaking Unit I Hindi Alphabet Introduction - Vowels - Consonants - Plosives - Fricatives - Nasal sounds - Vowel Signs - Chandra Bindu & Visarg Table of Alphabet -Vocabulary. 9 Hours (Masculine & Feminine Nouns ending in – ā,і,ī, u,ū )- Masculine & Feminine – Reading Exercises. Unit II Nouns Genders 9 Hours Unit III Pronouns and Tenses Categories of Pronouns - Personal Pronouns - Second person (you & honorific) - Definite & Indefinite pronouns Relative pronouns - Present tense - Past tense - Future tense - Assertive & Negative Sentences - Interrogative Sentences. 9 Hours Unit IV Classified Vocabulary Parts of body – Relatives – Spices – Eatables – Fruits & Vegetables - Clothes - Directions – Seasons - Professions. 9 Hours Unit V Speaking Model Sentences – Speaking practice for various occasions. 9 Hours Total: 45+15 Hours * Subject to continuous assessment Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 158 Textbook(s) 1. B. R. Kishore, Self Hindi Teacher for Non-Hindi Speaking People, Vee Kumar Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2009. Reference(s) 1. Syed, Prayojan Mulak Hindi, Rahamathullah Vani Prakasan, New Delhi, 2002. 2. Ramdev, Vyakaran Pradeep, Saraswathi Prakasan, Varanasi, 2004. DISCIPLINE ELECTIVES 11Z001 ADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To have a thorough understanding of the instruction level parallelism. To study the concept of multiprocessor architecture and thread level parallelism. To learn the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Analyze the performance of different processors. Demonstrate the concepts of multiprocessor architecture. Identify the need of cache and virtual memory. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 20 10 10 10 2 Understand 20 30 30 30 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze /Evaluate 20 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 Remember 1. Define Response time and Throughput. 2. State Amdahl‘s law. 3. What is the principle of locality? 4. Comment the type and size of operands. 5. What is meant by loop unrolling? 6. What are the different types of control flow instructions? 7. What are the various addressing modes? 8. Specify the CPU performance equation. 9. What are the registers used for MIPS processors. 10. What is meant by Instruction Level Parallelism? 11. What is cache consistency? 100 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 159 Understand 1. Differentiate 1-bit and 2-bit branch predictors. 2. What are limitations of ILP? 3. What are the various methods available for static branch prediction? 4. What are the challenges involved in parallel processing? 5. What are the performance differences between write update and write invalidate protocols? 6. What is a directory protocol? 7. What is multiprocessor cache coherence? Apply 1. Suppose that we are considering an enhancement to the processor of a server system used for web serving. The new CPU is 10 times faster on computation in the web serving application than the original processor. Assuming that the original CPU is busy with computation 40% of the time and is waiting for I/O 60% of the time. What is the overall speedup gained by incorporating the enhancement? Fraction enhanced = 0.4 Speedup enhanced=10 2. Draw the state diagram for 2-bit branch prediction. 3. How loop unrolling and pipeline scheduling can be used with static multiple issue? Analyze 1. Compare Pentium III and Pentium IV processors. 2. Compare Tomasulo‘s algorithm and hardware based speculation Evaluate 1. Suppose if we want to achieve a speedup of 80 with 100 processors. What fraction of the original computation can be sequential? 2. Assume that the hit time of a two-way set-associative first-level data cache is 1.1 times faster than a four-way set-associative cache of the same size. The miss rate falls from 0.449 to .044 for an 8 KC data cache. Assume a hit is 1 clock cycle and that the cache is the critical path for the clock. Assume the miss penalty is 10 clock cycles to the L2 cache for the two-way set associative cache and that the L2 cache does not miss. Which has the faster average memory access time? Create 1. Case study on: Simple, Bus-based Multiprocessor 2. Case study on: Snooping Protocols for a Switched Network. Unit I Fundamentals of Computer Design Introduction-measuring and reporting performance- Quantitative principles of computer design-Instruction set principles and examples- classifying instruction set architectures-memory addressing- type and size of operands. 9 Hours Pipelining concepts Unit II Instruction Level Parallelism and its Exploitations Instruction Level Parallelism :Concepts and challenges – overcoming data hazards with dynamic scheduling – examples- reducing branch costs with prediction- hardware based speculation - Exploiting ILP with dynamic scheduling, multiple issues and speculation -Limitations of ILP. 9 Hours Software speculation Unit III Instruction Level Parallelism with Software Approaches Basic compiler techniques for exposing ILP- Exploiting ILP with multiple issues and static scheduling – Advanced techniques for Instruction delivery and speculation- Cross cutting issues: Hardware versus Software issues, Multithreading: Using ILP support to exploit Thread-level parallelism, Intel Pentium IV architecture. 9 Hours MIPS architecture Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 160 Unit IV Multiprocessors and Thread Level Parallelism Symmetric shared memory architectures-performance of symmetric shared memory multiprocessors – Distributed shared memory architectures-synchronization- Models of memory consistency. Software and hardware multithreading 9 Hours Unit V Memory Hierarchy Design Eleven advanced optimizations of cache performance- Memory technology and optimizations- protection - memory hierarchies- disk storage – real faults and failures – I/O performance- Reliability measures. Intel Multi-core architecture 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) John L. Hennessey and David A. Patterson,Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach, Morgan Kaufmann - Elsevier, 2007 Reference(s) 1. Hesham El-Rewini and Mostafa Abd-El-Barr, Advanced Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing, Wiley Series on Parallel and Distributed Computing, 2005 2. D. Sima, T. Fountain and P. Kacsuk, Advanced Computer Architectures: A Design Space Approach, International Computer Science Series-Addison Wesley, 2000 3. Kai Hwang Advanced Computer Architecture: Parallelism, Scalability, Programmability Tata McGraw Hill, 2001 4. Kain, Advanced Computer Architecture, Prentice Hall of India, 2007 11Z002 PARALLEL PROCESSING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the technologies enabling parallel processing. To study the different parallel processing applications. To study the different parallel processing Processors. Program Outcome(s) b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. Course Outcome(s) Illustrate the working principles of Parallel Processing. Demonstrate the concept of Interconnection Networks. Determine the performance of Multiprocessor Architecture. Assessment Pattern S.no Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 30 30 30 30 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze /Evaluate 20 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 161 Remember 1. What is Parallelism? 2. What are the advantages of Pipelining? 3. Why do we need Arithmetic Pipelines? 4. What is SIMD? 5. What is Multiprocessing? 6. What are the advantages of Vector Processing? Understand 1. Discuss the concept of Interconnection Networks. 2. Classify the Multiprocessor Scheduling Strategies. 3. Describe the concept of System Deadlocks and Protection. 4. Identify the Parallel Algorithms for Array Processors. 5. How to avoid System Deadlocks? Apply 1. Demonstrate the Multiprocessor Operating Systems. 2. Illustrate the types of Pipelined Computers. 3. Sketch the System Deadlocks functions. 4. Demonstrate the Parallel Computer Structures. Analyze / Evaluate 1. 2. 3. Create 1. Compare various types of SIMD Array Processor. Discriminate the overview of Interprocess Communication Mechanisms. Differentiate CISC and RISC. Write the SIMD Interconnection Networks. Unit I Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Systems – Parallelism in Uniprocessor Systems – Parallel Computer Structures – Architectural Classification Schemas – Parallel Processing Applications. 9 Hours Input Output Subsystems Unit II Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining –An Overlapped Parallelism – Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines – Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors – Vector Processing Requirements. 9 Hours Recent vector processors Unit III Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors – SIMD Interconnection Networks – Parallel Algorithms for Array Processors – Associative Array Processing. 9 Hours SIMD Computers Unit IV Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures – Interconnection Networks – Parallel Memory Organizations – Multiprocessor Operating Systems – Operating system requirements. Mainframe Multiprocessor Systems 9 Hours Unit V Multiprocessing Control and Algorithms Interprocess Communication Mechanisms – System Deadlocks and Protection – Multiprocessor Scheduling Strategies – Stochastic Scheduling Models. VLSI Computing Structures 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 162 Textbook(s) 1. Kai Hwang and Feye A Briggs, "Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001 Reference(s) 1. Michael J Quinn, "Parallel Computing Theory and Practice", McGraw Hill, Second edition, Singapore, 2003 2. Seyed H Roosta. "Parallel Programming and Parallel Algorithms", Springer Series. New York.2001 3. Barry Wilkinson, "Parallel Programming‖, Pearson Education, USA, 2002 11Z003 GRID AND UTILITY COMPUTING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the perception of grid and utility computing To know the application of grid computing To understanding the technology and tool kits to facilitated the grid and utility computing Program Outcome(s) b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization Course Outcome(s) Basic knowledge for OS, file systems and distributed systems Programming languages for implementation in grid computing Learning and applying different grid computing technique Analyze the performance of grid and utility computing Assessment Pattern S.no Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 30 30 30 30 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze /Evaluate 20 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define grid computing 2. Define Virtual Organization 3. Define NASA Information Power Grid 4. What are the fundamental components of SOAP? 5. What are the necessary security and encryption required across all levels in Semantic Web? 6. What is meant by WS-Secure Conversation? 7. Define SOA interaction pattern 8. Define OGSI The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 163 9. What are the fundamental components of SOAP? 10. Give any four examples of Grid portals. 11. Define NMI 12.What are the basic principles of autonomic computing? 13. Define Web service architecture 14. Define the use case of online media and entertainment 15. Define Policy Abstraction 16. Define utility computing 17. What are the features of Grid Service Container? 18. What is Grid Service Wrapper? Understand 1. Explain Legion and Nimrod-G middleware Architecture. 2. Explain Commercial Data Center that Drive the OGSA. 3. How Client-side Programming pattern is interacting with an OGSI grid service? 4. How XML web service messages are packaged and enveloped? 5. Explain the relationship between Web Service and Grid Service. 6. Explain Grid Architecture layer and its relationship Apply 1. Justify the role of any two organizations involved in the field of usage of grid for medical/physics application. 2. Map a computational grid to its analogue in real world. 3. How are real and abstract IT resources modeled and managed in OGSA? Analyze / Evaluate 1. How does grid computing differ from cluster computing, P2P computing and desktop computing? 2. How XML messages are packaged and enveloped in a web service. 3. What is the purpose of OGSI? Describe the ports and interfaces defined in OGSI along with its inheritance hierarchy. Create 1. Write about remote execution of Condor-G on Globus managed resource using Globus job Manager. Unit I Introduction Evolution of grid computing paradigm – Distributed, High Throughput, High Performance, P2P, Cluster, Grid, Cloud, Grid vs Supercomputers, Definition of grid computing and utility computing, Dynamic Virtual organization, scope, benefits, terms and concepts, Grid computing organizations and their role, grid topologies, applications, Types of grids – data, computational, service grids. 9 hours Grid applications Unit II Grid Architecture and platforms Components of a grid, Evolution of grid computing - layered grid architecture –Service architecture – Grid and web services, OGSA framework, OGSI- Port Type, service data elements, GSR, GSH, grid service life cycle - WSRF 9 hours Grid computing road map Unit III OGSA services Infrastructure services, execution management services, selection services, data services, resource management services, security services, information services 9 hours Web Service Interoperability and the role of the WS-I Organization Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 164 Unit IV Utility Computing Computing as utility - cloud computing - Properties & Characteristics - Service models – Deployment models – Virtualization. 9 hours Case studies in cloud computing: costing policies Unit V Case studies - GT4 Case study – GT4- data management, resource management, information services, architecture, GT4 software requirements- OGSA, WSRF and GT4 – Creation of a sample web service in GT4. 9 hours OGSI.NET Middleware Solutions Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Chitra A, Grid Computing, Sams Publications, 2010 2. Michael Miller, Cloud Computing: Web-Based Applications That Change the Way You Work and Collaborate Online, Que Publishing, August 2008 Reference(s) 1. Joshy Joseph & Craig Fellenstein, Grid Computing, Pearson/PHI PTR-2008 2. Ahmar Abbas, Grid Computing: A Practical Guide to technology and Applications, Charles River media – 2003 3. P Venkata Krishna, M Rajasekara Babu, V saritha, Principles of Grid Computing, Anne Books, 2010 11Z004 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the purpose and categories of embedded systems To learn the architecture of embedded systems To understand hardware and software aspects of embedded systems Program Outcome(s) b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Ability to customize peripherals for embedded microprocessors Diagnose architecture of embedded processors, microcontrollers, and peripheral devices Analyze the performance of embedded programs Assessment Pattern S.no Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 30 30 30 30 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze /Evaluate 20 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 165 Remember 1. Define an Embedded system 2. What are the typical characteristics of an embedded system? 3. What are the main components of an embedded system? 4. Define embedded microcontroller 5. Define device driver 6. Define bus 7. What are the classifications of I/O devices? 8. Give some examples for serial input I/O devices. 9. List the characteristics of asynchronous communication 10. What are the features of SPI? 11. Define software timer 12. Define RTC 13. Define RTOS 14. Define task and task rates 15. Define CPU scheduling Understand 1. Explain the applications of each type of embedded system. 2. Explain the internal serial communication devices. 3. How is Vx Works TCB helpful for tasks? 4. Compare user threads and kernel threads. 5. Write the syntax for function pointer. 6. Give the needs for memory management. 7. How does an RTOS semaphore protect data? Apply 1. Justify the need for IDE in an Embedded Architecture. 2. Tabulate program elements: Macros and Functions and their uses. 3. How does an RTOS semaphore protect data? Explain by giving example. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Formulate the functions of a typical parallel I/O interface. 2. How will you design a application to create a Smart Card in detail 3. Explain the scheduler in which RTOS insert into the list and the ready task for sequential execution in a co-operative round robin model. Create 1. Construct the basic system of an Video Accelerators Unit I Introduction to Embedded Systems Definition and Classification – Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system – Software embedded into the system – Exemplary Embedded Systems – Embedded Systems on a Chip (SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits. 9 hours Components in an Exemplary SoC-Smart Card Unit II Devices and Buses for Devices Network I/O Devices - Device I/O Types and Examples – Synchronous - Iso-synchronous and Asynchronous Communications from Serial Devices - Examples of Internal Serial-Communication Devices - UART and HDLC - Parallel Port Devices – Sophisticated interfacing features in Devices/Ports- Timer and Counting Devices - ‗I2C‘, ‗USB‘, ‗CAN‘ and advanced I/O Serial high speed buses - ISA, PCI, PCI-X. 9 hours Advanced Parallel High Speed Buses Unit III Programming Concepts and Embedded Programming In C, C++ Programming in assembly language (ALP) vs. High Level Language - C Program Elements, Macros and functions - Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 166 Use of Pointers - NULL Pointers - Use of Function Calls – Multiple function calls in a Cyclic Order in the Main Function Pointers – Function Queues and Interrupt Service Routines Queues Pointers – Concepts of embedded programming in C++ - Objected Oriented Programming – Embedded Programming in C++, ‗C‘ Program compilers – Cross compiler. 9 hours Optimization of memory codes Unit IV Real Time Operating Systems – Part - 1 Inter Process Communication and Synchronisation of Processes, Tasks and Threads: Problems of Sharing data by multiple tasks and routines – Inter Process Communications using Signals. Operating System Services - I/O Subsystems – Interrupt Routines in RTOS environment - RTOS Task scheduling models, interrupt latency and response times of the tasks as performance metrics. 9 hours Precedence Assignment in the Scheduling Algorithms Unit V Real Time Operating Systems – Part - 1 Study of Micro C/OS-II and Vx Works or Any other popular RTOS – RTOS System Level Functions – Task Service Functions – Time Delay Functions – Memory Allocation Related Functions – Semaphore Related Functions – Mailbox Related Functions – Queue Related Functions – Case Studies of Programming with RTOS – Understanding Case Definition – Multiple Tasks and their functions – Creating a list of tasks – Functions and IPCs – Exemplary Coding Steps. 9 hours Embedded system for a smart card Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Raj kamal, Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design, TATA McGraw-Hill, 2008 Reference(s) 1. Michael J. Pont, Embedded C, Pearson Education, 2007 2. Steve Heath, Embedded System Design, Elsevier, 2005 3. Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing System Design – Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, 2008 11Z005 REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the fundamentals of real time operating systems To learn about the components and implementations of RTOS To know about the Commercial operating systems Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. e) Develop software as per the software life cycle model. i) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. Course Outcome(s) Implement the functions and concepts Identify potential applications Select appropriate techniques based on the domain and constraints Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Assessment Pattern S.no Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) 1 Remember 2 Understand 3 Apply 4 Analyze /Evaluate 5 Create Total Remember 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 100 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 100 100 167 Define real time operating systems Name few commercial real time operating systems. What is the need for RTOS? Define priority inversion Name the types of instruction sets in ARM-V5 architecture. State the necessary conditions for deadlock occurrence. Understand 1. Discuss the various processor modes in ARM-V5 architecture. 2. Illustrate the SROS solutions for deadlock avoidance with an example. Apply 1. 2. Identify the occurrence of deadlock inside a system using a resource allocation graph. Examine the performance of interrupt handling mechanisms in RTOS. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Compare the timer support implementation in SROS with RTOS. 2. Analyze the efficiency of processor scheduling mechanisms using basic rate monotonic analysis method. Create 1. Compile the SROS Solution to the Unbounded Priority Inversion problem. 2. Write a case study on exception handling mechanisms in VRTX. Unit I Introduction RTOS and Need for it. Mutual exclusion-Thread synchronization and scheduling: Mutex implementation in SROSInterrupts handling in RTOS-Interrupt handler in SROS- Creation of thread in RTOS and SROS-RTOS initialization and starting. 9 Hours SROS Initialization and starting Unit II Implementations and Timer Support List node-Memory management of list nodes in SROS- Insertion and deletion of list nodes in the linked lists used in SROS. Semaphore: Semaphore implementation in SROS. Mailbox: Mailbox implementation in SROS, Timer Support: Timer Support implementation in SROS and RTOS. 9 Hours Example Application using SROS The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 168 Unit III Priority Inversions and Deadlocks Priority Inversions: Bounded Priority Inversion-Unbounded Priority Inversion-Solution to the Unbounded Priority Inversion-SROS Solution to Priority Inversion. Deadlocks: Simple examples of deadlock scenarios-Resource allocation graph-Necessary conditions for deadlocks-Dealing with deadlocks-SROS solutions for deadlock avoidance - Schedulability of a real-time application: Basic Rate Monotonic Analysis-Extended Rate Monotonic Analysis. 9 Hours Other Components of RTOS Unit IV ARM-V5 Architecture Processor modes- Exceptions-ARM Instruction set – Condition Field- Affecting the condition flags-Notations used in the descriptions – Data Processing instructions – Multiply instructions – Miscellaneous Arithmetic instructionsStatus register instructions – load and store instructions -Load and Store Multiple instructions – Semaphore instructions. 9 Hours Exception –Generating instructions and Branch instructions Unit V Commercial Real-Time Operating Systems Features of real-time operating systems - Unix as a real-time operating systems – Unix based real-time operating systems- Windows as a real-time operating systems – POSIX – A survey of contemporary real-time operating systems. 9 Hours Benchmarking real-time Systems Total: 45 Hours Text Book 1. 1. Chowdary Venkateswara Penumuchu, Simple Real-time Operating System: A Kernel Inside View for a Beginner, Trafford Publising, 2007 Reference(s) 1. Jean J. Labrosse, MicroC OS II: The Real Time Kernel, Second Edition, CMP Books, 2002. 2. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, Greg Gagne, Operating System Concepts, Eighth edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2009. 3. J. Archer Harris, Schaum's Outline of Theory and Problems of Operating Systems, Mc-Graw Hill Companies, Inc., 2002. 4. Dr.Rajib Mall, Real –Time Systems: Theory and Practice, Pearson Education, 2006. 11Z006 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the fundamentals of human computer interaction To design various models for interaction. To learn the design principles involved in the HCI patterns Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. i) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 169 Course Outcome(s) Apply existing models and algorithms Identify potential applications Select appropriate techniques based on the particular characteristics of the domains and applications under consideration. Assessment Pattern S.no Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) 1 Remember 2 Understand 3 Apply 4 Analyze /Evaluate 5 Create Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 Total 100 100 Remember 1. Name few display devices for 3D interaction. 2. List the uses of non-speech sounds. 3. What is meant by recency effect? 4. State the goals of evaluation techniques. 5. Define the methods for measuring memory capacity Understand 1. Explain the different types of memory with its functions. 2. Elaborate on text entry devices. 3. Discuss about the various Linguistic models. 4. Describe the elements of WIMP interface. Apply 1 Illustrate the various interaction styles with an example. 2. Show the role of usability engineering in an interactive system design. 100 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 Analyze / Evaluate 1. Compare the various types of reasoning methods. 2. Distinguish between simulation and prototype. 3. Examine the steps involved in the expert analysis with an example. Create 1. Design an experiment to test whether adding color coding to an interface will improve accuracy. 2. Construct a cognitive walkthrough example for the video remote control design. Unit I Foundations The Human – Input-output channels – Human Memory – Thinking – Emotions – Psychology and design of interactive systems; Computer – Text entry devices- Positioning, Pointing & drawing – Display devices for Virtual reality and 3D interaction. 9 Hours Memory, Processing and networks. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 170 Unit II Interaction Introduction- Models of introduction, Frameworks and HCI, Ergonomics, Interaction styles, Elements of the WIMP interface, Interactivity. Interaction Design Basics: The process design, User focus, Scenarios, Navigation design, Screen design and layout, Iteration and prototyping. 9 Hours Paradigms for interaction Unit III Software Process and Design Rules HCI in the software process: Introduction, The software life cycle, Usability engineering, Iterative design and prototyping. Design Rules: Introduction- Principles to support Usability - Standards – Guidelines -Golden rules. 9 Hours HCI patterns Unit IV Implementation Support and Evaluation Techniques Implementation support – Windowing system elements – Using tool kits – User interface management ; Evaluation techniques – Goals of Evaluation – Evaluation through expert analysis – Evaluation through User Participation Universal design principles- Multimodal interaction 9 Hours Designing for diversity Unit V Models and Theories Cognitive models – Goal & task hierarchies – Linguistic models – Physical and device models – Cognitive architectures; Communication and collaboration Models – Face-to-Face communication – Conversation – Text based communication – Group working; 9 Hours Task analysis – Knowledge based analysis – ER based techniques Total: 45 Hours Text book(s) 1. Alan Dix , Janet Finlay, Gregory D.Abowd, Russell Beale, Human Computer Interaction, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004 Reference(s) 1. Julie A. Jacko and Andrew Sears, The human-computer interaction handbook: fundamentals, evolving technologies, and emerging applications, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc., Publishers, 2003 2. Lloyd P. Rieber, Computers, Graphics, & Learning, Brown & Benchmark publishers, 2005 3. Yvonne Rogers, Helen Sharp, Jenny Preece, Interaction Design: beyond human-computer interaction, Second Edition, John-Wiley and Sons Inc., 2009 4. Dov Te‘eni, Jane Carey, Ping Zhang, Human-Computer Interaction: Developing Effective Organizational Information Systems, John-Wiley and Sons Inc., 2007 11Z007 MACHINE LEARNING TECHNIQUES 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the basic concepts and models of machine learning. To know the applications of machine learning models, paradigms and techniques To learn the concepts of training procedures Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 171 Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. i) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. Course Outcome(s) Apply existing models and algorithms Identify potential applications Select appropriate techniques based on the domain and constraints Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze /Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 100 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is reinforcement learning? 2. Name the dimensionality reduction techniques. 3. Enumerate the ways for choosing number of clusters. 4. Define Perceptron 5. Mention the drawbacks of k-Means clustering. Understand 1. Explain the applications of machine learning. 2. Discuss the steps involved in the principal component analysis. 3. Describe the kernel dimensionality reduction techniques. Apply 1. Illustrate the procedure for rule extraction from trees with an example. 2. Examine the basic problems of hidden markov models and provide solutions. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Distinguish between classification trees and regression trees. 2. Analyze the training procedures of multilayer perceptrons with an example. Create 1. Derive the update equations for an multilayer perceptrons with two hidden layers. 2. Write an expression for the likelihood p(D|a, b). The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 172 Unit I Introduction Machine Learning-Examples of machine learning Applications- Learning Associations – Classifications-RegressionUnsupervised learning - Reinforcement Learning . Bayesian Decision Theory – Introduction-Classification-Losses and Risks-Discriminant Functions-Utility Theory – Bayesian Networks. 9 Hours Association Rules Unit II Parametric Methods , Multivariate Methods and Dimensionality Reduction Parametric Methods- Introduction-Maximum Likelihood estimation - Evaluating an Estimator: Bias and VarianceBaye‘s Estimator-Parametric Classification- Model Selection Procedures . Multivariate Methods – Multivariate data – Parameter Estimation- Estimation of Missing Values-Dimensionality Reduction: Introduction-Subset SelectionPrincipal Component Analysis- Factor Analysis. 9 Hours Multidimensional Scaling Unit III Clustering and Decision Trees Clustering: Introduction – K-Means Clustering – Expectation-Maximization Algorithm-Supervised Learning after clustering – Hierarchical Clustering – Choosing the number of Clusters. Decision Trees : introduction – Univariate trees- Classification trees – regression Trees - Pruning – Rule Extraction from Trees. 9 Hours Multivariate trees Unit IV Multilayer Perceptrons and Kernel machines Multilayer Perceptrons - Introduction- The Perceptron – Training a Perceptron – Learning Boolean functions – Multilayer Perceptrons – MLP as a Universal Approximator – Back propagation algorithm-Training procedures. Kernel Machines: Introduction – Multiple Kernel Learning – Multiclass Kernel Machines-Kernel Machines for Regression- One Class Kernel machines . 9 Hours Kernel Dimensionality reduction Unit V Models and Learning Methods Hidden Markov Models: Introduction – Discrete Markov Processes – Hidden Markov Models – Three Basic Problems of HMMs. Graphical Models: Example graphical Models. Reinforcement learning: introduction – Single state Case: k-Armed bandit –Elements of Reinforcement Learning – Model based Learning – Temporal Difference learning. 9 Hours Generalization and Partially Observable states Total: 45 Hours Text Book 1. Ethem Alpaydin, Introduction to Machine Learning, Second Edition, The Adaptive Computation and Machine Learning Series, MIT press, 2010 Reference(s) 1. N.Sebe, Ira Cohen, Asthutosh Gorg, Thomas S. Huang, Machine Learning in Computer Vision, Springer, 2005 2. Stephen Marsland, Machine Learning: An algorithmic perspective, Chapman & Hall/CRC, Machine learning & Pattern recognition series, 2009 3. Christopher M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006 4. Matthieu Cord and Pádraig Cunningham, Machine Learning Techniques for Multimedia: Case Studies on Organization and Retrieval, Springer, 2008 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 173 11Z008 XML AND WEB SERVICES 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the Web Service concepts and XML Technology. To study the functions of Distributed computing. To familiarize the various security in Web Service. Program Outcome(s) b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or to obtain an advanced degree. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhance the educational experience. Course Outcome(s) Develop web based applications. Demonstrate the basics of web services. Design and build a web services. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 30 20 20 20 10 100 30 20 20 20 10 100 Model Examination 30 20 20 20 10 100 End-Semester Examination 30 20 20 20 10 100 Remember 1. What is HTML? 2. What are the differences between XML and HTML? 3. What are the advantages of XML? 4. How is XHTML better than HTML? 5. What is XHTML Validation? 6. How to create XSLT pages? 7. What are the advantages of XPointer? 8. What are web services? 9. What is SunONE? 10. List the steps involved in XML encryption Understand 1. Discuss the overview of HTML and tools for creating CSS document. 2. Classify the XSLT elements. 3. Discuss syntactic different between HTML and XHTML. 4. Describe the concept of XML Path Language. 5. Identify the Transformation techniques. 6. Why do we need modular DTDs? Apply 1. Write a CSS that makes all text three times larger than the base font and the font color is red. 2. Demonstrate the procedure to create an external DTD with an example. 3. Write the SOAP Encoding techniques. 4. Illustrate the types of XML signatures and cannibalization. 5. Write a DTD for mark statement of a student. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 174 Analyze / Evaluate 1. 2. 3. 4. Create 1. 2. 3. Compare HTML, DHTML and XHTML. Discriminate the overview of SOAP Communication. Differentiate DTD and XML Schema. Difference between SOAP and IIOP. Create a HTML document using the following tags : <p>, <strong>, <img>, hyperlink and <hr>. Develop a XML document using elements, attributes and CDATA section. Create an application to implement the Library Management System using HTML and XML. Unit I Introduction Introduction to Internet and WWW – Introduction to HTML – CSS - Creating Markup with XML - Document Type Definition (DTD) – Attribute Types - Conditional Sections – Whitespace Characters. 9 Hours XHTML and XForms Unit II XML Technology Schemas – DOM - DOM Components - Simple API for XML (SAX)-XML Path Language - Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations (XSLT) - Introduction to Xlink, XPointer, XInclude and XBase. 9 Hours Server Side Java Programming Unit III Web Services Evolution of Distributed Computing – CORBA – Java RMI – Microsoft DCOM – Message Oriented Middleware Introduction to Web Services – Core Web Services Standards - Building Web Services Architecture – Web Services Communication Models. 9 Hours Developing Web Services Using J2EE Unit IV Developing Web Services Using SOAP XML Based Protocols and SOAP - Anatomy of a SOAP message - SOAP Encoding - SOAP Message Exchange Model – SOAP Communication - SOAP Security. 9 Hours SOAP Binding for Transport protocols Unit V Web Services Security Challenges of Securing Web Services – Rapid fire Cryptography - XML Encryption - XML Signature- Types of XML Signature – Canonicalization – Implementations of XML Signature – XML key management specification. 9 Hours Introduction to Sun ONE. Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Deitel H M, Deitel P J, Nirto T R, Lin T M, XML How to Program, Pearson Edition, 2011 Reference(s) 1. Ramesh Nagappan , Robert Skoczylas and Rima Patel Sriganesh, Developing Java Web Services, Wiley Publishing Inc., 2007 2. Steve Graham and Doug Davis, Building Web services with Java, Pearson education 2008 3. Charles F.Goldfarb and Paul Prescod, The XML Handbook, Pearson education asia, 2001 4. Etban carami, Web services Essential, O‘Reilly ,2006 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 175 11Z009 TCP / IP 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To learn the Internetworking Concepts To understand the TCP/IP protocol suite To understand the interaction among the protocols in a protocol stack. Program Outcome(s) b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. Course Outcome(s) Identify the technical issues related to TCP Design Techniques. Demonstrate the internetworking strategies. Design and build a wide area network using TCP/IP and router technologies. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 20 20 20 20 20 100 20 20 20 20 20 100 Model Examination 20 20 20 20 20 100 End-Semester Examination 20 20 20 20 20 100 Remember 1. Define internetworking 2. List the advantages of subnetting. 3. What are the advantages of ipv6? 4. What is Address Resolution Protocol? 5. List the advantages of Karn‘s algorithm. 6. What is Reverse Address Resolution Protocol? 7. What is the purpose of IP protocol? 8. Define routing 9. Define TCP 10. What are the services offered by TCP in application layer? 11. List the non-routable address spaces. 12. What is the purpose of TCP protocol? 13. Mention the fields in TCP header. 14. What is DNS? 15. What is UDP? 16. What is SMTP? 17. List the features of Firewall. Understand 1. Identify the address class of 123.167.23.20 and 250.10.24.96. 2. Find the subnet, broadcast address and valid host range for the following: a) 172.16.10.5 255.255.255.128 b) 172.16.10.33 255.255.255.224 c) 172.16.10.65 255.255.255.192 d) 172.16.10.17 255.255.255.252 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 176 Explain the ARP package design. The Network address is 192.168.10.0 and the Subnet mask is 255.255.255.252. Find the following a) How many subnets? b) How many hosts? Discuss Internet Control Message Protocol. Explain the services offered by TCP. Describe the Karn‘s algorithm to avoid the problems of ambiguous acknowledgement. Explain Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol with an example. Explain IPv6 message format. Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Convert the multicast IP address 230.43.14.7 to an Ethernet multicast physical address Illustrate the header formats for the protocols in the TCP/IP protocol suite. How does ARP resolve an IP address to an Ethernet MAC address? Illustrate the concepts of IP subnet addressing and subnet masking, with an example Draw the IP datagram header format. Analyze 1. Differentiate OSI reference model and TCP/IP model. 2. Differentiate IPV4 and IPV6. 3. What is the difference between routable and non- routable protocols? Evaluate 1. ―IP is an unreliable, best-effort, connectionless protocol.‖ Justify the statement. 2. Why does lost acknowledgement not particularly force the re-transmission of TCP data segment? 3. How does the name resolution take place in DNS? Create 1. Write the characteristics of the User Datagram Protocol. 2. Write the characteristics of the Transmission Control Protocol. 3. Design a TCP client-server algorithm, where the client should prompt a user to type a line of text and send it to the server. The server should print the text, number of characters in the text and the client‘s name on the screen. Unit I Introduction The TCP/IP internet – Internet Services – Internetworking Concept and Architectural Model – Classful internet addresses – Mapping internet addresses to physical addresses(ARP) – Internet protocol : connectionless datagram delivery(IPv4) – Forwarding IP Datagrams – Error and control messages(ICMP) 9 Hours Congestion and datagram flow control Unit II Transmission Control Protocol Classless and Subnet Address extension (CIDR) – Protocol layering – User Datagram protocol (UDP) – Reliable Stream Transport Service (TCP) –Karn‘s algorithm and Timer Backoff. 9 Hours TCP performance Unit III IP Routing Routing Architecture: Cores, Peers, and Algorithms – Routing Between Peers (BGP) – Routing within AN Autonomous System (RIP, OSPF) – Internet Multicasting. 9 Hours Multicast Routing Protocols Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 177 Unit IV Socket Interface Private Network Interconnection – VPN Addressing and Routing – Network Address Translation - Client-Server Model – The Socket Interface – Bootstrap and Auto configuration(DHCP) – The Domain Name System – Remote Login and Desktop(TELNET,SSH). 9 Hours Other Remote Access Technologies Unit V Protocols and firewall Design File Transfer and access(FTP,TFTP,NFS) – Electronic Mail(SMTP,POP,IMAP,MIME) – World Wide Web(HTTP) – Voice and Video Over IP(RTP,RSVP,QoS) – Network Management(SNMP): The level of Management Protocol – Architectural Model – Message format – Internet Security and Firewall Design(IPSec,SSL) – A Next Generation IP(IPv6). Proposed IPv6 Address Space Assignment 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Douglas E.Comer, Internetworking with TCP/IP Principles, Protocols and Architecture, Fifth Edition Vol.1 PHI, 2009 Reference(s) 1. Kevin R.Fall, W. Richard Stevens, TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The Protocols, 2/E Pearson Education, 2011 2. Forouzan, TCP/IP protocol suite, TMH, 2010 3. Dr.Sidnie Feit, TCP/IP, 2/ Education,TMH, 2008 11Z010 VISUAL PROGRAMMING USING VC++ 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the concepts of windows programming. To study the concept of memory handling operations. To design the web based applications using VC++. Program Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively.. Course Outcome(s) Understand the uses of DLLs . Demonstrate the concepts of ActiveX controls. Identify the needs of multitask programming. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 20 20 20 20 2 Understand 20 20 20 20 3 Apply 20 20 20 20 4 Analyze/Evaluate 20 20 20 20 5 Create 20 20 20 20 Total 100 100 100 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting Remember 1. What is the top base class for MFC Framework? 2. Define application object 3. What is document-view architecture? 4. State the features of metafile. 5. What are the different types of metafile functions? 6. What are the various operations of virtual memory? 7. Specify the notation of playback hook. Understand 1. Classify the features of model and modeless dialog box 2. List the various methods available for clearing data structures in the journal program 3. State the challenges involved in launch operation of DLLs 4. How to generate the container view class? 5. What is meant by OLE? Apply 1. Design an application for exporting a function from a Dynamic Linked Libraries. 2. Demonstrate the process for drawing anywhere on the screen using metafile graphics. 3. How to place a bitmap on the clipboard? Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Compare the various CRedraw Class functions in metafile graphics. 2. How to capture the screen using mouse? Create 1. Create an application for performing the multitasking operations using threads in VC++ 2. Create an application for editor with the operations of reading the keys, deleting the characters the data storage using VC++ 178 and design Unit I Introduction to Visual Programming C++ and windows-Hello Dlg-Creating the keys SDI Project-The Application Object-Main Window Object-The Document Object-The View Object-Creating MDI program-Handling data in MDI-Coordinating MDI viewsScrolling MDI views- working with Multiple Menu and view types. 9 Hours Simple window concepts Unit II Edit views, HTML Views and splitter windows Rich text views-Form views-HTML views-Tree views-Splitter windows-Checkable Menu items-using submenusdisabling menu items-using menu accelerators-Bitmapped Menu items-modifying menu items at runtime-popup menus-dockable toolbars- Status Bars. 9 Hours Dialog boxes Unit III Metafile Graphics, Memory Handling and Internet Screen capture-Metafiles-Overview of memory-memory functions-virtual memory-scanning process-memory mapped files-HTTP protocol-FTP protocol-web browser. 9 Hours Web browser control Unit IV Multitask Programming Threads-multiple threads-Doubler DLLs-Shared memory in DLL- Journal program –keyboard hooks –containerCreating server- Creating ActiveX controls-subclass controls-ActiveX methods-Events. 9 Hours Windows Registry Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 179 Unit V Real-World Programming Creating Editor-Serialization-Mouse support-Clipboard-printing from the editor program- printing header in each program-using the registry-using the version resources. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Steve Holzner, Professional Visual C++ programming,Wiley India 2010 Reference(s) 1. Charles Petzold, ―Windows Programming‖, Microsoft press, 1996 2. David J.Kruglinski, George Shepherd and Scot Wingo, ―Programming Visual C++‖, Microsoft press, 1999 11Z011 UNIX INTERNALS 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the architecture and data structures of Unix Kernel. To know the concepts of Memory management and process management.. To learn the functions and implementations of various system calls. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. Course Outcome(s) Identify the data structures for Unix Kernel. Describe the methods for managing a Buffer Cache. Illustrate the concept of Inter Process Communication Implement the various system calls for Unix OS. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I Test II (New Version) 1 Remember 30 30 2 Understand 30 20 3 Apply 20 30 4 Analyze/Evaluate 10 10 5 Create 10 10 Total 100 100 Remember 1. What is Kernel? 2. Define an Inode 3. Define Buffer cache 4. List the characteristics of a File System. 5. Define a Program 6. Define a Process 7. List the Services of Operating System. 8. List the contents of an executable file. Model Examination 20 20 30 10 20 100 End-Semester Examination 20 20 30 10 20 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 180 State the important fields of U area. Define process state Mention the types of states of a process. Recall the syntax of read system call. List the parameters used in write system call. Understand 1. Describe the structure of Unix kernel. 2. Discuss the five scenarios of the kernel to allocate a buffer for a disk block. Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. Write an algorithm to implement file open system call. Illustrate the concept of pipe system call with an algorithm. Sketch the process state transition diagram. Demonstrate the signals that are involved in process state transition. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Differentiate User Mode and Kernel Mode. 2. Differentiate program and process. 3. Examine the fork system call algorithm with an example. 4. Compare Semaphore and Shared Memory Inter Process Communication mechanisms. Create 1. Write an algorithm to convert a pathname into inode with an example. 2. Design an algorithm for process scheduling with its parameters. Unit I Kernel Data structures and Buffer Cache History of Unix OS– System Structure- User Perspective- Operating System Services-User & Kernel ModesIntroduction to Kernel: Architecture –Introduction to system concepts. The Buffer Cache: Buffer Headers – Structure of Buffer Pool- Scenarios for retrieval of a buffer- Advantages and Disadvantages of Buffer Cache. 9 Hours Reading and writing disk blocks Unit II Files and System Calls for File System Inode- Structure of a regular File- Directories-Conversion of pathname to an Inode- Super block –Inode ssignment to a file- System calls for File System. 9 Hours Allocation of Disk blocks Unit III Process Structure and Control Structure of a process: Process states and transitions- Layout of System Memory-Context of a process- saving the context- manipulation of process address space. Process Control: Process Creation- Signal. 9 Hours Process Termination Unit IV Process Scheduling and Memory Management Policies Process Scheduling: Scheduling-System calls for time and clock. Memory Management: Swapping – Demand Paging. 9 Hours Hybrid system with swapping and Demand Paging Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 181 Unit V Drivers and Inter Process Communication The I/O Subsystem: Driver Interfaces- Disk drivers-Terminal Drivers-Streams Inter Process Communication: Process Tracing- System V IPC – Network Communications. 9 Hours Sockets Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Bach M.J. The Design of the Unix Operating System, Prentice Hall Of India, 2011 Reference(s) 1. Goodheart B. Cox J, The Magic Garden Explained, Prentice Hall of India, 1994 2. Leffler S.J., Mckusick M.K., Karels M.J. and Quarterman J.S., The Design and Implementation of the 4.3 BSD Unix Operating System, Addison Wesley, 1998 11Z012 INTERNET SECURITY 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To introduce the fundamental techniques based on a TCP/IP and cryptography. To develop the foundations for analyzing the benefits of design options in secure networks and public key infrastructures. To understand the disaster and potential solution. Program Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Evaluate the commercial security products and its organizational policies. Analyze various security strategies. Identify the major security issues associated with Internet. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End-Semester Test I Test II (New Version) Examination Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 30 30 30 30 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze/Evaluate 20 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is security policy? 2. Define security 3. What is denial of service attack? 4. What is distributed denial of service attack? 5. Define Electronic signature. 6. What are the important factors to be considered in overall security plan? Understand 1. Classify the various attacks. 2. Explicate the concept of 'Incident handling' in a security plan relating to website. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Apply 182 Discuss the types of virus. Describe the various situations for the information leakage. Explain the concept of protocol failures. How does a protocol failure affect the security of a system? Explain the various techniques for Stealing passwords. 1. Write the different strategies that can be used for securing the network. 2. Write about risk assessment, security policy and incident handling. 3. Demonstrate the different types of services given by application layer. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Compare symmetric and asymmetric key cryptography. 2. Compare the different types of services provided by application layer with respect to attack and protection of individual services. 3. Differentiate active attacks and passive attacks. Create 1. Generate a symmetric key using D-H algorithm for n=11and g=7. 2. Construct a simple columnar transposition technique by assuming the plain text and generate the corresponding cipher text. Unit I The Internet and Security Review Process The history of the internet-TCP/IP: The nails of the internet-Introduction to security review process -Review the state of the business-Analyze the technology being used- Risk analysis- Plans and policies. 9 Hours Implementation of a secure network Unit II Cryptography and Secure Networks Cryptography: History-Key types-RSA: public and private key- PKI and business solutions -Secure Networks: TCP/IP and OSI- Denial-of-service attacks-virtual private networks: point-to-point tunneling protocol, Layer 2 forwarding, Layer 2 tunneling protocol, IP security protocol- secure sockets layer. 9 Hours Digital Certificate Unit III Protecting Intranet Initial analysis of architectural requirements –Assessing the right type of firewall for enterprises-Firewall evaluation guidelines- firewall product functional summaries-firewall buyer‘s assessment form-firewall vendors-SSL network appliance overview-secure access. 9 Hours Air gap-based filtering proxies Unit IV Authentication and Authorization, Basics-Authentication-Authorization-smart cards – Public key infrastructure: PKI -Certificate Authority-certification practice statements-certificate revocation list-key recovery-lightweight directory access protocol-public key cryptography standards. 9 Hours Public key infrastructure (X.509) standards Unit V Messaging Security and Disaster Recovery Safe communication: messaging - junk mail- Risk analysis- Threats-technology security review- Disaster Recovery: Introduction-incident handling requirements- incident handling processes- incident handling procedures- incident handling team implementation. 9 Hours Understand the issues and potential solution Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 183 Textbook(s) Tim speed and Juanita Ellis, Internet Security-A jumpstart for Systems Administrators and IT Managers, Digital press an imprint of Elsevier, 2006 Reference(s) 1. Kenneth Einar Himma, Internet Security-Hacking, Counter Hacking and Society, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 2007 2. William R.Cheswick, Steven M. Bellovin and Aviel D.Rubin, Internet Security-Repelling the Wily hacker,2003 11Z013 FREE AND OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the basics of open source software. To gain the knowledge of working with Linux platform and different Linux distributions. To be familiar with different programming concepts in Linux. To understand the Linux administration. Program Outcome(s) b) Apply the knowledge and skills acquired to succeed in a computer science career and to pursue higher studies. d) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. e) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhances the educational experience. Course Outcome(s) Able to install Linux operating system. Demonstrate the working of Linux commands. Ability to administer Linux. Configure different utilities in Linux. Develop programs using GTK, Python and Qt. Assessment Pattern S.no Bloom’s Taxonomy Test I Test II (New Version) 1 Remember 30 30 2 Understand 30 30 3 Apply 20 20 4 Analyze /Evaluate 10 10 5 Create 10 10 Total Remember 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 100 100 Model Examination 30 30 20 10 10 End-Semester Examination 30 30 20 10 10 100 100 Define FOSS What is a log file? How does an OS boots up? How will you provide security of an operating system? Mention some basic UNIX commands. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Understand 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. What is a proxy server? What is an XWindow? What is the difference between client side and server side scripting? What are the languages used for server side scripting? What is the file system used in windows and linux? Differentiate loader and linker. What is a make file? Why we go for source code versioning? What type of security is provided in linux? What is debugging? What is the difference between static and dynamic linking? What are graphical debuggers? What is the use of awk? What are the controls used in Qt programming? Define localization How to install a Linux distribution? What are the basic commands in Linux? How will you configure internet connection in a Linux system? Draw and explain the X windows server architecture. How to configure printer services in Linux? What are the steps to create and manage users and groups in Linux? How will you configure sound and display cards in linux? Configure a web server using linux. Set up file services using samba and NFS. How will you set up proxy services in linux? Explain the compiler collection tools in linux. How will you implement source code versioning using tortoise SVN? Explain debugging in linux. Discuss about bash shell and its programming. Explain about awk scripting. How to configure a linux system with internet connection? Write the steps add additional hardware to a machine having linux OS. How will you connect a printer to a linux system and configure it? What are the steps to access a printer connected to a windows machine from a linux machine by Configuring Samba? How to set up a firewall for a network using linux. Install any Linux distribution. Analyze 1. Evaluate 1. Create 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Analyze the features of different linux distributions. Evaluate the performance of linux OS with that of Windows OS. Create users and groups in Linux and assign permissions to them. Create a shell program to find if a number is even or odd. Write a C program and compile it in a linux environment. Create an application using Qt programming. Create a window based application using GTK+ programming. Create applications using python. 184 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 185 Unit I Introduction Introduction to Linux Operating System - Basic UNIX Commands - File Filters: File Related Commands - Piping Joining, awk and backup Commands - Processes in Linux: User Process and Terminal Handling. 9 Hours Shell Programming Unit II Configuring Linux Services Debian Linux Installation - Redhat Fedora Core Installation - Installing Apache: The Web Server - Samba Installation and Configuration: File Sharing – Compiling from Sources – Installing - NFS - Installing SMTP Mail Server Installing Common Unix printing System. 9 Hours Managing Printers Unit III Networks in Linux Installing Squid Proxy and Firewalls - Users and Account Management: Configuration - Creating - Testing Removing - Allocating - System Logging: Logging - Accounting - Graphical Tools – Networks. 9 Hours Services on Internet Unit IV Compiling and Debugging Compiling C and C++ Programs under Linux - GNU Debugger: Debugger using GDB - Make: Syntax of makefiles Automake and Autoconf - Python: Invoking Python. 9 Hours Control System Unit V Programming in Linux Introduction to Perl - Ruby: OOPS through Ruby - Profiling - Calling UNIX System Calls from Ruby - X Windows Architecture and GUI Programming: GTK Programming - Qt Programming. Glade: Visual Designer Tool for GTK and GNOME 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) N. B. Venkateshwarlu, Introduction to Linux: Installation and Programming, B S Publishers; 2011. (An NRCFOSS Publication) Reference(s) 1. Matt Welsh, Matthias Kalle Dalheimer, Terry Dawson, and Lar Kaufman, Running Linux, O'Reilly Publishers, December 2002, ISBN: 0-596-00272-6 2. Carla Schroder, Linux Cookbook, O'Reilly Cookbooks Series, November 2004, ISBN: 0-596-00650-3. 3. B.Mahendran, Understanding FOSS, GNU Developers, 2009 On-line materials 1. Open Sources: Voices from the Open Source Revolution, January 1999, ISBN: 1-56592-582-3. 2. URL: http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/opensources/book/toc.html. 3. The Linux Cookbook: Tips and Techniques for Everyday Use, Michael Stutz, 2001. URL: http://dsl.org/cookbook/cookbook_toc.html. 4. The Linux System Administrators' Guide, Lars Wirzenius, Joanna Oja, Stephen Stafford, and Alex Weeks, December 2003. URL: http://www.tldp.org/guides.html. 5. Using GCC, Richard Stallman et al. URL: http://www.gnu.org/doc/using.html. 6. An Introduction to GCC, Brian Gough. URL: http://www.network-theory.co.uk/docs/gccintro/. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 186 7. GNU Autoconf, Automake and Libtool, Gary V. Vaughan, Ben Elliston, Tom Tromey and Ian Lance Taylor. URL: http://sources.redhat.com/autobook/. 8. Open Source Development with CVS, Karl Fogel and Moshe Bar. URL: http://cvsbook.red-bean.com/. 9. Advanced Bash Scripting Guide, Mendel Cooper, June 2005. URL: http://www.tldp.org/guides.html. 10. GTK+/GNOME Application Development, Havoc Pennington. URL: http://developer.gnome.org/doc/GGAD/. 11. Python Tutorial, Guido van Rossum, Fred L. Drake, Jr., Editor. URL: http://www.python.org/doc/current/tut/tut.html. 12. http://tortoisesvn.net/docs/release/TortoiseSVN_en/. 11Z014 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To learn about the operating environment of an organization. To understand the roles of manager in an organization. To study about the different management techniques. Program Outcome(s) e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Understand information systems Understand ethics in information society Analyze security for protecting information resources Assessment Pattern S.no Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) 1 Remember 2 Understand 3 Apply 4 Analyze /Evaluate 5 Create Total Test I Test II 20 30 30 20 100 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is an Information System? 2. What is the role of information systems function in a business? 3. What are business processes? 4. Define enterprise systems 5. List six reasons why information systems are so important for business today? 6. List five steps in ethical analysis. 7. Define malware 8. Define hacker 9. List application controls. 10. Define phishing 11. Define computer crime The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 187 12. List features of e-commerce 13. What is m-commerce? 14. Define Net marketplaces 15. Define knowledge management 16. Define an expert system 17. Define knowledge work systems 18. Define backward chaining Understand 1. Describe the relationship between information systems and business processes. 2. Discuss current trends in computer hardware platform. 3. Discuss how internet has changed competitive forces and competitive advantage. 4. Classify the management challenges posted by strategic information systems. 5. Describe the organizational framework general controls. 6. Identify the roles of firewalls and antivirus software in promoting security. 7. Describe the relationship between security and control. 8. Paraphrase the examples of crime in computers. 9. Describe the roles played by web personalization. 10. Classify business trends and technology trends. 11. Describe the types of payment systems. Apply 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Illustrate jetblue‘s response to the crisis. What solutions can be made and how to implement those solutions? Explain how the internet and World Wide Web are related to other technology components of information systems. Explain why there is considerable organizational resistance to the introduction of information systems. Illustrate Moore‘s law and law of mass digital storage. Explain how Management Information System auditing promotes security and control. Explain the function of risk assessment. Explain how encryption protects information. Explain knowledge management‘s value to business. Employ internet business models for electronic commerce Analyze / Evaluate 1. Compare the roles played by programmers, system analysts, chief information officer, chief security officer and chief knowledge officer in information systems. 2. Distinguish between e-business and e-commerce. 3. Examine the network economics, declining communication costs and technology standards affecting IT infrastructure. 4. Distinguish between fault tolerant and high availability computing. 5. Differentiate disaster recovery planning and business continuity planning. 6. Examine the role of encryption in public key infrastructure. 7. Compare data, knowledge, and wisdom and between tacit and explicit knowledge. 8. Judge the role of portals, wikis and social bookmarking in facilitating knowledge management. Create 1. Formulate the management, organization, and technology issues that are encountered in setting up a website for IPL teams. 2. Write management, technology factors for organizations to use software service providers for all their software needs. 3. Develop a business continuity plan for a company. Unit I Introduction to Information Systems Role of Information Systems in Business Today-Perspectives of Information Systems-Approaches to Information Systems-Business Process and Information Systems- Types of Information Systems –Systems that span the enterprise 9 Hours Information systems functions in business Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 188 Unit II Information Systems, Organizations, Management and Strategy Organizations and Information Systems – Impact of Information Systems – Ethics in an information society – IT Infrastructure – Infrastructure Components – Hardware Platform Trends – Software Platform Trends 9 Hours Moral dimensions of information systems Unit III Managing Data Resources Organizing Data in Traditional File Environment - Database Approach to Data Management – Using Databases to improve Business Performance and Decision Making 9 Hours Data Warehouses Unit IV Security and Control System Vulnerability – Business Value of Security and Control - Establishing Management Framework for Security and Control – Technologies and Tools for Protecting Information Resources. 9 Hours Ensuring Software Quality Unit V New IT Initiatives Enterprise Systems – Supply Chain Management Systems- Customer Relationship Management Systems - Electronic Commerce – Types of Electronic Commerce – M-Commerce – The Knowledge Management Landscape – Enterprise-Wide Knowledge Management Systems. 9 Hours E-Commerce Challenges Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Kenneth C. Laudon, Jane Price Laudon and Rajanish Dass, Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm, Pearson Education, Asia, 2010 Reference(s) 1. Gordon Davis, Management Information System: Conceptual Foundations, Structure and Development, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000 2. Turban, McLean and Wether, Information Technology for Management –Transforming Organisations in the Digital Economy, John Wiley, 2008 3. Raymond McLeod and Jr. George P. Schell, Management Information Systems, Pearson Education, 2008 4. James O Brien, Management Information Systems – Managing Information Technology in the E-business enterprise, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002 11Z015 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To provide a strong foundation on the concept of software project development To learn the concepts on project management and evaluation. To understand the principles of management and team organization Program Outcome(s) d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 189 Course Outcome(s) Construct and realize software design or software deployment. Develop a budget, schedule or work plan. Understand the interdependencies between the processes of the system. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze /Evaluate Create Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 Total 100 100 100 Remember 1. List the activities covered by software project management. 2. Define project 3. What are basic steps involved in building a program? 4. Recall the basic parameters of the software cost model? 5. List the three generations of software development? 6. Mention any three process available in improving software processes. 7. List the automatic code generators. 8. Delineate stake holders? 9. What are the Objective(s) of step wise project planning? 10. Define Control Understand 1. Identify major risks of payroll projects, and rank them according to their importance. 2. Describe the factors needed for allocating a task. 3. Clarify different motivation technique. 4. Explain the concept of Leadership in detail. 5. Elucidate the concept of selecting the right person for the job. 6. Describe the steps to managing the contracts. Apply 1. Illustrate the outline table of step wise project planning? 2. Write the formula used to calculate Return on investment & Net present value. 3. With neat sketch explain about Sequencing and scheduling Activities. 4. Draw the project control cycle model. 5. Demonstrate the process of collecting the data. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Distinguish between PFD and PBS. 2. Differentiate between Strategic Assessment and Technical Assessment? 3. Compare forward pass and backward pass. 4. Difference between ball charts and slip chart. 5. Compare and contrast product view and project view. 6. Differentiate Leaders and managers. 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 190 Create 1. Construct a comprehensive Project Plan by including Communication management, Risk, Assumptions, Constraints, Issues and Activities. Unit I Introduction to Software Project Management Project Definition – Contract Management – Activities Covered by Software Project Management –Plans, Methods and Methodologies – Categorizing software projects-Management control-Traditional versus modern project management- Overview of Project Planning. 9 Hours Project success and Failure Unit II Program Management and Project Evaluation Introduction- Program Management-Managing the allocation of resources within programmes - Strategic programme management-Creating a programme - Aids to programme management-Benefits management-Evaluation of individual projects- Cost Benefit Evaluation Techniques. 9Hours Risk Evaluation Unit III Activity Planning Objective(s) – Project Schedule – Sequencing and Scheduling Activities –Network Planning Models – Forward Pass Backward Pass – Activity Float – Shortening Project Duration – Activity on Arrow Networks-Resource Allocation. 9 Hours Identify the critical activities Unit IV Risk Management Introduction-Categories of Risk –Framework for dealing with Risk–Risk Identification, Assessment, Planning, Management-Evaluating Risks to the Schedule- Monitoring and control. 9 Hours Software configuration management Unit V Managing People and Organizing Teams Introduction – Understanding Behavior – Organizational Behaviour: A Background – Selecting The Right Person For The Job – Instruction In The Best Methods – Motivation– The Oldman – Hackman Job Characteristics Model – Working In Groups – Becoming a Team –Decision Making – Leadership – Organizational Structures – Stress – Health and Safety 9 Hours Case Study Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Bob Hughes, Mikecotterell, Software Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012 Reference(s) 1. 2. 3. Murali k. chemuturi, Thomas m cagly, Mastering software project management- best practices tools and Techniques, j ross Publication, 2010 Richard E. Fairly, Managing and Leading Software projects, weilly and sons, 2009 Jalote, Software Project Management in Practice, Pearson Education, 2010 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 191 11Z016 SOFTWARE TESTING AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To learn the various test design strategies. To understand the levels of testing and defect classes. To learn the testing and debugging policies with the types of review. To study about quality assurance plan. Program Outcome(s) d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Determine the right testing tools for various applications. Develop a software plan. Demonstrate skills in designing and developing the software solutions. Identify the software standards for a software project. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Model Test I Test II (New Version) Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 2 Understand 30 30 30 3 Apply 30 30 30 4 Analyze /Evaluate 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 Total 100 100 Remember 1. Define software testing 2. What is the testing process? 3. Define unit testing 4. List the software testing guidelines. 5. What is meant by black box testing? 6. What is meant by white box testing? 7. Mention the testing internal controls. 8. What is life cycle testing? 9. What is meant by performance testing? 10. Name the different levels of testing. 11. Name some tasks in the test for software installation. 12. Mention the benefits of Software Validation. 13. What is acceptance testing? 14. What are the parts of workbench? 15. List the tasks in testing the changes in software. 100 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 192 16. Mention the tasks used for evaluating test effectiveness. 17. Define installation testing. 18. Define web based testing. 19. What is meant by stress testing? 20. What is meant by regression testing? 21. Define software quality assurance 22. Specify the need of automated tools in SCM. Understand 1. Describe the challenges of risk identification process. 2. Explain the business perspective of testing. 3. Explain requirement phase testing. 4. Describe the various considerations in developing testing methodologies. 5. How to measure the overall test progress? 6. Describe the various white box testing techniques. 7. Explain the quality assurance plan. 8. Explain the components in software configuration audit. 9. Explain the principles of software defect prevention. Apply 1. Demonstrate the procedure to implement unit testing for library management system. 2. How will you implement integration testing for railway management system? 3. Write the steps in software inspection. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Identify project and product risks. 2. Distinguish structural and functional testing 3. Differentiate pre-operational and post operational testing. 4. Identify challenges in the risk analysis process. 5. Examine the conditions while developing test data. 6. Compare verification and validation. 7. Distinguish between defect prevention and correction. 8. Justify the importance of software configuration management in software quality assurance. Create 1. Construct a testing activity to expose defects in the interfaces. 2. Create functional testing process for bank ATMs. 3. Write the tasks for program phase testing. 4. Develop a sample test strategy for online ticket reservation. 5. Write the procedure for establishing software standards. Unit I Introduction Building a Software Testing Environment – Minimizing Risks – Writing a policy – Building a structured approach – Developing a test strategy – Building the software testing process – Software testing guidelines – Customizing the software testing process. 9 Hours Installing Software Testing Tools Unit II Organization and Development of Testing Approach Overview of the software testing process – Organizing for testing – Developing Test plan – Profile the software project – Understand project risk – Testing technique – Unit testing and analysis – Build and Inspect Test Plan. 9 Hours Software Development Methodologies Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 193 Unit III Verification and Validation Verification Testing - Requirement phase Testing – Design phase testing – Programming phase testing – Test during requirement, Design and Programming Phase – Guidelines - Validation Testing - Build test data – Execute Results - Record Test Results. 9 Hours Testing Client/Server System Unit IV Implementation Acceptance Testing and Operational Testing – Acceptance Testing – Define, Develop and Execute - Preoperational Testing - Test and Monitor – Post-Operational Testing – Develop and Test – Post Implementation Analysis – Workbenches - Procedures. 9 Hours Testing COTS and Contracted Software Unit V Quality Assurance Quality management - Quality assurance plan- SCM support functions- SCM Tools- Establishing standards – Guidelines- Basic inspection principles- Principles of software defect prevention- Process changes for defect prevention -Defect prevention considerations. Configuration accounting and audit 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. William E Perry, Effective Methods for Software Testing, John Wiley & Sons, USA, 2008 2. Watts S. Humphrey, Managing the software process, Addison Wesley, 2011 Reference(s) 1. Ali Behforooz, Frederick J Hudson, Software Engineering Fundamentals, Oxford University Press, Newyork, 2003 2. Roger S Pressman, Software Engineering-A Practitioner‟s Approach, Mc Graw Hill International, Singapore, 2010 3. Nina S Godbole ,Software Quality Assurance Principles and Practice , Narosa Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2004 11Z017 E – COMMERCE 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To know the basic concepts of E-Commerce. To know the approaches in business environment. To understand the role of ISP in an organization. Program Outcome(s) g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques, understanding of contemporary trends in research and technology, and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhance the educational experience. i) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. j) Function ethically and responsibly, and to remain informed and involved as full participants in our profession and our society. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 194 Course Outcome(s) Understand various aspects of E-Commerce. Understand the role of Internet technology in E-Commerce. Understand the methodologies for online business dealings. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) 1 Remember 2 Understand 3 Apply 4 Analyze /Evaluate 5 Create Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 Total 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define E-Commerce 2. Name the components of an effective business model. 3. List the major EDI standards used in E-Commerce. 4. State the generic business strategies required for achieving profitable business. 5. What is an application service provider? 6. What is reverse auction? End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 Understand 1. Discuss the unique features of E-commerce technology. 2. Explain the potential limitations of E-commerce. 3. Describe primary revenue modes used by E-commerce firms. 4. Classify the different type of information that can be shared through peer to peer sites. 5. Discuss the current and potential future impacts of E-commerce technology on publishing industry. Apply 1. Illustrate the important factors that contribute to successful E-commerce site design. 2. Demonstrate the systematic approach for developing E-commerce website. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Differentiate between internal and external value chains. 2. Compare disintermediation and reintermediation. Create 1. Find certification authorities and compare features of each company‘s digital certificates. 2. Explain how cash transactions take place in E-Commerce. What special precautions should be taken by a bank to ensure that a customer does not double spend the same electronic coins? Unit I Introduction Electronic Commerce (E-Commerce) –Marks of Maturity – Drivers – Advantages & issues in E-Commerce – Benefits & Limitations of the Internet – Role of E-Strategy- Value chain, integration and business model in ECommerce- World Wide Web: Making of the WWW- ISP- Web fundamentals. 9 Hours Internet services and Languages The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 195 Unit II Technology of E-Commerce Internet Architecture: Network-Information Transfer-Network Hardware - Design considerations-Issues Intranets and Extranets: Technical Infrastructure –Planning an Intranet – Email and Intranet - Hosting a Web Site: How ISPs work – ISP structure and services - Choosing ISP Registering Domain name. 9 Hours ASP infrastructure Unit III E- Strategies and Tactics Building E-Presence – Internet Marketing : Online shopping- Internet Marketing Techniques – E-Cycle of Internet Marketing –How to market Presence – Attracting and tracking customers – Customer relationship and Management Business-to-Business Commerce. 9 Hours Business Challenge Unit IV Security Threats and Payment Systems E- Security and USA Patriot Act: Security in Cyberspace- Designing for security – Security Protection and RecoveryEncryption: Basic Algorithm – Authentication and Trust- Managing Cryptographic Keys – Internet Security Protocols and Standards. 9 Hours Encryption Issues Unit V Managerial and Customer Related Issues Getting Money: E-Money –Internet based payments – Types (Credit, Debit, Smart, Digicash, E-cash and E-wallet, EFT) – Going Online: Life Cycle Approach- Business Planning and Strategizing Phase – Hardware, Software, Security and Setup, Design, Marketing, Fulfillment, Maintenance & Enhancement Phase. 9 Hours B2B and E-Payment Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Elias M. Awad, Electronic Commerce- From the Vision to Fulfillment, Prentice Hall of India, 2009 Reference(s) 1. Kamesh K.Bajaj and Debjani Nag, E-Commerce the Cutting Edge of Business, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005 2. Ravi Kalakota and Andrew B.Whinston, Frontiers of E-Commerce, Pearson Education Asia, 2006 11Z018 ENTERPRISE COMPUTING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the concepts of enterprise computing. To design an enterprise architecture. To construct and roll out the designed architecture as applicationnformation systems used Program Outcome(s) e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques, understanding of contemporary trends in research and technology, and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhance the educational experience. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 196 Course Outcome(s) Identify information systems used in the functional units of an enterprise. Analyze the integrated information systems used throughout an enterprise. Create and manage large-scale computing systems for an organization. Demonstrate skills to understand business environment. Assessment Pattern S.No Bloom’s Taxonomy Test Model End-Semester Test II (New Version) Examination I Examination 1 Remember 10 10 10 10 2 Understand 30 30 30 30 3 Apply 30 30 30 30 4 Analyze /Evaluate 20 20 20 20 5 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 Remember 1. Mention a few Enterprise applications. 2. List the challenges in developing an Enterprise application. 3. What is Enterprise Analysis? 4. Define Business modeling. 5. Name the types of testing in enterprise Applications. 6. Define Demilitarized Zone (DMZ). 7. What are the advantages of Virtualization? 8. Define four domains of Enterprise Architecture. 9. What is middleware? 10. List the tools used for static & dynamic code analysis. 100 Understand 1. Classify the Enterprise applications. 2. Discuss a prescriptive technical architecture framework for raising a typical enterprise application. 3. Identify the various types of non functional requirements 4. Classify the testing methodologies. 5. Describe the Usability testing. 6. Identify the steps of Planning and Estimation. 7. Classify the enterprise application environments. 8. How is enterprise service bus associated with Service Oriented Architecture (SOA)? 9. Explain the different kinds of relationship among classes. 10. How code profiling helps in tuning the performance of an application? Apply 1. Demonstrate the layer-by-layer construction of enterprise applications. 2. Illustrate the logical architecture of loan management system. 3. Elucidate the web services testing approach. Analyze / Evaluate 1. 2. 3. 4. Compare the JSF and Struts components of presentation layer. Examine the use case specification elements of transport system. Differentiate SOAP and REST based web services. Distinguish between EJB 3.0 and spring framework. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 197 Create 1. 2. 3. Create use case specification for ―initiate loan‖. Construct the business process modeling for loan management using its notation. Design use case diagram for Airline ticket reservation system. Unit I Introduction Enterprise Applications - Software Engineering Methodologies - Life Cycle of Raising Enterprise Applications Three Key Determinants of Successful Enterprise Applications 9 Hours Measuring the Success of Enterprise Applications Unit II Incepting Enterprise Applications Enterprise Analysis - Business Modeling - EM Bank—A Case Study - Requirement Elicitation and Analysis Actors and Use Cases - User Prototypes - Non-Functional Requirements - Requirements Validation 9 Hours Planning and Estimation Unit III Architecting and Designing Enterprise Applications Architecture, Views and Viewpoints - Enterprise Application—An Enterprise Architecture Perspective - Logical Architecture - Technical Architecture and Design - Data Architecture and Design - Infrastructure Architecture and Design 9 Hours Architecture and Design Documentation Unit IV Constructing Enterprise Applications Construction Readiness - Introduction to Software Construction Map - Constructing the Solution Layers - Code Review - Static Code Analysis - Build Process and Unit Testing 9 Hours Dynamic Code Analysis Unit V Testing and Rolling out Enterprise Applications Testing Enterprise Applications - Enterprise Application Environments - Integration Testing - System Testing - User Acceptance Testing 9 Hours Rolling out Enterprise Applications Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Anubhav Pradhan, B.Satheesha Nanjappa, Senthil Nallasamy and E.Veerakumar, Raising Enterprise Applications : A Software Engineering Perspective, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2010 11Z019 SOFT COMPUTING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To provide an overview of soft computing techniques To provide a strong foundation of neural networks To introduce the applications of soft computing Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 198 Programme Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate different types of networks and learning methods Analyze genetic algorithm and its applications Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze /Evaluate Create Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 10 30 30 20 10 Total 100 100 Remember 1. What is Artificial Neural Network? 2. Define Perceptron. 3. State Hebbian Learning 4. List the applications of ANN. 5. Define fuzzification. UnderstandDescribe basic model of ANN. 1. Explain rule based structure identification. 2. Describe the classification of genetic algorithms. Apply Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 100 1.Explain how back propagation network can be used for pattern classification with example. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Compare supervised and unsupervised learning algorithms. 2. Compare artificial neurons with biological neurons. Create 1. Design a GA based algorithm to solve TSP. Give the drawbacks of GA. Unit I Artificial Neural Networks Fundamental Concept – Basic Model of ANN – Terminologies of ANN- Supervised Learning Neural Networks: Perceptions-Adaptive Linear Neuron-Back propagation Multilayer Perceptron- Unsupervised Learning Neural Networks: Kohenen self-organizing Networks-Learning vector organization-Hebbian Learning 9 Hours Hopfield networks The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 199 Unit II Fuzzy Systems Fuzzy systems and applications: fuzzy sets- fuzzy relations Defuzzification – fuzzy rule base and reasoning -- fuzzy inference systems – Fuzzy Decision Making 9 Hours Fuzzy control systems Unit III Neuro Fuzzy Modeling Adaptive neuro Fuzzy inference systems : architecture – hyprid learning algorithm - classification and regression trees- data clustering-rule base structure identification. 9 Hours Neuro fuzzy controls Unit IV Genetic Algorithms Simple GA- basic operators and terminologies - Traditional vs Genetic Algorithm - Classification of Genetic Algorithm- crossover and mutation- Holland classifier systems. 9 Hours Genetic programming Unit V Applications of Soft computing Neural network based Pattern Recognitions- Image Processing - Information Retrieval Systems-Share Market Analysis-Natural Language Processing. – Genetic algorithm based Internet searching technique – Traveling salesman problem using GA 9 Hours GA – Fuzzy systems for Control of Robots Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) S.N.Sivanandam and S.N.Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, Wiley India(P) Ltd,2011 Reference(s) 1. Timothy J.Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw-Hill, 2000 2. Davis E.Goldberg, Genetic Algorithms: Search, Optimization and Machine Learning, Addison Wesley, N.Y., 1989 3. Jang.J.S.R.Sun.C.T.and Mizutami.E, Neuro fuzzy and Soft computing, Prentice Hall, New Jersey-2010 11Z020 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To provide a basic exposition to the goals and methods of Artificial Intelligence To provide a strong foundation of fundamental concepts in Artificial Intelligence Programme Outcome(s) c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate different techniques to represent knowledge Analyze the environment, understand the problem and find solution to the problem Ability of reasoning and planning Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 200 Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze /Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 100 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is Artificial Intelligence? 2. Define intelligent agent. 3. List the characteristics of agent environment. 4. What is pruning? 5. List the features of logic. Understand 1. Describe situation space planning algorithms. 2. Explain alpha-beta pruning algorithm with example. 3. Describe and implement a real-time, multiplayer game-playing environment where time is part of environment state. Apply 1. Form state space for the water jug problem and apply suitable search algorithm to find the solution. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Is hill climbing guaranteed to give solution to 8-queens problem? 2. Compare IDA* and A* algorithms in terms of time and space complexity. Create 1. Consider the following classroom scheduling problem: There are 4 classes, C1, C2, C3, and C4, and 3 class rooms, R1, R2, and R3. The following table shows the class schedule: In addition, there are the following restrictions: • Each class must use one of the 3 rooms, R1, R2, R3. • R3 is too small for C3. • R2 and R3 are too small for C4. One way of formulating this problem as a constraint satisfaction problem is to let each class, C1, …, C4, be a variable, and each room, R1, R2, R3, be the possible values for these variables. (a) Show the initial possible values for each variable, C1, …, C4, given the restrictions above. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 201 (b) Express formally all the constraints in this problem. (c) Consider each pair of variables appearing in the same constraint in (b), please point out which pairs are arc-consistent for the initial values provided in (a). For those pairs that are not arc-consistent, please provide the necessary operations so that they become arc-consistent. Unit I Introduction Intelligent Agents – Agents and environments - Good behavior – The nature of environments – Structure of agents Problem Solving - Problem solving agents –– Uniformed search strategies - Avoiding repeated states. 9 Hours Searching with partial information. . Unit II Searching Techniques Informed search and exploration – Informed search strategies – heuristic function – Local search algorithms and optimization problems – Local search in continuous spaces – Online search agents and unknown environments Constraint satisfaction problems (CSP). 9 Hours Backtracking search and Local search for CSP Unit III Knowledge Representation First order logic – Representation revisited – Syntax and semantics for first order logic – Using first order logic – Knowledge engineering in first order logic - Inference in First order logic – Prepositional versus first order logic – Unification and lifting – Forward chaining – Backward chaining. 9 Hours Ontological Engineering Unit IV Planning Planning problem- Planning with state space search – Partial order planning – Planning graphs – Planning with proportional logic – Time, Schedules, and Resources – Hierarchical task Planning – Conditional Planning – Execution monitoring and replanning. 9 Hours Continuous Planning Unit V Learning Learning from observations - forms of learning - Inductive learning - Learning decision trees - Ensemble learning Knowledge in learning – Logical formulation of learning – Explanation based learning – Learning using relevant information. 9 Hours Statistical learning methods Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Russell, Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2009 Reference(s) 1. Nils J. Nilsson, Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2000 2. Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2011 3. George F. Luger, Artificial Intelligence-Structures And Strategies For Complex Problem Solving, Pearson Education / PHI, 2002 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 202 11Z021 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the concepts of data warehousing with special emphasis on architecture and design. To understand the concepts of data mining. To understand the use of Mathematics, Statistics and Information Sciences in discovering knowledge from large databases. Program Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects. b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Understand the functionality of data mining and data warehousing components Compare the various approaches of data mining and data warehousing implementations Realize the strengths and limitations of various data mining and data warehousing models Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze /Evaluate Create Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 10 30 30 20 10 End-Semester Examination 10 30 30 20 10 Total 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define Data Mining 2. What is KDD? 3. List out the classification of data mining system 4. What are the steps in the data mining process? 5. List out the major components of a typical data mining system 6. What is constraint based association mining? 7. What are the two data structures in cluster analysis? 8. What are Bayesian Classifiers? 9. List out five data mining tools. 10. What is cluster analysis? 11. What is star schema and snow flake schema? 12. What is smoothing? Understand 1. Summarize how a data warehouse differs from a database. How are they similar? 2. How are concept hierarchies useful in OLAP? 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 203 3. Where are Decision Trees mainly used? 4. Explain OLAP. 5. Describe the three-tier architecture of data warehouse. 6. Explain the data mining architecture. Apply 1. Illustrate how to develop an efficient implementation method for mining weblog access records for separate groups to facilitate customized marketing. 2. Given the following measurements for the variable age 18,22,25,42,28,43,33,35,56,28 standardize the variable by mean absolute deviation of age and z-score for the first four measurements. 3. Enumerate the different classes of schemas that are used for modeling data warehouses 4. Find the frequent item sets without candidate generation using FP-growth. 5. Demonstrate the k-means clustering algorithm and illustrate the strength and weakness of k-means clustering. Analyze / Evaluate 1. Compare Data warehouse and Data mart. 2. Compare OLAP and OLTP. 3 Differentiate Data warehouse and operational DBMS. 4. Differentiate supervised and unsupervised learning scheme. 5 Give the Architecture of Data warehouse and explain its usage 6. Discuss Bayesian classification with its theorem Create 1. Compose the OLAP operations in multidimensional data model and explain in detail. 2. Write an algorithm to find frequent item sets using apriori and generate association rules from frequent item sets. 3. Write an algorithm for inducing a decision tree from training samples. 4. Formulate web mining techniques. Unit I Data warehousing Introduction, Data Warehouse, Multidimensional Data Model, Data Warehouse Architecture, Data Warehouse Implementation 9 Hours Data Warehousing to Data Mining Unit II Introduction to Data Mining Relation to Statistics, Databases- Data mining on Different Kind of Data - Data Mining Functionalities-Steps in Data Mining Process-Architecture of a Typical Data Mining Systems- Classification of Data Mining Systems – Data Mining Task Primitives - Integration of a Data Mining System with a Database or Data Warehouse System 9 Hours Major Issues in Data Mining Unit III Data Preprocessing and Data Generalization Data Cleaning, Integration, Transformation, Reduction, Discretization, Concept Hierarchy Generation, Attribute Oriented Induction – An Alternative Method for Data Generalization and Concept Description 9 Hours Descriptive data summarization Unit IV Association Rules Association Rule Mining, Single-Dimensional Boolean Association Rules from Transactional Databases, Multi-Level Association Rules from Transaction Databases, Multi-dimensional Association rules from Relational Databases and Data Ware houses , Association Mining to Correlation analysis 9 Hours Constraint-Based Association Mining Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 204 Unit V Classification and Clustering Classification and Prediction, Issues, Decision Tree Induction, Bayesian Classification, Rule Based Classification, Other Classification Methods, Prediction, Accuracy and Error Measures, Cluster Analysis, Types of data, Categorization of major clustering methods, Partitioning methods 9 Hours Hierarchical methods Total : 45 Hours Text Book Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Morgan Kauffman, 2011 Reference(s) 1. Margaret H.Dunham, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics, Pearson Education 2006 2. Paulraj Ponniah, Data Warehousing Fundamentals: A Comprehensive Guide for IT Professionals ,WileyIndia Pvt Ltd, 2006 3. Sam Anahory, Dennis Murry, Data Warehousing in the Real World : A Practical Guide for Building Decision Support Systems, Dorling Kindersley , 2005 4. David Hand, Heikki Manila, Padhraic Symth, Principles of Data Mining, PHI, 2004 11Z022 PROBABILITY AND QUEUING THEORY 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) On completion of the course the students are expected to Have a well-founded knowledge of standard distributions which can describe real life phenomena and acquire skills in solving problems which involves more than one random variable and functions of random variables. Be exposed to basic characteristic features of a queuing system and acquire skills in analyzing queuing models and to provide students with the ability to understand and conduct computer systems modeling and performance analysis. Programme Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research i. Apply basic probability techniques and models to analyze the performance of computer systems, and in particular, of networks. ii. To analyze a network of queues with Possion external arrivals and exponential service requirements. iii Use discrete and continuous time Markov chains to model computer systems and real systems respectively. Course Outcome(s) 1. Probability and its applications 2. Random process and its properties. 3. Applications of queuing theory in computer field. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 205 Assessment pattern S. No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/ Evaluate Create Total Test I8 Test II1 Model Examination1 End Semester Examination 30 30 20 20 00 100 30 30 20 20 00 100 30 30 20 20 00 100 30 30 20 20 00 100 Remember 1. Define Probability 2. Describe a Random Variable. 3. Give the formula for Exponential Distribution. 4. List out the properties of Normal Distribution. 5. State the types of Two - Dimensional random variable. 6. What are the boundaries of coefficient of correlation? 7. Classify the random process with respect to time. 8. What is the sum of two poisson processes? 9. What is the name of the queue if a customer leaves the queue when there is no waiting space in the system. 10. Name the Distributions which are used for arrivals and for service in a queuing system. Understand 1. If A and B are any two events in S such that P(A B)=1/4, P( A )=2/3 and P(A B)=3/4. 2. 3. 4. 5. Find P( A /B). State Bayes‘s theorem. State the central limit theorem. If X is a uniform random variable in [-2, 2], find the p.d.f. of X and var(X). What are the applications of correlation? 6. The joint pdf of the R.V. (X,Y) is given by f(x,y) = K xy e ( x 2 y2 ) ,x>0, y>0. Find the value of K and prove also that X and Y are independent. 7. What are the classifications of random process? 8. Define a markov chain and give one example. 9. Write the characteristics of a queuing system. 10. Draw a state transition rate diagram in M/M/C model. Apply 1. If at least one child in a family of three children is a boy, what is the probability that all three are boys. 2. In a class of 100 students 75 are boys and 25 are girls. The chance that a boy gets a first class is 0.25 and the probability that a girl gets first class is 0.21. Find the probability that a student selected at random gets a first class. 8 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly, internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 206 3. The overall percentage of failure in a certain examination is 40. What is the probability that out of a group of 6 candidates at least 4 passed the examination. 4. In a newly constructed township, 2000 electric lamps are installed with an average life of 1000 burning hours and standard deviation of 200 hours. Assuming the life of the lamps follows normal distribution, find the number of lamps expected to fail during the first700 hours. 5. From a sack of fruits containing 3 oranges, 2 apples and 3 bananas, a random sample of 4 pieces of fruit is selected. If X is the number of oranges and Y is the number of apples in the sample, find P ( X +Y ≤ 2 ) . 6. The two equations of the variables X and Y are x = 19.13 - 0.87y and y = 11.64 - 0.50x. Find the correlation co-efficient between X and Y. 7. A man tosses a fair coin until 3 heads occur in a row. Let X denotes the longest string Of heads ending at the n th trial. Show that the process is markovian. 8. Prove that difference of two poisson process is not a poisson process. 9. Derive pure birth and death process. 10. Derive P-K formula. Evaluate; 1. A given lot of IC-chips contains 2% defective chips. Each is tested before delivery. The tester itself is not totally reliable. Probability of tester says the chip is good when it is really good is 0.95 and the probability of tester says chip is effective when it is actually defective is 0.94.If a tested device is indicated to be defective, what is the probability that it is actually defective ? 2. Define MGF of a random variable. Find the MGF of the negative binomial distribution and hence find its mean and variance. 3. In a certain factory turning razor blades, there is a small chance of 1/500 for any blade to be defective. The blades are in packets of 10. Use Poisson distribution to calculate the approximate number of packets containing i) 1 defective ii) 2 defective blades respectively in a consignment of 1000 packets. 4. If X and Y are two R.V‘s having joint density function Find 5. 1 (6 x y );0 x 2,2 y 4 . f ( x, y ) 8 0 : otherwise i) P( X 1 Y 3), ii ) P( X Y 3)and iii ) P( X 1 / Y 3) . If X and Y are independent random variables each normally distributed with mean as 0 and variance as 2 find the density function of y r x 2 y 2 and tan 1 . x 6. X and Y are two R.V‘s having joint density function 1 (6 x y );0 x 2,2 y 4 . f ( x, y ) 8 0 : otherwise Find the correlation coefficient between X and Y. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 7. 8. 207 A man either drives a car or catches a train to go to office each day. He never goes two days in a row by train but if he drives one day, then the next day he is just as likely to drive again as he is to travel tossed a fair dice and drove to work if and only if a 6 appeared. Find i). The probability that he takes a train on the third day ii). The probability that he drives to work in the long run. Show that the random process X (t ) A cos (0 t ) is wide sense stationary, if A and 0 are constants and is a uniformly distributed random variable in ( 0 , 2 ). 9 . A petrol pump has two pumps. The service times follow the exponential distribution with mean 4 minutes and cars arrive for service as a poisson process at the rate of 10 cars per hour. Find the probability that a customer has to wait for service. What is the probability that the pumps remain idle. 10. Customers arrive at a one man barber shop according to a poisson process with a mean inter arrival time of 12 mins. Customers spend an average of 10 mins in the barber‘s chair. i. What is the probability that the waiting time in the system is greater than 30 mins. Ii. What is the average time customer spends in the queue. Unit I Probability and Random Variable Axioms of probability - Conditional probability - Total probability – Baye‘s theorem- Random variable - Probability mass function - Probability density function - Properties - Moments - Moment generating functions and their properties. 9 Hours Unit II Standard Distributions Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential, Gamma and Normal distributions and their properties Functions of a random variable. 9 Hours Unit III Two Dimensional Random Variables Joint distributions - Marginal and conditional distributions – Covariance - Correlation and regression Transformation of random variables - Central limit theorem. 9 Hours Unit IV Random Processes and Markov Chains Classification - Stationary process - Markov process - Poisson process - Birth and death process - Markov chains Transition probabilities - Limiting distributions. 9 Hours Unit V Queuing Theory Markovian models – M/M/1, M/M/C , finite and infinite capacity - M/M/∞ queues - Finite source model - M/G/1 queue (steady state solutions only) – Pollaczek – Khintchine formula – Special cases. 9 Hours Total: 45+15 Hours Text book 1. T. Veerarajan, Probability Statistics and Random Processes, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2009. 2. R.A. Johnson, Miller & Freund‘s ,Probability and Statistics for Engineers , Pearson Education, Delhi, 2009 . Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 208 Reference(s) books: 1. J. Medhi, Stochastic Processes, New Age Publishers, New Delhi, 1994. 2. A.O. Allen, Probability Statistics and Queuing Theory, Academic press, New Delhi, 1981 3 .M.B.K.Moorthy, Probability Random Processes and Queuing Theory, SciTech Publications, Chennai, 2007. 4. S.C. Gupta and J.N. Kapur , Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics , Sultan Chand, NewDelhi 1996 11Z023 CLOUD ARCHITECTURE AND SERVICES 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the phases of journey to the cloud To describe the key elements of Cloud Platform and Thread Programming To understand the concepts of Map Reduce Programming To design intelligent Cloud services and Applications Program Outcome(s) (b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science career and/or obtain an advanced degree. d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. e) Develop software as per the appropriate software life cycle model. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) Demonstrate the Cloud environments. Develop Web based Google AppEngine Applications. Assessment Pattern S.no 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze /Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 10 30 30 20 10 100 10 30 30 20 10 Model Examination 20 20 30 20 10 End-Semester Examination 20 20 30 20 10 100 100 100 Remember 1. What are the business drivers for cloud computing? 2. How does Cloud computing works? 3. Can you recall difference between Virtual LAN (VLAN) and virtual SAN (VSAN). 4. List the services in cloud computing. 5. What are the concerns in cloud security? Understand 1. Explain the characteristics of cloud computing as per NIST. 2. How would you classify the object based and Unified storage technologies? 3. Illustrate the methods for implementing virtualization, their benefits and considerations. The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 209 4. Describe cloud infrastructure components and services. 5. List out the considerations for choosing applications suitable for cloud computing. Apply 1. How could you make a transition from data center to cloud computing environment? 2. Why backup and recovery is needed for virtual machines (VMs)? 3. How can you develop cloud services in real time in Aneka? 4. How to develop cloud models suitable for different categories of users? Analyze/Evaluate 1. Use Cloud Simulator Aneka Cloud with suitable application 2. Develop a Hadoop Environment and generate a Map/Reduce Programming 3. Design Java Application to implement the Google AppEngine. 4. Study of Microsoft Azure and Google Apps Script. Create 1. Create customized virtualized Desktop applications. 2. Create Google Appengine Web based Applications. 3. Create Aneka Platforms and Web services. 4. Create a Cloud Based Software as a service(SAAS) Unit I Introduction Cloud computing at a Glance – Historical Development – Building Cloud Computing Environments – Computing Platform and Technologies –Principles of Parallel and Distributed Computing- Elements of parallel and Distributed Computing. 9 Hours Technologies of Distributed Computing. Unit II Virtualization and Cloud Computing Architecture Introduction - Characteristic of Virtualized Environments – Taxonomy of Virtualization Techniques- Virtualization and Cloud Computing – Technology Examples- Cloud reference model – Types of the Cloud. 9 Hours Open Challenges Unit III Cloud Application Platform and Thread Programming Anatomy of the Aneka Container – Building Aneka Clouds – Cloud Programming and Management – Programming Applications with Threads –Multi Threading and Programming Applications with Aneka Threads. 9 Hours Implementation of Aneka Cloud Unit IV High Throughput Computing and Map Reduce Programming Task Computing – Task Based Application Models – Aneka Task-Based Programming – Data –Intensive Computing – Technologies for Data-Intensive Computing – Aneka Map-Reduce Programming. 9 Hours Map-Reduce Programming Unit V Cloud Platforms and Applications Amazon Web Applications – Google AppEngine –Microsoft Azure –Scientific Applications – Business and consumer Applications- Third Party Cloud Services. 9 Hours Third Party Cloud Services Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 210 Textbook(s) 1. Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola and Thamari Selvi S ―Mastering in Cloud Computing‖, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2013. Reference 1. Anthony T Velte, ―Cloud Computing: A practical Approach‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009 2. Halper Fern, Kaufman Marcia, Bloor Robin, Hurwit Judith, ―Cloud Computing for Dummies, Wiley India, 2009. 3. Michael Miller, ― Cloud Computing‖, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009 11Z024 INFORMATION STORAGE MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the challenges in information storage and management To describe the core elements in a data center To understand RAID and its various levels for data backup To design intelligent disk storage systems Program Outcome(s) d) Graduates will demonstrate skills to use modern engineering tools, software and equipments to analyze problems. i) The graduates will be knowledgeable about contemporary developments j) The graduates will develop confidence for self education and ability for lifelong learning. Course Outcome(s) Evaluate storage architectures and key data center elements in classic, virtualized and cloud environments Explain physical and logical components of a storage infrastructure including storage subsystems, RAID and intelligent storage systems Describe storage networking technologies such as FC-SAN, IP-SAN, FCoE, NAS and object-based, and unified storage Understand and articulate business continuity solutions – backup and replications, along with archive for managing fixed content Explain key characteristics, services, deployment models, and infrastructure components for a cloud computing Assessment Pattern S.no 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze/Evaluate Create Total Test I* Test II* 20 20 20 40 100 10 20 20 40 10 100 Remember 1. What is virtualization? 2. How does FC protocol works? 3. Can you recall three-site remote replication? 4. List the services in cloud computing. 5. What is meant by storage tiering? Model Examination* 10 20 20 40 10 100 Semester-End Examination 10 20 20 40 10 100 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 211 Understand 1. Explain about RAID 2. How would you classify the file storage virtualization? 3. Can clustering and multipathing avoid single point of failure 4. Describe cloud infrastructure components. 5. Illustrate various security threats in storage infrastructure. Apply 1. How could you improve the performance of disk drive and flash drive components? 2. What approach would you use to improve the FC protocol operations? 3. Why backup and recovery is needed? 4. How can you develop cloud services in real time? 5. How to develop an application through Information lifecycle Management? Analyze/Evaluate 1. What are the main reasons for storage system? 2. Give reasons for moving towards object based and unified storage system. 3. What are the benefits of using cloud services? Also mention the difficulties faced by the users while using cloud services. Create 1. Create a customized and secure storage solution for corporates. Unit I Storage System Introduction to information storage, Virtualization and cloud computing, Key data center elements, Compute, application, and storage virtualization, Disk dive & flash drive components and performance, RAID, Intelligent storage system and storage provisioning (including virtual provisioning) 9 Hours Unit II Storage Networking Technologies and Virtualization Fibre Channel SAN components, FC protocol and operations, Block level storage virtualization, iSCL and FCIP as an IP-SAN solutions, Converged networking option – FcoE, Network Attached Storage (NAS) – components, protocol and operations, File level storage virtualization, Object based storage and unified storage platform. 9 Hours Unit III Backup, Archive and Replication Business continuity terminologies, planning and solutions, Clustering and multipathing to avoid single points of failure, Backup and recovery – methods, targets and topologies, data deduplication and backup in virtualized environment, fixed content and data archive, Local replication in classic and virtual environments, Remote replication in classic and virtual environments, Three-site remote replication and continuous data protection. 9 Hours Unit IV Cloud Computing Characteristics and benefits Services and deployment models, Cloud infrastructure components, Cloud migration considerations. 9 Hours Unit V Securing and Managing Storage Infrastructure Security threats, and countermeasures in various domains, Security solutions for FC-SAN, IP-SAN and NAS environments, Security in virtualized and cloud environments, Monitoring and managing various information infrastructure components in classic and virtual environments, Information lifecycle Management (ILM) and storage tiering. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Text Book 1. Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing and Protecting Digital Information in classic, Virtualized and Cloud Environments, 2nd Edition, EMC Educations Services, Wiley, May 2012. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 212 Reference(s) 1. Ulf Troppens, Rainer Erkens, Wolfgang Mueller-Friedt, Rainer Wolafka, Nils Haustein ,"Storage Networks Explained: Basics and Application of Fibre Channel SAN, NAS, iSCSI, InfiniBand and FCoE, 2nd Edition, Wiley, July 2009 2. Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing, and Protecting Digital Information, EMC Education Services, Wiley, January 2010 11Z025 WEB SERVICES AND SERVICE ORIENTED ARCHITECTURE 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To understand the key distinctions for Service-Oriented Architecture (SOA). To understand the Web Services Security Frame. To understand the key security requirements. To understand the key principles and patterns for building secure services. Programme Outcome(s) e) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. f) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. Course Outcome(s) Understand various aspects of web services. Demonstrate skills in designing and developing the web services. Describe real-world scenarios involving web services Describe the need for a platform-independent service contract (WSDL) Describe the need for a platform-independent messaging format (SOAP). Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze /Evaluate Create Test I Test II 30 30 20 20 - 30 30 20 20 - Model Examination 30 30 10 20 10 Total 100 100 Remember 1. What is a service-oriented architecture? 2. What is Web Services Management? 3. Define Web Services Security? 4. Explain XML Firewall? 5. What is an SLA? Understand 1. List the challenges faced in SOA adoption. 2. Mention about SOA governance? What are its functions? 3. Explain the Business Benefits of Service-Oriented Architecture? 100 End-Semester Examination 30 30 10 20 10 100 The marks secured in test I and test II will be converted to 20 and model examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 213 Apply 1. Why do I need Web services management? 2. How does Web Services Management fit into my existing infrastructure? 3. How do I manage B2B communication? 4. Demonstrate the process of collecting the data. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. In SOA do we need to build systems from scratch? 2. Can you explain business layers and plumbing layers in SOA? 3. What is the difference between services and components? 4. Can you describe the complete architecture of SOA? 5. Can you explain a practical example in SOA? 6. What are ends, contract, address, and bindings? 7. Are web-services SOA? Create 1. Construct a web service for any one B2B application. Unit I SOA and Web Services Fundamentals Introduction – Evolution of SOA – Web services and primitive SOA: Web services framework, services as web services, service description, messaging. 9 Hours Unit II SOA and Web Services Fundamentals Activity management and Composition: message exchange patterns, service activity coordination, atomic transaction, business activities, orchestration, Choreography- Advanced messaging, meta data and security. 9 Hours Unit III SOA and Service Orientation Principles of service orientation: SO and enterprise, Anatomy, principles, SO and object orientation, native web services and support for SO – Service layers: SOA and contemporary SOA, service layer abstraction, application, business, orchestration service layers, agnostic services, service layer configuration scenarios. 9 Hours Unit IV Building SOA: Planning and Analysis SOA delivery strategies – Introduction to SO analysis, benefits of business centric SOA, deriving business services – SOA service modeling: guidelines, logic, approaches. 9 Hours Unit V Building SOA: Technology And Design Introduction – SOA composition guideline – Service Design – Business Process Design – SOA platforms. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Thomas Erl, ―Service-Oriented Architecture: Concepts, Technology, and Design‖, Pearson Education, 2008. 2. Thomas Erl, ―SOA Principles of Service Design ―(The Prentice Hall Service-Oriented Computing Series from Thomas Erl), 2005. Reference Books 1. Newcomer, Lomow, ―Understanding SOA with Web Services‖, Pearson Education, 2005. 2. Sandeep Chatterjee, James Webber, ―Developing Enterprise Web Services, an Architect‘s Guide‖, Pearson Education, 2005. 3. Dan Woods and Thomas Mattern, ―Enterprise SOA Designing IT for Business Innovation‖ O‘REILLY, First Edition, 2006 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 214 PHYSICS ELECTIVES 11O0PA NANO SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3.0 Course Objective(s) To impart knowledge on nanoscience and technology. To create an awareness on the nanomaterials. At the end of the course the students are familiar with nanomaterials and their applications. Program Outcome(s) b. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand the behavior of nanomaterials, quantum phenomena and the limitations of basic physical laws at the nano scale level. explain important mechanisms involved in the of synthesis and functionalization of nano-structured materials. evaluate the promise of a nanotechnology device. identify the origin of size effects to control the properties of nanomaterials. apply knowledge for modern and future engineering applications of nanomaterials. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test 1 Test 2 Model Examination End Semester Examination 25 25 20 20 10 - 25 25 20 20 10 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define nanoscale. 2. Give the differences between nano and thin materials. 3. Give the usage of nanomaterials in medical field. 4. What are the techniques used to find properties of materials? 5. What are the day-to-day life applications of nanomaterials? 6. What do you mean by total energy of the system? 7. What do you mean by top down and bottom up approach? 8. How physical properties vary while converting the material into nano size? 9. What is SWCNT and MWCNT? 10. What are the applications of CNT? 11. Mention the general characterization techniques of nanomaterials. The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 215 12. How electron microscopy differ from scanning electron microscopy? 13. Define diffraction. 14. Write the different diffraction techniques to analyse the properties of nanomaterials. 15. What is meant by surface analysis of nanomaterials? 16. What are quantum dots? 17. Write the importance of self assembly technique. 18. What is organic FET? 19. State the principle of LED. 20. Why nanomaterials are used as energy storage device? 21. Write the bio medical applications of nanomaterials. 22. List the advantages of nanomaterials as compared to bulk materials. 23. Which is having high efficiency among injection and quantum cascade laser? 24. Write the uses of FET. 25. What is nano magnet? 26. Mention the applications of nanomagnets in industries. 27. Write the advantages of nano robot in medical field. Understand 1. How the nano dimension particle varies with bulk one? 2. Explain the different classifications of nanostructures. 3. Elucidate the significance of MWCNT over SWCNT. 4. Explain structural, electrical, mechanical properties of nanoscale materials. 5. What are the applications of CNT? 6. Why the electrical properties are more important as compared to other properties of nanomaterials? 7. How nanomaterials are produced by machining process? 8. Give the importance of vapor phase deposition method for the production of nanomaterials. 9. Explain the sol-gel technique of nanomaterial production. 10. How the nanomaterials are analyzed in scanning electron microscopic technique? 11. Elucidate how nanomaterials are produced by template method? 12. List the general classifications of characterization methods of nanomaterials. 13. Explain how FTIR is used to analyze the bonding in nanomaterials? 14. Why the TEM is widely used than SEM? Explain. 15. What are the advantages and disadvantages of TEM? 16. Explain the quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures. 17. Explain the different fabrication techniques of nanoscale materials. 18. Explicate in which way thermally annealed quantum well technique is better than epitaxial growth technique? 19. Explain the electro statically induced quantum dots and quantum wire technique. 20. Why semi conducting nano material is more important than other nanomaterials? 21. What are the advantages of nanomagnetic materials? 22. How nanomaterials are used in organic FET? 23. Why the organic LEDs are manufactured from nanomaterials? 24. How nanomaterials are used in quantum cascade laser? 25. Why nano photo voltaic fuel cells are used? 26. Explain the bio medical applications of nanodevices. Apply 1. Clarify the effects of nanometer length scale of particles. 2. Give the reason for the effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties. 3. Explain how the size of the particle will effect on their mechanical and structural properties of the material? 4. Why sol gel method is used widely to synthesis nanomaterials? 5. Templating method is better than physical vapor deposition method to synthesis nanomaterials. Why? 6. Why ordering of the nano system is more important? Give reason. 7. Explain how nanomaterials are characterized by imaging techniques? 8. Why diffraction techniques are used to characterize the nanomaterials? 9. Explain how nanomaterials are analyzed by transmission electron microscope? 10. Clarify the differences between self-assembly and self-organization. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 216 11. Explain how organic light emitting diode overcomes the drawback of LCD? 12. How we can use CNT as a storage device in battery? 13. Why nanomaterials are used in optical memory devices? 14. How we can store nano particles? Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Distinguish between SWCNT and MWCNT. 2. Compare organic FET and organic LED. 3. Why nano structured particles are found in potential applications? 4. Give the relation between properties and applications of nano particles. 5. Explain with relevant example about the synthesize of nano structured materials employing self-assembly and template based methods. 6. Analyze the relation between magnetic and nanomaterials. Unit I Nano Scale Materials Introduction-classification of nanostructures, nanoscale architecture – effects of the nanometer length scale – changes to the system total energy, changes to the system structures– effect of nanoscale dimensions on various properties – structural, thermal, chemical, mechanical, magnetic, optical and electronic properties. Differences between bulk and nanomaterials and their physical properties. 9 Hours Unit II Nanomaterials Synthesis Methods Fabrication methods – top down processes – milling, litho graphics, machining process – bottom-up process – vapor phase deposition methods, plasma-assisted deposition process, colloidal and solgel methods – methods for templating the growth of nanomaterials – ordering of nanosystems, self-assembly and self-organization. Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials. 9 Hours Unit III Nano Characterization Techniques General classification of characterization methods – analytical and imaging techniques – microscopy techniques electron microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, atomic force microscopy – diffraction techniques – spectroscopy techniques-X-ray spectroscopy. Electrical properties of nanomaterials. 9 Hours Unit IV Inorganic Semiconductor Nanostructures Quantum confinement in semiconductor nanostructures - quantum wells, quantum wires, quantum dots, super lattices– fabrication techniques – requirements, epitaxial growth, lithography and etching, electrostatically induced dots and wires, quantum well width fluctuations, thermally annealed quantum wells and self-assembly techniques . Quantum efficiency of semiconductor nanomaterials. 9 Hours Unit V Nanodevices And Applications Organic FET- principle, description, requirements, integrated circuits- organic LED‘s – basic processes, carrier injection, excitons, optimization - organic photovoltaic cells- carbon nano tubes- structure, synthesis and electronic properties -applications- fuel cells- nano motors -bio nano particles-nano – objects. Applications of nano materials in biological field. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Robert W. Kelsall, Ian W. Hamley, Mark Geoghegan, Nanoscale Science and Technology, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2005. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 217 T. Pradeep, NANO: The Essentials Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw – Hill Education (India) Ltd, 2007. 3. Handbook of Nanoscience, Engineering and Technology, Kluwer publishers, 2002. 4. B. Wang, Drug Delivery: Principles and Applications,Wiley Interscience 2005. Reference(s) 1. Michael Kohler, Wolfgang Fritzsche, Nanotechnology: An Introduction to Nanostructuring Techniques, Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co.2004. 2. William Goddard, Donald .W.Brenner, Handbook of Nano Science Engineering and Technology, CRC Press, 2004. 3. Bharat Bhushan, Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology, 2004. 4. Charles P Poole, Frank J Owens, Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley and Sons, 2003. 5. Mark Ratner, Daniel Ratner, Nanotechnology: A Gentle Introduction to the Next Big Idea, Prentice Hall, 2003. 11O0PB LASER TECHNOLOGY 2. 3 0 0 3.0 Course Objective(s) To impart knowledge on laser principles. To create expertise on the applications of laser in various engineering fields. At the end of the course the students are familiar with generation and applications of laser in various engineering fields. Program Outcome(s) c. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand the principle, theory, operations and types of laser. discuss the fundamental terms such as absorption, spontaneous and stimulated emission. explore the various techniques involved in the laser materials and the performance of laser. apply different types of lasers for day to day applications. tune the applications of lasers towards industrial and medical fields. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test 1 Test 2 Model Examination End Semester Examination 25 25 20 20 10 - 25 25 20 20 10 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 100 100 100 100 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 218 Remember 1. What is a laser? How the basic laser action is achieved? 2. Distinguish between spontaneous emission and stimulated emission. 3. What is population inversion? 4. Mention the importantcharacteristics of laser. 5. How four level laser is more efficient than the three level laser? 6. What is a resonant cavity? 7. What role does an optical resonant cavity play in a laser? 8. What are the host materials for solid lasers? 9. Mention the different techniques involved in lasers. 10. Define atmospheric effect. 11. How will you measure the distance using laser? 12. What is the basic principle behind the holography? 13. Mention the medical applications of lasers. Understand 1. Write the conditions needed for laser action. 2. What is meant by pumping of atoms? 3. How optical excitation occurs in three level lasers? 4. What is the principle of laser action? 5. Compare the activator and host materials for solid lasers. 6. Distinguish between Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques. 7. How will you determine the velocity of laser source? 8. List the applications of laser in welding and cutting. 9. Why laser is called as non-material knife? Apply 1. The first line of the principal series of sodium is the D line at 580 nm. This corresponds to a transition from the first excited state (3p) to the ground state (3s). What is the energy in electron volts of the first excited state? 2. What is the ratio of the stimulated emission and spontaneous emission at a temperature of 250 oC for the sodium D line? 3. Calculate the threshold condition for the ruby laser in which the appropriate parameters are as follows: ν o =4.3x 1014 Hz; Δνo=1.5x1011 Hz; no= 1.76; τsp= 4.3x10-3 s; τphoton=6x10-9s. 4. A He-Ne laser emits light at a wavelength of 632.8 nm and has an output power of 2.3mW. How many photons are emitted in each minute by this laser when operating? 5. Calculate the wavelength of emission from a GaAs semiconductor laser whose band gap energy is 1.44 eV. Analyze 1. Why laser beam should be monochromatic? 2. How the population inversion happening in lasers? 3. Write the reaction for eximer laser action. 4. Which method is used to achieve population inversion in a dye laser? 5. Why we cannot use ordinary light source for LIDAR? 6. How the optical disk data storage plays a vital role in computer memory storages? Evaluate 1. The life time of the excited state (2p) for spontaneous emission is 1.6x 10 -9s. The energy difference between the excited state (2p) and the ground state (2s) is 10.2eV. Find the value of stimulated emission coefficient during a transition from an excited state (2p) to the ground state. 2. A laser beam can be focused on an area equal to the square of its wavelength (λ2). For a He-Ne laser, λ = 6328Ǻ. If the laser radiates energy at the rate of 1mW, find the intensity of the focused beam. 3. Transition occurs between a metastable state E3 and an energy state E2 just above the ground state. If emission is at 1.1μm and E2= 0.4x10-19J, find the energy of the E3 state. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 219 Unit I Laser fundamentals Introduction - principle - spontaneous emission - stimulated emission - population inversion-Pumping mechanisms characteristics. Types of lasers –principle, construction, working, energy level diagram and applications of dye laser – chemical laser – excimer laser. Laser action. 9 Hours Unit II Threshold condition Einstein coefficients A and B – spontaneous life time – light amplification – principle of laser action – laser oscillations – resonant cavity – modes of a laser. Conditions involved in laser production. 9 Hours Unit III Laser materials Activator and host materials for solid lasers - growth techniques for solid laser materials - Bridgman and StockBerger technique – advantages and disadvantages - Czochralski and Kyropoulous techniques – merits and demerits. Techniques of producing laser. 9 Hours Unit IV Laser in science Introduction – harmonic generation – stimulated raman emission – self focusing – laser and ether drift – rotation of the earth – photon statistics. Applications of Laser in ranging. 9 Hours Unit V Laser in industry Introduction – Applications in material processing: laser welding – hole drilling – laser cutting – laser tracking – Lidar – laser in medicine. Applications of Laser in sensors. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. K.Thiyagarajan and A.K.Ghatak, LASER:Theory and applications. Macmillan India Limited, 2000. 2. M. N. Avadhanulu, An Introduction To Lasers Theory And Applications, S. Chand Publisher, 2001. Reference(s) 1. K.P.R.Nair, Atoms, Molecules and Lasers, Narosa Publishing House, 2009. 2. K. R. Nambiar ,Lasers: Principles Types And Applications , New Age International Publications, 2006. 3. Alphan Sennaroglu, Solid-State Lasers and Applications, CRC Press, 2006 4. Bela A Lengyel, Introduction to Laser Physics, John Wiley and Sons, 1966. 11O0PC Electro Optic Materials 3 0 0 3.0 Course Objective(s) To impart knowledge on electro-optic materials. To develop fundamental understanding of various electro-optic materials in communication. Program Outcome(s) d. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 220 Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to Understand the mechanism involved in the laser action. Know the birefringence and optical property of the materials. Choose suitable optical materials for modulators. Realize the special optical properties of the opto electronic systems. Design electro optic modulators for day to day applications. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test 1 Test 2 Model Examination End Semester Examination 25 25 20 20 10 - 25 25 20 20 10 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define laser action. 2. Give the properties of LASER. 3. Differentiate between stimulated and spontaneous emissions. 4. Define continuous and discrete time signals. 5. Define anisotropic media. 6. What is an acoustic optic effect? 7. Define a liquid crystal. 8. Mention the different types of polarizing devices. 9. Give examples for direct and indirect band gap materials. 10. Highlight the usage of a NLO material. Understand 1. How the population inversion state in laser is achieved? 2. Give examples for continuous and discrete time signals. 3. Elucidate the importance of coherence in laser action. 4. Why birefringence property in an optical material is formed? 5. In which effect KDP crystal is working? 6. How the codirectional coupling occurs? 7. List out the conditions in which the NLO property of a material emerges. 8. What is the purpose of switching to quantum mechanics from classical mechanics? 9. Why we prefer LCD displays rather than CRT displays? 10. What are the advantages of injection laser diode? Apply 1. Find the intensity of a laser beam of 10mW power and having a diameter of 1.3 mm. Assume the intensity to be uniform across the beam. Given: P=10mW, d= 1.3 mm. The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 221 2. Discuss the three level pumping scheme for laser action. 3. Why is the optical resonator required in lasers? 4. Where can we find the practical applications of wave plates? 5. How to elevate the contrast ratio in display devices which uses in the nematic structures? 6. Non linearity in glasses occurs. Justify the argument. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Compare ordinary and laser light properties. 2. Differentiate wave refractive index and ray refractive index. 3. Differentiate longitudinal and transverse electro optic effects. 4. Bring out the importance of electro optic devices. Unit I Basics of Lasers Introduction – Einstein coefficients – laser beam characteristics – spontaneous and stimulated emission population inversion - light amplification – threshold condition – laser rate equations – two level laser – three level laser – mode selection – transverse mode – longitudinal mode. Spatial and temporal coherence. 9 Hours Unit II Wave Propagation in Anisotropic Media Introduction – double refraction – polarization devices - Nicol prism – Glan-Thomson prism – retardation plates – Soleil Babinet compensator – Plane waves in anisotropic media – wave refractive index - ray refractive index - ray velocity surface – index ellipsoid. Optical activity. 9 Hours Unit III Electro Optic Effect Introduction – KDP crystals – longitudinal mode – phase modulation – amplitude modulation – transverse mode. Acousto-optic effect – small Bragg angle diffraction – large Bragg angle diffraction – codirectional coupling – contradirectional coupling - applications. Modulators. 9 Hours Unit IV Non Linear Optics Introduction – self focusing phenomenon – second harmonic generation – phase matching – birefringent phase matching – quasi phase matching – frequency mixing. Semiconductors – measurement of third order optical nonlinearities in semiconductors. Frequency doubling nature of materials. 9 Hours Unit V Electro Optic Devices Introduction – light emitting diode – direct and indirect band gap materials – homo junction – hetero junction – advantages – disadvantages – applications. Injection laser diode – characteristics – advantages – disadvantages. Liquid crystal displays – dynamic scattering – field effect – advantages – disadvantages. Optoelectronic devices. 9 Hours Total 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Ajoy Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, Optical electronics, Cambridge University Press, 7th reprint 2006. 2. B. Somanathan Nair, Electronic devices and applications, Prentice - Hall of India private limited, 2010. 3. Frank L. Pedrotti, S. J. Leno S. Pedrotti and Leno M. Pedrotti, Introduction to optics, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2008. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 222 Reference(s) 1. Ji - ping Huang and K.M.Yu, New Non Linear Optical Materials, Nova, Science Publishers, 2007. 2. J .D. Wright, Molecular crystals, Cambridge university press, 2nd edition, 1995. 3. R .W. Munn (Ed) and C. N. Ironsid, Molecular crystals, Blackie Academic & Professional, Glassgow, 1993. 11O0PD VACUUM SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3.0 Course Objective(s) To impart a sound knowledge on the vacuum science. To develop the necessary background to perform projects involving vacuum and deposition techniques. At the end of the course the students are familiar with the various vacuum deposition technologies employed in the various engineering fields. Program Outcome(s) e. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. understand the fundamentals of vacuum technology. analyze the various measuring instruments in order to measure vacuum. study the various components to generate low and ultra high vacuum. consolidate the various components to generate vacuum for various applications. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test 1 Test 2 Model Examination End Semester Examination 25 25 20 20 10 - 25 25 20 20 10 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. Define the term mean free path. 2. Give the pressure ranges of low and medium vacuum. 3. State Avogadro‘s law. 4. List out the assumptions of kinetic theory. 5. What are the types of pump used to create vacuum? 6. What are the gauges that are used to measure the vacuum? 7. Name the direct reading gauges and indirect reading gauges. 8. Name the operation limits of penning gauge. 9. Name the ultra high vacuum gauges. The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 223 10. List out the methods of leak detection. 11. Give the importance of baffles and traps. 12. Mention the gauges that can measure ultra high vacuum. 13. Define throughput. 14. Give the Ohm‘s law of vacuum technology. 15. Name the sorbent materials that have widespread use in vacuum production. Understand 1. How will you measure the pumping speed in a vacuum unit? 2. How will you seal the substance outside to maintain high vacuum? 3. Why does constant volume method have the disadvantage in measuring the pumping speed? 4. Differentiate between the pirani gauge and penning gauge. 5. Differentiate the primary gauges from secondary gauges. 6. How is the pumping speed measured? 7. How does a rotary pump produce a low pressure? 8. Derive the relation between the effective pumping speed and conductance of the evacuation pipe. 9. Explain the designing of UHV evacuation systems. 10. How are the vacuum surfaces cleaned? Apply 1. How will you deposit the material from the plasma etching method? 2. Why is cold cathode ionization gauges preferred to hot cathode gauges? 3. Explain the applications of turbomolecular pump. 4. A vacuum chamber has a volume of 100 litres and an operating gas load of 7.5 x 10 -5 torr-lites/sec. The desired operating pressure is 7.5 x 10-8 Torr. Connections between the chamber and diffusion pump and the diffusion pump and rotary pump are to meet good design practice (assume SE/SD=1/5). Calculate the pumping speed at the chamber, the minimum connecting pipe conductance and the minimum speed required for the backing pump together with the minimum diffusion pump speed required to meet these requirements. 5. Surface to volume ratio plays a major role in pumping systems. Why? Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Why is the diffusion pump widely used in scientific instruments? 2. Oil diffusion pump system can be used as a high vacuum pumping system. Why? 3. Compare real and virtual leaks. Unit I Vacuum Systems Introduction – units of vacuum – kinetic aspects of gases in a vacuum chamber – physical parameters at low pressures – classification of vacuum ranges – gas flow at low pressures – throughput and pumping speed – flow rate and conductance. Evacuation rate – out gassing – gas flow – turbulent flow. 9 Hours Unit II Production of Vacuum Classification of vacuum pumps – rotary vane pumps – roots blowers – diffusion pumps – molecular drag and turbomolecular pumps – sorption pumps – gettering and ion pumping – cryopumping measurement of pumping speed. Noble pumps for inert gases. 9 Hours Unit III Pressure Measurement Classification of gauges – mechanical gauges – McLeod gauge – thermal conductivity gauges – Hot cathode ionization gauges – Bayard - Alpert gauge – cold cathode ionization gauges – Penning gauge – magnetron gauge. Measurement problems in partial pressure analysis. 9 Hours Unit IV Vacuum Materials and Leak Detection Sources of gases and vapours – materials for vacuum system – vacuum seals – vacuum valves – traps and baffles – leak detection – pressure test – spark-coil test – leak testing using vacuum gauges – halogen leak detector – massspectrometric leak detector. Special design considerations – glass to metal seals – high voltage metal feedthrough. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 224 Unit V Applications of Vacuum Systems Design considerations – vacuum system for surface analysis – space simulators – vacuum based coating units for thin film deposition – thermal evaporation – sputtering process – chemical vapor deposition - metallurgical applications. Plasma etching – pulsed vapour deposition – PE chemical vapour deposition. 9 Hours Total 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Rao V.V, Ghosh T.B, Chopra K.L, “Vacuum science and technology‖, Allied Publishers Limited, 2005. 2. Dorothy M. Hoffman, John H. Thomas, Bawa Singh, “Handbook of Vacuum science and technology”, Elsevier Science & Technology Books, 1997. Reference(s) 1.David M. Hata, “Introduction to vacuum technology”, Pearson Printice Hall, 2007. 2.John F. O'Hanlon, “A user‟s guide to vacuum technology‖, John Wiley & Sons, 2003. 3.Chambers.A, “Modern vacuum physics”, Chapman & Hall, CRC Press, 2005. 11O0PE SEMICONDUCTING MATERIALS AND DEVICES 3 0 0 3.0 Course Objective(s) To improve knowledge on semiconducting materials. To develop the necessary understanding of semiconducting materials and their applications. At the end of the course the students are familiar with various semiconducting materials and their applications Program Outcome(s) f. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand the mechanism involved in semiconductors. know the efficiencies of the existing semiconducting materials. implement the features of transistors for day to day applications. design semiconducting devices for industrial applications. Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test 1 Test 2 Model Examination End Semester Examination 25 25 20 20 10 - 25 25 20 20 10 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 20 25 20 20 15 - 100 100 100 100 The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 225 Remember 1. What properties are desirable in semiconductors? 2. Explain the Kronig-Penny model. 3. Define drift current density. 4. What is meant by breakdown? 5. Explain the minority carrier distribution in p-n junction diode. 6. Define temperature effect. 7. What is the basic principle of bipolar junction transistor? 8. Define current crowding. 9. What are optoelectronic devices? 10. Describe the operation of a laser diode. Understand 1. How does conductivity of a semiconductor change with rise in its temperature? 2. How does the thickness of the depletion layer in a p-n junction vary with increase in reverse bias? 3. How does the energy gap in an intrinsic semiconductor vary, when doped with a pentavalent impurity? 4. Explain the mobility effects on carrier density. 5. What do you understand by the term ―holes‖ in a semiconductor? Explain how they move under the influence of electric field. 6. What is the a.c response of the p-n diode? 7. How the solar cell is functioning? Apply 1. In general what is the relation between density of states and energy? 2. What is meant by the term, doping of an intrinsic semiconductor? 3. Give the ratio of the number of holes and the number of conduction electrons in an intrinsic semiconductor. 4. Write the function of base region of a bipolar junction transistor. 5. Sketch the energy bands of a forward-biased degenerately doped pn junction and indicate how population inversion occurs. Analyze/ Evaluate 1. What types of charge-carriers are there in a n-type semi conductor? 2. What are the disadvantages of using laser diode? 3. What are the defect levels in semiconductors? 4. Consider an optical cavity. If N>>1, show that the wavelength separation between two adjacent resonant modes is ∆λ=λ2/2L. Unit I Properties of Semiconductor Energy bands – allowed and forbidden energy bands – Kronig Penny model – electrical conductivity in solids based on energy bands - band model – electron effective mass – concept of holes in semiconductor – density of states – extension to semiconductors. k-space diagram. 9 Hours Unit II Carrier Transport Properties Carrier drift – drift current density – mobility effects on carrier density – conductivity in semiconductor – carrier transport by diffusion – diffusion current density – total current density – breakdown phenomena – avalanche breakdown. Graded Impurity Distribution. 9 Hours Unit III P-N Junction Diode Qualitative description of charge flow in p-n junction – boundary condition – minority carrier distribution – ideal pn junction current – temperature effects – applications – the turn on transient and turn off transient. Charge storage and diode Transients. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 226 Unit IV Bipolar Junction Transistor Introduction to basic principle of operation – the modes of operation – amplification – minority carrier distribution in forward active mode – non-ideal effects – base with modulation – high injection emitter band gap narrowing – current clouding – breakdown voltage – voltage in open emitter configuration and open base configuration Frequency Limitations. 9 Hours Unit V Opto Electronic Devices Optical absorption in a semiconductor, photon absorption coefficient – electron hole pair generation - solar cell – homo junction and hetero junction - Photo transistor – laser diode, the optical cavity, optical absorption, loss and gain - threshold current. Photoluminescence and Electroluminescence. 9 Hours Total 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Donald A Neamen, “Semiconductor physics and devices”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007 2. Albert Malvino,David J Bafes, “Electronic Principles”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007 Reference(s) 1. Kevin F Brennan, The Physics of Semiconductors, Cambridge University Press, 1999. 2. Micheal Shur, Physics of Semiconductor Devices, Prentice Hall of India, 1999. 3. Jasprit Singh, Semiconductor Optoelectronics Physics and Technology, McGraw Hill Co., 1998. CHEMISTRY ELECTIVES 11O0YA POLYMER CHEMISTRY AND PROCESSING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of polymer science, chemistry of polymers and its processing. To make understand the principles and applications of advanced polymer materials. Knowledge and application of different polymers and its processing. Program Outcome(s) a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand the knowledge of principles of polymer chemistry and mechanism of polymerization reactions. acquire knowledge of polymerization techniques. apply the contextual knowledge of polymer additives and polymer processing in industrial application. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 227 Assessment pattern S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II Model Examination End Semester Examination 20 20 30 20 10 100 20 20 30 20 10 100 10 20 30 20 20 100 10 20 30 20 20 100 Remember 1. Define polymer and degree of polymerization. 2. What is functionality of a polymer? Give example. 3. What is the nomenclature of a polymer? 4. Discuss the addition and chain growth polymerization with example. 5. What is copolymerization? What are the different types of copolymers? 6. Write the mechanism of addition polymerization. 7. Explain briefly the various constituents of a plastic, with example. 8. Distinguish between thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics. 9. List the various additives in processing of plastics. What are their functions? 10. Explain homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization. 11. Write the differences between melt and interfacial polycondensation. 12. Briefly explain about emulsion polymerization. 13. Explain compression and extrusion moulding of plastics with diagram. 14. What is extrusion and injection moulding? Discuss with diagram. 15. Name any four compounding ingredients of plastics. Write their functions with example. 16. What is calendaring? 17. Write short account on reinforced plastics. 18. Outline the method of lubrication of plastic material. 19. Explain about crosslinking and blowing agents with examples. 20. Write an account of flame retardant polymers. 21. Write short notes on melt, dry and wet spinning process. 22. Give the classification of foaming polymers with examples. 23. Explain with examples the relationship between structure and properties of polymers. 24. Describe about coordination and ring opening polymerization. Understand 1. Write the important of plasticizers and UV stabilizers? 2. Compare addition and condensation polymerization reaction with example for each type . 3. Give the classification of foaming polymers with examples. 4. Suggest different types of additives for preparing reinforced polymers? 5. What are the different types of polymeric resins? 6. Give the significances of antioxidants and antiozonants additives. 7. What are the functions of ingredients of polymers? 8. List the importance of cross- linkers. The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 228 Apply 1. How polymers are classified based on source and application? 2. What are the polymers that can be calendared into sheets? 3. Give examples for thermosetting and thermoplastic polymers. 4. What are the polymers suited for compression and injection moulding? 5. What are the articles produced by blow moulding? Analyze / Evaluate 1. What are the polymers suitable for insulations? 2. Write the special properties of teflon? 3. How the vinyl chloride is converted into polymer? 4. How nylon 6 is prepared? 5. What is the process involved in manufacturing cellophane sheets? 6. What are the different zones involved in simple extrusion polymer process? 7. Bring out the differences between thermoforming and vacuum-forming process? Unit I Principles of Polymer Science Polymerization reactions - types – examples - degree of polymerization and average molecular weights. Thermoplastics and thermosetting resins - examples. Electrical - mechanical - thermal properties related to chemical structure. Insulating materials - polymer alloys - composites. Importance of glass transition temperature. 9 Hours Unit II Polymerization Mechanism Addition polymerization - free radical mechanism - cationic and anionic polymerization - copolymerization condensation polymerization –nylon 6,6, ring opening polymerization –nylon 6, coordination polymerization -. Preparation, properties and industrial applications of polystyrene and bakelite. Application of industrial polymers. 9 Hours Unit III Polymerization Techniques Homogeneous and heterogeneous polymerization – bulk polymerization- PMMA,PVC, solution polymerization polyacrylic acid, suspension polymerization-preparation of ion exchange resins, emulsion polymerization-synthetic rubber. Melt solution and interfacial polycondensation. Salient features, advantages and disadvantages of bulk and emulsion polymerization. Preparation of biodegradable polymers. 9 Hours Unit IV Additives for Polymers Moulding constituents-fillers, plasticizers, lubricants, anti-aging additives, antioxidants, antiozonants, UV stabilizers, flame retardants, colorants, blow agents, crosslinking agents -functions-significance with suitable examples and applications in industrial processing. Ecofriendly sustainable additives. 9 Hours Unit V Polymer Processing Compression – injection - extrusion and blow mouldings. Film casting - calendering. Thermoforming and vacuum formed polystyrene, foamed polyurethanes. Fibre spinning - melt, dry and wet spinning. Composite fabrication hand-layup - filament winding and pultrusion. Application of fibre reinforced plastics. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 229 Textbook(s) 1. V. R. Gowarikar, N. V. Viswanathan and Jayadev Sreedhar, Polymer Science, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2003. 2. Joel R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Prentice Hall of India (P). Ltd., 2005. Reference(s) 1. 2. 3. 4. F. W. Billmeyer, Textbook(s)of Polymer Science, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2007. Barbara H. Stuart, Polymer Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2002. George Odian , Principles of Polymerization, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004. R. J. Young and P. A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, Nelson Thornes Ltd., 2002. 11O0YB ENERGY STORING DEVICES AND FUEL CELLS 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To make students understand the concept and working of different types of batteries and to analyze batteries used in electric vehicles. To make students learn about the concept of fuel cells, its types and to relate the factors of energy and environment. Students develop the skill of analyzing various energy storing devices and fuel cells at the end of the semester. Program Outcome(s) a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to understand the knowledge of various energy storing devices. acquire the knowledge to analyze the working of different types of primary and secondary batteries. apply the knowledge for development of eco friendly energy sources . Assessment Pattern S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II Model Examination End Semester Examination 20 20 30 20 10 100 20 20 30 20 10 100 10 20 30 20 20 100 10 20 30 20 20 100 Remember 1. What are dry cells? 2. What are alkaline batteries? 3. State Ohms law. The marks secured in the Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 230 4. Write the functions of ultra-capacitor. 5. Is lead acid battery thermodynamically reversible cell? 6. Differentiate between electrochemical and electrolytic cells. 7. Name the electrolyte present in the Li battery. 8. Mention the role of heart pacemaker in cardiology. 9. Classify the types of fuel cell. 10. Differentiate between diode and electrode. 11. What is meant by redox reaction? 12. What are the advantages of H2-O2 fuel cell? 13. Name the factors which are affecting the efficiency of fuel cell. 14. What are eco-friendly cell? Understand 1. How do you assess the life cycle of fuel cells? 2. What is the role of impurities in photovoltaic cells? 3. How do you convert the chemical energy into electrical energy? 4. Suggest any two secondary storage devices for automobiles. 5. What types of cells are used in space applications? 6. Construct the alkaline fuel cell. 7. How do you harvest the energy from tides? 8. What are natural geysers? 9. Differentiate between photo electrochemical and photovoltaic cells. Apply 1. What are passive solar heat collectors? 2. What are active solar heat collectors? 3. Lithium battery is the cell of future - Justify. 4. Write the anodic reaction and cathodic reactions of NICAD battery. 5. Is the dry cell follows thermodynamic reversibility rule? 6. What types of vehicles typically use methanol? 7. What are the economic impacts of using hybrid electric vehicles? Analyze / Evaluate 1. How does a fuel cell differ from traditional methods of energy generation (like batteries)? 2. What are the feedstocks can be used to make biodiesel? 3. What is DuPont‘s experience in fuel cells? 4. How the biomass is converted into biofuel? 5. What are the effects of gasoline and ethanol emissions on the environment? 6. What are the effects of diesel and biodiesel emissions on the environment? 7. How do you obtain ethanol from lignocellulosic biomass? 8. What is meant by green technology? Unit I Batteries Characteristics - voltage, current, capacity, electricity storage density, power, discharge rate, cycle life, energy efficiency, shelf life. Primary batteries- zinc-carbon, magnesium, alkaline, manganous dioxide, mercuric oxide, silver oxide batteries-Recycling/Safe disposal of used cells. Document the various batteries and its characteristics used in mobile phones and lap tops. 9 Hours Unit II Batteries for Electric Vehicles Secondary batteries- Introduction, cell reactions, cell representations and applications- lead acid, nickel-cadmium and lithium ion batteries - rechargeable zinc alkaline battery. Reserve batteries: Zinc-silver oxide, lithium anode cell, photogalvanic cells. Battery specifications for cars and automobiles. Development of batteries for satellites. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 231 Unit III Types of Fuel Cells Importance and classification of fuel cells - description, working principle, components, applications and environmental aspects of the following types of fuel cells: alkaline fuel cells, phosphoric acid, solid oxide, molten carbonate and direct methanol fuel cells. Fuel cells for space applications. 9 Hours Unit IV Hydrogen as a Fuel Sources of hydrogen – production of hydrogen- electrolysis- photocatalytic water splitting – biomass pyrolysis -gas clean up – methods of hydrogen storage- high pressurized gas -liquid hydrogen type -metal hydride – hydrogen as engine fuel – features, application of hydrogen technologies in the future- limitations. Cryogenic fuels. 9 Hours Unit V Energy and Environment Future prospects-renewable energy and efficiency of renewable fuels – economy of hydrogen energy – life cycle assessment of fuel cell systems. Solar Cells: Energy conversion devices, photovoltaic and photoelectrochemical cells – photobiochemical conversion cell. Bio-fuels from natural resources. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. M. Aulice Scibioh and B. Viswanathan, Fuel Cells: Principles and Applications, University Press, India, 2006. 2. F. Barbir, PEM fuel cells: Theory and practice,Elsevier, Burlington, MA, 2005. 3. M. R. Dell Ronald and A. J. David, Understanding Batteries, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2001. Reference(s) 1. M. A. Christopher Brett, Electrochemistry: Principles, Methods and Applications, Oxford University, 2004. 2. J. S. Newman and K. E. Thomas-Alyea, Electrochemical Systems, Wiley, Hoboken, NJ, 2004. 3. G. Hoogers, Fuel Cell Handbook, CRC, Boca Raton, FL, 2003. 4. Lindon David, Handbook of Batteries, McGraw Hill, 2002. 5. H. A. Kiehne , Battery Technology Hand Book,. Expert Verlag , Renningen Malsheim, 2003. 11O0YC CHEMISTRY OF NANOMATERIALS 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To impart knowledge on the basic concepts and importance of nanochemistry including synthesis. To make students understand the principles and applications of nanomaterials. Knowledge about the characterization and applications of nanomaterials. Program Outcome(s) a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to familiar with fundamentals of nanoscience and technology and acquire the capability of applying them. acquire comprehensive knowledge in the synthetic methods for the nanoparticles preparation. get strong foundation in the properties of nanoparticles which give contextual knowledge for their higher research programmes. get vital understanding in the characterization of nanoparticles furnish the knowledge and skills for entry level placement in core industry as well as scientific software concerns. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 232 Assessment Pattern S.No 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 25 25 20 20 10 100 25 25 20 20 10 100 Model Examination 15 25 20 20 20 100 End Semester Examination 15 25 20 20 20 100 Remember 1. What do you mean by nano? 2. Define nanotechnology. 3. Define nanoscience. 4. Define top down and bottom up approach. 5. Define nanostructured material. Classify nanomaterials and give examples for them. 6. List any four day to day commercial applications of nanotechnology. 7. Write down any four challenges that are faced by researchers in nanotechnology. 8. Define carbon nanotube. 9. Define bucky ball. 10. Define nanocomposite. What are the types of nanocomposites? 11. List any four material characterization techniques. 12. List any four bottom up approaches for the synthesis of nanopowders. 13. What is biomimetic approach? 14. Explain Feynman‘s statement. 15. What is the dimension of quantum dot? 16. Explain the principle behind lithography. 17. Mention the different types of lithography. 18. What is meant by photolithography? 19. Explain the principle behind vapour phase deposition. 20. What is meant by chemical vapour deposition? 21. Explain sputtering. 22. What is meant by plasma enhanced CVD? 23. What is meant by bubblers? 24. Explain the principle behind MOVPE. 25. What are colloids? 26. What is nanosafety? 27. What is meant by surface induced effect? 28. How are nanomaterials defined? 29. What are the uses of nanoparticles in consumer products? Understand 1. What is the difference between nanoscience and nanotechnology? 2. When and where Feynman delivered his lecture on nanotechnology and what is the name of his classical lecture? 3. What are the induced effects due to increase in surface area of nanoparticles? The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 233 4. What are the advantages and disadvantages in mechanical synthesis of nanopowders? 5. What are the characteristics of nanoparticles that should be possesed by any fabrication technique? 6. On what principle mechanical milling is based on? 7. How is LPE used to obtain nanowire or nanorods? 8. How is the template used to obtain nanowire or nanorods? 9. What is the role of nanotechnology in water purification? 10. Differentiate self-assembly from self-organisation. 11. How nanoparticles are stored? 12. List the important physical and chemical properties of nanomaterials? 13. How are nanomaterials detected and analysed? 14. How are nanomaterials prepared for biological testing? 15. What are the physical and chemical properties of nanoparticles? 16. How are nanoparticles formed? 17. Discuss the health effects of nanoparticles? Apply 1. Why do we want nanotechnology in our life? 2. What is the role of nanotechnology in medicinal field? 3. Expand AFM. 4. What is the grain size range of nanostructure materials? 5. Differentiate top-down from bottom-up approach needed for nanosynthesis. 6. Why do nanostructured particles find potential applications? 7. How nanostructured particles are used in health applications? Analyze/ Evaluate 1. Compare the relative merits of chemical, physical, biological and hybrid methods for the preparation of nanomaterials. 2. Compare the relative merits of the usage of photons and particles in lithography. 3. Differentiate glow discharge from RF sputtering. 4. How can we reduce/save our energy resources by using nanotechnology? 5. What is the relation between properties and applications of nanoparticles? 6. What is the current status of nanoscience and nanotechnology? 7. What are the potential harmful effects of nanoparticles? Unit I Nanoworld Introduction – History of nanomaterials – concepts of nanomaterials – size and confinement effects – nanoscience – nanotechnology – Moor‘s law. Properties – electronic, optical, magnetic, thermal, mechanical and electrochemical properties. Nanobiotechnology – molecular motors – optical tweezers. First industrial revolution to the nano revolution. 9 Hours Unit II Synthesis of Nanoparticles Introduction – hydrolysis-oxidation - thermolysis – metathesis - solvothermal methods. Sonochemistry: nanometals powders of metallic nanoparticles - metallic colloids and alloys - polymer metal composites - metallic oxides - rare earth oxides - mesoporous materials - mixed oxides. Sono electrochemistry - nanocrystalline materials. Microwave heating - microwave synthesis of nanometallic particles. Magnetron sputtering process to obtain nanomaterials. 9 Hours Unit III Types and Functionalization of Nanomaterials Polymer nanoparticles, micro, meso and nanoporous materials. Organic – inorganic hybrids, zeolites, nanocomposites, self-assembled monolayers, semiconductor quantum dots, nanofibres, supramolecular nanostructures. functionalization of nanomaterials – stabilization methods. Reactivity of ω-functional groups on ligand shells. Implications of nanoscience and nanotechnology on society. 9 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 234 Unit IV Physical and Chemical Characterization Electron microscopes: scanning electron microscope (SEM) – transmission electron microscope (TEM) – atomic force microscope (AFM): working principle – instrumentation – applications. UV-visible spectroscopy: principle – instrumentation (block diagram only) – applications. FT-IR spectroscopy: introduction – instrumentation (block diagram only) – applications –merits and demerits. Nanoscience and technology research institution. 9 Hours Unit V Applications of Nanomaterials Nanocatalysis, colorants and pigments, self-cleaning – lotus effect, anti-reflective coatings, antibacterial coatings, photocatalysis, nanofilters for air and water purifiers. Thermal insulation – aerogels, smart sunglasses and transparent conducting oxides – molecular sieves – nanosponges. Harnessing nanotechnology for economic and social development. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. C N R Rao, Nanoworld – An Introduction to Nanoscience and Technology, Jawaharlal Nehru centre for advanced scientific research, Bangalore, India, 2010. 2. C N R Rao, A Muller and A K Cheetham, The Chemistry of Nanomaterials: Synthesis, Properties and Applications, Vol. 1 & 2, John-Wiley and Sons, 2005. 3. T Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials, Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, 1st Edn., Tata Mcgraw Hill publishing company, 2007. Reference(s) 1. Geoffrey A Ozin, André C Arsenault , Nanochemistry: A Chemical Approach to Nanomaterials, Royal Society of Chemistry, 2009. 2. G B Sergeev, Nanochemistry, 1st Edn.,Elsevier, 2006. 3. S Chen, Functional Nanomaterials: A Chemistry and Engineering Perspective (Nanostructure Science And Technology), Springer,2010. 4. Yury Gogotsi, Nanomaterials Handbook, Taylor and Francis group, USA, 2006. 11O0YD CORROSION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) To impart knowledge about the various types of corrosion and its mechanism. To make students understand the various methods of corrosion control, corrosion testing and monitoring. Students acquire the basic knowledge about corrosion and its control. Program Outcome(s) a. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, computer programming and engineering. Course Outcome(s) At the end of the course, the student will be able to familiar with fundamentals of corrosion science and technology and acquire the capability of applying them. get dynamic understanding in the types of corrosion and role of chemistry behind the corrosion. demonstrate their ability to identify, formulate and solve corrosion based problems. have strong foundations in the designing of engineering products with corrosion protective mode. have strong foundations in the analytical part of corrosion science which give contextual knowledge to their higher research programmes. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 235 Assessment Pattern S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total Test I Test II 25 25 20 20 10 100 25 25 20 20 10 100 Model Examination 15 25 20 20 20 100 Semester End Examination 15 25 20 20 20 100 Remember 1. What is corrosion? 2. What are the types of corrosion? 3. Define dry corrosion. Explain the mechanism. 4. Explain the mechanism of electrochemical corrosion. 5. What are the units to measure corrosion rate? 6. Galvanic corrosion. Discuss. 7. Describe the Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their limitations. 8. List out the different forms of corrosion. Explain. 9. What are inhibitors? 10. Explain the mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation and its types. 11. Write the working principle of Tafel polarization techniques. 12. How polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products? 13. Define cathodic protection. List its types. 14. What are non-electrochemical and electrochemical methods of corrosion testing and monitoring? 15. What is Tafel linear polarization? Understand 1. Explain why corrosion rate of metal is faster in aqueous solution than atmosphere air? 2. What are the factors influencing the corrosion rate? Explain. 3. Discuss the Pilling-Bedworth rule. 4. Differentiate between electrochemical and dry corrosion. 5. How inhibitors are used to protect the corrosion rate of the metal? Explain. 6. What are consequences of Pilling-Bedworth ratio? 7. List the difference between filliform corrosion and pitting corrosion. Apply 1. Compare the effects of corrosion products. 2. Why pitting corrosion is localized corrosion? Explain. 3. Describe alternatives to protective coatings. 4. Identify different forms of corrosion in the metal surface. 5. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals. 6. What are the measures to be taken to reduce corrosion fatiques? 7. What are the major implications of enhanced techniques of corrosion product analysis? Analyze/ Evaluate 1. List reasons why it is important to study of corrosion. 2. How Tafel polarization and impedance techniques used to measure the corrosion products? 3. Explain how we could reduce corrosion of metals? The marks secured in Test I and II will be converted to 20 and Model Examination will be converted to 20. The remaining 10 marks will be calculated based on assignments. Accordingly internal assessment will be calculated for 50 marks. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 236 Unit I Introduction to Corrosion Importance and cost of corrosion – spontaneity of corrosion – passivation - importance of corrosion prevention in various industries - the direct and indirect loss of corrosion- galvanic corrosion: area relationship in both active and passive states of metals - Pilling Bed worth ratio and its consequences - units of corrosion rate - mdd and mpy importance of pitting factor - Pourbaix digrams of Mg, Al and Fe and their advantages and disadvantages. Corrosion of metals by other gases. 9 Hours Unit II Forms of Corrosion Different forms of corrosion - uniform corrosion-galvanic corrosion, crevice corrosion, pitting corrosion, intergranular corrosion, selective leaching, erosion corrosion, stress corrosion- high temperature oxidation, kinetics of protective film formation and catastrophic oxidation corrosion. Industrial boiler corrosion, cathodic and anodic inhibitors 9 Hours Unit III Mechanisms of Corrosion Hydrogen embrittlement- cracking, corrosion fatigue - filliform corrosion, fretting damage and microbes induced corrosion. Mechanisms of various corrosion scale formation - thick layer and thin layer - insitu corrosion scale analysis. Analyze the rust formation in mild steel using weight loss method 9 Hours Unit IV Cathodic and Anodic Protection Engineering Fundamentals of cathodic protection - types of cathodic protection systems and anodes. Life time calculations rectifier selection. Stray current corrosion problems and its prevention. Coating for various cathodic protection system and their assessment- inhibitors - corrosion of steels. Anodic protection-Design for corrosion control. Role of paints and pigments to protect the corrosive environment 9 Hours Unit V Corrosion Testing and Monitoring Corrosion testing and monitoring - electrochemical methods of polarization- Tafel extrapolation polarization, linear polarization, impedance techniques-Weight loss method - susceptibility test – testing for intergranular susceptibility and stress corrosion. Analyze the instruments for monitoring the corrosion. 9 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Zaki Ahmad, Principles of Corrosion Engineering and Corrosion Control, Elsevier Science and Technology Books, 2006. 2. R. Winstone Revie and Herbert H. Uhlig, Corrosion and Corrosion Control: An Introduction to Corrosion Science and Engineering, John Wiley & Science, 2008. 3. Mars G. Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, Singapore, 2008. Reference(s) 1. ASM Hand Book, Vol. 13, Corrosion, ASM International, 2005. 2. Pierre R. Roberge, Hand Book of Corrosion Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 2000. 3. Denny A. Jones, Principles and Prevention of Corrosion, Prentice Hall Inc., 2004. 4. A.W. Peabody, Control of Pipeline Corrosion, NACE International, Houston, 2001. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 237 ENTERPRENEURSHIP ELECTIVES 11O001 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT I 3 0 0 3.0 Objective To gain knowledge on basics of Entrepreneurship To gain knowledge of business entity, source of capital and financially evaluate the project To gain knowledge on production and manufacturing system. Program Outcome(s) g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques, understanding of contemporary trends in research and technology, and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhance the educational experience. i) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. j) Function ethically and responsibly, and to remain informed and involved as full participants in our profession and our society Course Outcome(s) Entrepreneurial thinking Innovation techniques in developing business Legal aspects of a business Skills on finance and cash flow Skills on planning operations Assessment Pattern Bloom’s Taxonomy Model End Semester S. No. Test I† Test II† (New Version) Examination† Examination 1 Remember 20 20 20 20 2 Understand 20 20 20 20 3 Apply 20 20 20 20 4 Analyze 10 10 10 10 5 Evaluate 20 20 20 20 6 Create 10 10 10 10 Total 100 100 100 100 Remember 1. What is entrepreneurship? 2. What are the factors that motivate people to go into business? 3. Define a small-scale industry. 4. Define tiny industry. 5. Who is an intrapreneur? 6. State functions of SISI. 7. What is serial entrepreneur? 8. What is Technopreneurship? 9. What is reversal method? 10. What is brainstorming? 11. What do you mean by term business idea? 12. Mention any two schemes Indian government provides to the development of entrepreneurship. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 238 13. What is a project report? 14. What is project scheduling? 15. Mention any four techniques available for project scheduling. 16. What is contract act? 17. Define MOU. 18. What are al the types of sources of finance for an entrepreneur? 19. Mention any five external sources of finance to an entrepreneur. 20. Classify the financial needs of an organization. 21. What is short term finance? 22. What is return on capital? 23. What is capital budgeting? 24. What is product design? 25. What is quality council? 26. What is inventory? 27. What is lean manufacturing? Understand 1. Why is entrepreneurship important of growth of a nation? 2. Mention the essential quality required for someone to be an entrepreneur. 3. Why is motivational theories important for an entrepreneur? 4. How is network analysis helpful to the development of an entrepreneur? 5. Mention the essential requirements for a virtual capital. 6. How under-capitalization affects an entrepreneur. 7. Differentiate proprietorship and partnership. 8. Mention the causes of dissolution of a firm. 9. How important is the support of IDBI to an entrepreneur? 10. What are the salient features of New Small Enterprise Policy, 1991? 11. Why scheduling is very important for a production design? Apply / Evaluate 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. If you want to become as an entrepreneur, what will be your idea? Select any one of the creative idea generation method and suggest an innovation that you can implement in your business. Write a short notes on various legal aspects that you have to consider to run you business. How will you generate you capital and other financial supports? In case of getting enough financial support, plan your business and plot the various stages using any of the tools or techniques. Create 1. Draft a sample project report for your business. 2. Do a network analysis using PERT and CPM for your business plan. 3. Write a brief report to apply to a financial organization for seeking financial support to your business. Unit I Basics of Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship Competence, Entrepreneurship as a career, Intrapreneurship, Social entrepreneurship, Serial entrepreneurship (Cases), Technopreneurship. Entrepreneurial Motivation 6 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 239 Unit II Generation of Ideas Creativity and Innovation (Cases), Lateral thinking, Generation of alternatives (Cases), Fractionation, Reversal Method, Brain storming Utilization of Patent Databases 8 Hours Unit III Legal Aspects of Business Contract Act, Sale of Goods Act, Negotiable Instruments – Promissory Note, Bills and Cheques, Partnership, Limited Liability Partnership (LLP), Companies Act – Kinds, Formation, Memorandum of Association, Articles of Association (Cases). Business Plan Writing 10 Hours Unit IV Business Finance Project evaluation and investment criteria (Cases), Sources of finance, Financial statements, Break even analysis, Cash flow analysis. Calculation of Return on Investment 11 Hours Unit V Operations Management Importance – Functions –Deciding on the production system – Facility decisions: Plant location, Plant Layout (Cases), Capacity requirement planning – Inventory management (Cases) – Lean manufacturing. Project Planning 10 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) Donald F. kuratko, Entrepreneurship – Theory, Process & Practice, South western cengage learnng, USA, 2009. Reference(s) 1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2005. 2. Prasanna Chandra, Projects – Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and Reviews, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2000. 3. Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 4. Norman Gaither and Greg Frazier, Operations Management, Thomson Learning Inc, 2007. 5. Edward De Bono, Lateral Thinking, Penguin Books, 1990. 6. http://www.enterweb.org 7. http://www.internationalentrepreneurship.com/asia_entrepreneur/India_entrepreneur.asp 8. http://indiakellogg.wordpress.com 11O002 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT II 3 0 0 3.0 Objective(s) Evolve the marketing mix for promoting the product / services Handle the human resources and taxation Understand Government industrial policies / support provided and prepare a business plan. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 240 Program Outcome(s) g) Exhibit teamwork, communication, and interpersonal skills which enable them to work effectively with interdisciplinary teams. h) Provide an excellent education experience through the incorporation of current pedagogical techniques, understanding of contemporary trends in research and technology, and hands-on laboratory experiences that enhance the educational experience. i) Demonstrate an ability to engage in life-long learning. j) Function ethically and responsibly, and to remain informed and involved as full participants in our profession and our society Course Outcome(s) Increase in awareness of the entrepreneurship Development for engineering decisions. Assessment Pattern S. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Bloom’s Taxonomy (New Version) Remember Understand Apply Analyze Evaluate Create Total 30 30 20 10 10 -- Model Examination† 30 25 20 10 10 05 End Semester Examination 30 25 20 10 10 05 100 100 100 Test I† Test II† 30 30 20 10 10 -100 Remember 1. Who are Fabian Entrepreneur? 2. Explain the Views on Schumpeter on Entrepreneurship? 3. Mention the three functions of NSIC? 4. Narrate the role of IDBI in the development of Entrepreneurship? 5. What are Project Objective(s)? 6. What are the stages in a Project Lifecycle? 7. Give the meaning of Feasibility Report? 8. Explain the objective of Entrepreneurial Training? 9. What is Motivating Training? 10. Who is a Small Scale Entrepreneur? 11. How to develop Rural Entrepreneur? 12. What are the Social Problems of Women Entrepreneur? 13. Differentiate between entrepreneur and entrepreneurship. 14. What are the types of entrepreneurs? 15. Explain the various qualities of entrepreneur. 16. Briefly explain the different merchant castes in India. 17. What is entrepreneurship training? 18. Discuss any three programmes supporting women entrepreneurs. 19. Write a note on the role of NISIET. 20. What are the challenges and opportunities available in SSI's? Understand 1. Narrate any six differences between a Manager and an Entrepreneur? 2. Explain briefly various types of Entrepreneur? 3. What are the elements of EDP? 4. What is the role played the commercial banks in the development of Entrepreneur? 5. How would you Classify Projects? Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 241 6. What are the stages in project Formulation? 7. What are the target groups of EDP? 8. What are the major problems faced by Small Entrepreneur? 9. What are the problems & prospects for women entrepreneur in India? Apply/Evaluate 1. Describe the various functions performed by Entrepreneurs? 2. Explain the role of different agencies in the development of Entrepreneur? 3. Discuss the criteria for selecting a particular project? 4. Describe the role of Entrepreneur in the Development of Country? 5. Define business idea. Elaborate the problems and opportunities for an entrepreneur. 6. Elaborate the schemes offered by Commercial banks for development of entrepreneurship. 7. Explain the significant role played by DIC & SISI for the development of entrepreneurship. 8. Design a short Entrepreneurship development programme for farmer 9. Discuss the role and importance of the following institutions in promoting, training and developing entrepreneurs in India: Create 1. All economy is the effect for which entrepreneurship is the cause"-Discuss. 2. Review the entrepreneurial growth by the communities of south India. 3. What are the problems of Women entrepreneurs and discuss the ways to overcome these barriers? 4. Discuss the importance of small scale industries in India. 5. Critically examine the growth and development of ancillarisation in India. 6. Discuss the various sources and collection of credit information of entrepreneurs. 7. Briefly explain the recommendation and policy implication for survival of SME's. 8. Discuss the role of the Government both at the Central and State level in motivating and developing entrepreneurship in India. 9. ―Developing countries like India need imitative entrepreneurs rather than innovative entrepreneurs‖. Do you agree? Justify your answer with examples. 10. What are the reasons of very few women becoming entrepreneurs in a developing country like India? Whether Indian women entrepreneurs have now made an impact and shown that they too can contribute in economic development of the country? Discuss with examples. 11. Discuss the ―Culture of Entrepreneurship‖ and its role in economic development of a nation. What factors contribute to nurturing such a culture? Unit I Marketing Management Formulating Marketing strategies, The marketing plan, Deciding on the marketing mix (Cases), Interactive marketing, Marketing through social networks, Below the line marketing, International marketing - Modes of Entry, Strategies (Cases). Five P's of marketing, SSI Policy Statement 10 Hours Unit II Human Resource Management Human Resource Planning (Cases), Recruitment, Selection, Training and Development, HRIS, Factories Act 1948 (an over view) Global Trends in Human Resource Management 10 Hours Unit III Business Taxation Direct taxation – Income tax, Corporate tax, MAT, Tax holidays, Wealth tax, Professional tax (Cases). Indirect taxation – Excise duty, Customs, Sales and Service tax, VAT, Octroi, GST(Cases) Recent Trends for a Troubled Tax, professional tax slab 8 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 242 Unit IV Government Support Industrial policy of Central and State Government, National Institute and Agencies, State Level Institutions, Financial Institution Global Entrepreneurship Monitor, Excise Exemption Scheme 7 Hours Unit V Business Plan Preparation Purpose of writing a business plan, Capital outlay, Technical feasibility, Production plan, HR plan, Market survey and Marketing plan, Financial plan and Viability, Government approvals, SWOT analysis. Small Industry Cluster Development Programme, National Equity Fund Scheme 10 Hours Total: 45 Hours Textbook(s) 1. S. S. Khanka, Entrepreneurial Development, S. Chand & Co, New Delhi, 2010 Reference(s) 1. Hisrich, Entrepreneurship, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2005. 2. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2003. 3. K. Aswathappa, Human Resource and Personnel Management – Text and Cases, Tata McGrawHill, 2007. 4. P. C. Jain, Handbook for New Entrepreneurs, EDII, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2002. 5. Akhileshwar Pathak, Legal Aspects of Business, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 6. http://niesbud.nic.in/agencies.htm 7. http://www.planware.org/businessplan.htm 8. http://www.nenonline.org 9. www.forbes.com/managing/ 10. www.bizplanprep.com/ 11. http://business.gov.in/enterprises/govt_support.php ONE CREDIT COURSES 11Z0XA CLOUD COMPUTING - - - 1.0 Objective(s) To study about the cloud computing environment. To learn about the basics of cloud services. To gain knowledge about social networks. Introduction Cloud Computing: How cloud computing works – Pros and Cons of cloud computing –developing cloud services – Types of cloud service development - Cloud computing for the family –cloud computing for community cloud computing for corporation. Collaborating via Web-based communication tools: Evaluating Web mail services –Evaluating instant messaging services - Evaluating Web Conferencing tools - Collaborating via social networks and groupware – creating groups on social networks – Evaluating online groupware. Total: 20 Hours Textbook(s) Michael Miller, Cloud Computing, Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009 Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 243 11Z0XB QUANTUM COMPUTING - - - 1.0 Objective(s) To understand the building blocks of a quantum computer. To understand the principles, quantum information and limitation of quantum operations formalizing. To understand the quantum error and its correction. Fundamental Concepts: Global Perspectives, Quantum Bits, Quantum Computation, Quantum Algorithms, Quantum Information, Postulates of Quantum Mechanisms. Quantum Computation : Quantum Circuits – Quantum algorithms, Single Orbit operations, Control Operations, Measurement, Universal Quantum Gates, Simulation of Quantum Systems, Quantum Fourier transform, Phase estimation, Applications, Quantum search algorithms – Quantum counting – Speeding up the solution of NP – complete problems – Quantum Search for an unstructured database. Quantum Computers : Guiding Principles, Conditions for Quantum Computation, Harmonic Oscillator Quantum Computer, Optical Photon Quantum Computer – Optical cavity Quantum electrodynamics, Ion traps, Nuclear Magnetic resonance. Total: 20 Hours Reference 1. Micheal A. Nielsen. & Issac L. Chiang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge University Press, 2006 11Z0XC EXTREME PROGRAMMING - - - 1.0 Objective(s) To study about the problems in software quality. To understand the methods to improve the software quality. To study about the implementation of XP. The Problem: Risk - The Basic Problem -A Development Episode - Economics of Software Development - Four Variables - Cost of Change - Learning to Drive - Four Values Communication. The Solution: A Quick Overview - How Could This Work? - Management Strategy - Facilities Strategy - Splitting Business and Technical Responsibility - Planning Strategy - Development Strategy - Design Strategy Implementing XP: Adopting XP - Retrofitting XP - Lifecycle of an Ideal XP Project - Roles for People - 20–80 Rule - What Makes XP Hard - When You Shouldn't Try XP - XP at Work. Total: 20 Hours Reference(s) 1. Kent Beck, Extreme programming explained: embrace change, Addison-Wesley, September 2004. 2. Chromatic, Extreme programming Pocket guide, O‘reilly, 2003. 11Z0XD MOBILE OPERATING SYSTEMS - - - 1.0 Objective(s) To learn mobile operating systems. To understand the architectures of emerging mobile OS. To develop applications using mobile OS. Introduction to Android: Android-Features-Architechture-Applications-Application framework-Libraries-Application fundamentals-Application components-The Manifest file-Application resources. Meego: Introduction to the meego project-Meego architechture-Meego notebook UX-Benefits of the Meego software platform-Meego applications. Symbian: Introduction to symbian OS-versions of symbian-user interfaces-Features-Architecture-Application development Total: 20 Hours Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 244 Reference(s) 1. http://developer.android.com/guide/topics/fundamentals.html 2. http://wiki.meego.com/images/MeeGo_Introduction.pdf 3. http://www.symbioosi.net/English/symbian_os_en.html 4. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Symbian 11Z0XE GREEN COMPUTING - - - 1.0 Objective(s) To learn to minimize energy consumption. To have the knowledge of purchasing green energy and using green suppliers. To learn to reduce paper and other consumables usage. Trends and reasons to go green: Overviews and issues-Current initiatives and standards - Organisation planning for Green computing-Policies-metrics-The acorns diagram Consumption Issues: Minimizing power usage-Cooling-Going paperless-recycling-Hardware consideration The Greening Process: Datacenter design and Redesign-Virtualisation-server virtualization-server virtualization solutions - Implementation-Storage virtualization - Virtualisation types-Storage virtualization solutions-server savings-storage savings. Total: 20 Hours Textbook(s) 1. Toby J.Velte, Anthony T.Velte,Robert ElsenPeter, Green IT, McGrawHill, 2008. Reference(s) 1. John Lamp, The Greening IT, IBM Press, 2005. 2. Lawrence Webber, Michael Wallace, GreenTech, AMACOM publication, USA, 2009. 11Z0XF INTERNET MARKETING - - - 1.0 Objective(s) To understand the E-Marketing context To describe marketing strategies of segmenting, targeting, positioning, and differentiation To evaluate several customer relationship management (CRM) strategies using internet technology Programme Outcome(s) (b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science and/or obtain (f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. an advanced degree. Course Outcome(s) (COs) Understand the importance of e-marketing Know the basics of internet marketing strategy Theories of E-Marketing - Introduction to E-Marketing - E-Marketing Plan - Strategic E-Marketing and Performance Metrics - The E-Marketing Plan - Internet Marketing Overview - Website Planning & Development - Let Companies Search you on Google for Jobs - Internet Marketing Strategy and Planning - Search Engine Optimization - Social Media Marketing - Make E-Commerce website in 20 Minutes - Introduction- ATM - Selling Products Through Online Modes - Making Money via Adsense and Blogging - Explore your Talent to earn money through Internet - Affiliate Marketing- Making Tons of Money Part Time - Making Money as a FreeLancer. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 245 Reference(s) 1. Mary lou Roberts, Debra Zahay ―Internet Marketing: Integrating Online and Offline Strategies‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012 11Z0XG BIG DATA ANALYTICS - - - 1.0 Objective(s) To describe the basic idea of Big Data To analyze the data analytics lifecycle and methodology To design un structured data analytics Programme Outcome(s) (b) Apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in a computer science and/or obtain an advanced degree. (d) Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. (f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) (COs) Understand the how analytics and big data affect various functions including marketing and business Know the basics of big data on the information industry and the external ecosystem for analytical and data services Introduction - Big Data Overview - Data sciences - The rising and importance of data sciences - Big data analytics in industry verticals - Data Analytics Lifecycle and methodology - Business Understanding - Data Understanding - Data Preparation – Modeling – Evaluation - Communicating results – Deployment - Data exploration & preprocessing Data Analytics: Theory & Methods - Supervised learning - Unsupervised learning - Unstructured Data Analytics. Reference(s) 1. Michael Minelli , Michele Chambers , Ambiga Dhiraj ," Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging Business Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses‖, 1st Edition, Wiley, Jan 2013. 2. Dr. Arvind Sathi, ―Big Data Analytics: Disruptive Technologies for Changing the Game‖, Mc Press, 1st edition, February 2013. 11Z0XH MATLAB FOR ENGINEERS - - - 1.0 Objective(s) To describe the basic idea of graphical model To analyze the time series and spatial time series data in real applications To design statistical models to predict and modeling Programme Outcome(s) a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. c) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. Course Outcome(s) (COs) Understand the programming constructs of MATLAB Use MATLAB for interactive computations Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 246 About MATLAB - MATLAB Environment - Built In MATLAB Functions - Manipulating MATLAB Matrices – Plotting - User-Defined Functions - User-Controlled Input and Output - Logical Functions and Control Structures Matrix Algebra - Symbolic Mathematics. Reference(s) 1. Michael Minelli , Michele Chambers , Ambiga Dhiraj ," Essential Matlab for Engineers and Scientists ‖, 5th Edition, Academic press, Jan 2013. 2. Dr. Arvind Sathi, ―Matlab, Third Edition: A Practical Introduction to Programming and Problem Solving‖, Butterworth-Heinemann, 3rd edition , July 2013. 11Z0XI ASP .NET - --1.0 Objective(s) To describe the basic concepts of .NET framework To analyze the types of access specifiers To design ASP.NET page Programme Outcome(s) Demonstrate an ability to use techniques, skills, and modern computing tools to implement and organize computing works under given constraints. Demonstrate problem solving and design skills including the ability to formulate problems and their solutions, think creatively and communicate effectively. f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) (COs) Understand the ASP .NET programming model Develop web applications using ASP.NET Web Forms. Create distributed data-driven applications using the .NET Framework, C#, SQL Server and ADO.NET Introduction of .NET framework - Windows application, Web application - IDE for C# - Overview of C# language OOPs concepts - Program structure - Explain the C# simple program- Declaring Variable - Data types – Operators Conditional constructs - Loop constructs -Abstraction and Encapsulation - Type of Access Specifiers - Creating Class and objects - Using Methods-Inheritance- Multithreaded Introduction of Database - DBMS & RDBMS concepts - Overview of SQL Server 2008 - DDL, DML, DCL & DQL commands - Constrains - Querying Data from table - Inner Join – Outer Join - Cross Join – Self Join & Aggregate functions and Sub query - Creating and Managing Views Using controls in ASP.NET page - Standard controls – Validation – Navigation- Creating Mail Registration form using Standard and Validation control- Working with Multiple Web pages using Navigations, CSS Style sheets -Applying Themes and creating Master page - Hidden fields - Cookies - Query string - Session state ADO.NET Architecture - Features - Accessing Data with ADO.NET, Inserting and Reading data using database, working with gird view- Creating Simple Telephone directory with data base - Publishing ASP.NET web page to IIS and Internet Reference 1. Adam Freeman ," Pro ASP.NET MVC 4 ‖, 4th Edition, Academic press, Jan 2013. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 247 11Z0XJ PYTHON PROGRAMMING - - -1.0 Objective(s) To describe the basic concepts of PHYTON programming To analyze the syntax and styles To design functions, modules and classes. Programme Outcome(s) (a) Apply basic principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to successfully complete software related projects to meet customer business Objective(s) and/or productively engage in research. (f) Organize and maintain the information of an organization. Course Outcome(s) (COs) Understand the basic concepts of python programming. Solve the design oriented problems using python programming. Open source software with examples - Introduction about Python- Syntax and Styles –Numbers –Lists –Tuples – Dictionaries - Python Objects – Sequences - Conditionals and Loops in Python- Python Files I/O - Exceptions in Python – Functions –Modules -Classes and oops in Python. Reference(s) 1. Vernon L. Ceder ," The Quick Python Book‖, 2nd Edition, Manning Publications, Jan 2010. 2. Alex Martelli, ―Python in a Nutshell‖, o'reilly Publications, 3rd edition, July 2010. SPECIAL COURSES 11Z0RA SEMANTIC WEB - - - 3.0 Objective(s) To Provide practical information in modeling data to fit the requirements of the Semantic Web. To Learn the major advance in the Web 3.0 To study the real-world problems and technologies that forms the semantic Web. Fundamentals: Defining the Semantic Web - Semantic Web Roadblocks Components – Types- Major Programming Components-Impacts-Establishing a Web Data–Centric Perspective-Expressing Semantic Data- Avoiding the Roadblocks, Myths, and Hype – Ontological Commitments – Categories – Philosophical Background - Knowledge Representation Ontologies – Top Level – Linguistic – Domain – Semantic Web – Need –Foundation – Layers – Architecture. Languages for Semantic Web and Ontologies:Web Documents in XML – RDF - Schema – Web Resource Description using RDFRDF Properties – Topic Maps and RDF – Overview – Syntax Structure – Semantics – Pragmatics - Traditional Ontology Languages – LOOM- OKBC – OCML – Flogic Ontology Markup Languages – SHOE – OIL - DAML + OIL- OWL Ontology Learning for Semantic Web: Taxonomy for Ontology Learning – Layered Approach – Phases of Ontology Learning –Importing and Processing Ontologies and Documents – Ontology Learning Algorithms –Evaluation Ontology Management and Tools: Overview – need for management – development process – target ontology – ontology mapping – skills management system – ontological class – constraints – issues. Evolution – Development of Tools and Tool Suites – Ontology Merge Tools – Ontology based Annotation Tools. Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 248 Applications: Web Services – Semantic Web Services - Case Study for specific domain – Security issues – current trends. Reference(s) 1. Journal of Web Semantics: Science, Services and Agents on the World Wide Web, New Delhi, Elsevier. 2. International Journal on Semantic Web and Information Systems, Information Resources Management Association. 11Z0RB SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMIZATION - - - 3.0 Objective(s) To increase the ranking of a website on a search engine. To increase product sales or enquiries. To learn about SEO. Introduction : Search engine Basics-Surveying The SE Landscape-SE-Friendly web site Makeover-Making UsefulPicking Powerful Keywords Building Search Engine Friendly Sites: Creating Pages-Avoiding things-Dirty deeds-Bulking up your site - Adding Site to the indexes & Directories - Getting your pages into the SE-Submitting the directories-Buried Treasure After Submission: Using Link Popularity to Boost Your Position-Finding sites to link to yours-Using the shopping Directories-Pay per click Myths and Mistakes: The Part of ten: Way to Keep Up-to-Date and Track Down the hills-Myths& Mistakes Tools: Useful Tools for Search SEO, Case study Reference(s) 1. Current development in artificial intelligence, International Journal. 2. Journal of Computer Science, Indian Journal. 3. Cognition, Technology & Work, Springer Online Journal. 4. Search Engine journal, International Journal. 11Z0RC J2ME - - - 3.0 Objective(s) To understand J2ME architecture To be familiar with J2ME user Interface To be familiar with J2ME data management J2ME Overview: Java 2 Micro Edition and the World of Java - J2ME and Wireless Devices- Wireless Technology Radio Transmission - Limitations of Radio Transmissions - Radio Data Networks -Data Packets - Microwave Technology - Satellite Networks - Mobile Radio Networks - Cellular Telephone Networks - Digital Wireless Transmissions - Cell Phones and Text Input – Messaging - Personal Digital Assistants - Mobile Power - Set-Top Boxes - Inside Look at a Set-Top Box - Smart Cards. J2ME Architecture and Development Environment : J2ME Architecture - Small Computing Device Requirements Run-Time Environment - Inside the Java Archive File - Inside the Java Application Descriptor File - MIDlet Programming - Event Handling - User Interfaces - Device Data - Java Language for J2ME - J2ME Software Development Kits - Multiple MIDlets in a MIDlet Suite - J2ME Wireless Toolkit - Building and Running a Project MIDlets on the Internet. WSDL and SOAP J2ME User Interface: Commands, Items, and Event Processing - J2ME User Interfaces - Display Class - The Palm OS Emulator - Command Class - Command Listener - Item Class - Item Listener - Exception Handling - Throwing a Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Bannari Amman Institute of Technology | Regulation 2011|Revision 2013 Approved in 9th Academic Council Meeting 249 MIDlet State Change Exception. High-Level Display: Screens - Screen Class – Choice Group Class – Date Field Class - Gauge Class - String Item Class – Text Field Class – Image Item Class - List Class - Creating an Instance of a List Class – Text Box Class - Creating an Instance of a Text Box Class. J2ME Data Management : Record Management System - Record Storage - The Record Store - Record Store Scope Setting Up a Record Store - Writing and Reading Records - Creating a New Record and Reading an Existing Record - Writing and Reading Mixed Data Types - Record Enumeration - Reading a Record of a Simple Data Type into a Record Enumeration -Reading a Mixed Data Type Record into a Record Enumeration - Sorting Records - Sorting Single Data Type Records in a Record Enumeration - Sorting Mixed Data Type Records in a Record Enumeration Searching Records. J2ME Networking and Web Services: Hypertext Transfer Protocol - Communication Management Using HTTP Commands - Session Management - Web Services - J2EE Multi-Tier Web Services Architecture - J2ME MIDlets and Web Services - WSDL and SOAP. Reference(s) 1. International journal of information & Computer technology, International Journal. 2. Journal of computer science and applications, International Journal. 3. Indian Journal of Engineering, Science, and Technology, Indian Journal.